SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Front cover

Certification Guide Series:
IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
V7.2 Implementation
Detailed architecture and components
discussion

Installation and configuration
processing

Event collection and
automation




                                                                 Budi Darmawan
                                                               Thomas Boiocchi
                                              Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti De Araujo
                                                            Mario Schuerewegen
                                                                  Phillip Stanton



ibm.com/redbooks
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg247753
International Technical Support Organization

Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli
Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation

September 2009




                                               SG24-7753-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in
 “Notices” on page xv.




First Edition (September 2009)

This edition applies to Version 7, Release 2, Modification 0 of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
(product number 5724-S44).
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2009. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP
Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

                 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi

                 Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
                 The team who wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx

                 Chapter 1. Certification overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    1.1.1 Benefits of certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    1.1.3 Growth through skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    1.2.1 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    1.2.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    1.2.3 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
                    1.2.4 Performance tuning and problem determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
                    1.2.5 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
                    1.2.6 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
                 1.3 Certification achieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
                    1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
                    1.3.2 Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
                    1.3.3 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
                    1.3.4 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
                    1.3.5 Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . 32
                    1.3.6 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 . . 33
                    1.3.7 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
                           Transformation 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                 1.4 Recommended study resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                    1.4.1 Classroom courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                    1.4.2 Online course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                                                       iii
Chapter 2. Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
                2.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
                   2.1.1 Architectural components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
                   2.1.2 Desktop and administrative components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
                   2.1.3 Groups, roles, and users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
                   2.1.4 Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                2.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                   2.2.1 Without failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                   2.2.2 With failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
                   2.2.3 Desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
                   2.2.4 Tiered implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
                   2.2.5 Probe features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
                2.3 Configuration planning issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
                   2.3.1 Naming convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                   2.3.2 SSL usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                   2.3.3 Port and firewall considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
                2.4 ObjectServer tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

                Chapter 3. Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
                3.1 Installation process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
                3.2 Simnet probe installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
                3.3 Installing a FixPack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
                3.4 Configuration export and import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
                3.5 Post-implementation customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
                   3.5.1 Environmental variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
                   3.5.2 Directory ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
                   3.5.3 ObjectServer creation and verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
                   3.5.4 Communication configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
                   3.5.5 ObjectServer properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

                Chapter 4. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
                4.1 Components configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                   4.1.1 Remote desktop installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                   4.1.2 Gateway configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
                   4.1.3 Process agent configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
                   4.1.4 Startup script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                4.2 Security configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                   4.2.1 Role creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                   4.2.2 Group creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
                   4.2.3 User creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
                4.3 ObjectServer customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
                   4.3.1 View creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
                   4.3.2 Filters definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120



iv   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.3.3 Menu creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
   4.3.4 Database field definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
   4.3.5 Tool definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
   4.3.6 Trigger creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
   4.3.7 Class creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
4.4 Probe configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
   4.4.1 Probe configuration sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
   4.4.2 Probe property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
   4.4.3 Probe rule file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
4.5 ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
   4.5.1 Bi-directional gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
   4.5.2 Uni-directional gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
4.6 Accelerated Event Notification client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.7 IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer V7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Chapter 5. Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
5.1 Device definition in simnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5.2 Failover operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5.3 Problem determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
   5.3.1 Startup problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
   5.3.2 Probe connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
   5.3.3 Desktop startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
   5.3.4 Slow response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
5.4 Performance tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Appendix A. Sample test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Sample questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Answer key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197




                                                                                                    Contents         v
vi   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figures

                 2-1 Overall components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
                 2-2 No failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                 2-3 Failover architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
                 2-4 Desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
                 2-5 Tiered ObjectServer implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
                 2-6 SSL communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
                 2-7 Desktop communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
                 3-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list login window on UNIX . . . . . . . . . 71
                 3-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list window on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
                 3-3 The nco_xigen window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
                 3-4 Interface definitions tool for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus on Windows . . 75
                 3-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
                 4-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                 4-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . 87
                 4-3 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation home location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
                 4-4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus features selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
                 4-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
                 4-6 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
                 4-7 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Server Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
                 4-8 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Event List login window . . . . . . . . 90
                 4-9 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Even list default window . . . . . . . 91
                 4-10 AEL on both servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
                 4-11 AEL on NCOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
                 4-12 AEL on NCOMS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
                 4-13 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Roles tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                 4-14 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator New Role tab . . . . . . . . . . 108
                 4-15 Permission tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
                 4-16 Permission Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
                 4-17 Permissions tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
                 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Groups tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
                 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator adding groups . . . . . . . . . . 113
                 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Restriction Filter tab . . . . . 114
                 4-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator windows Users tab . . . . . . 115
                 4-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Add User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
                 4-23 Event List window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
                 4-24 View Builder view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
                 4-25 New view created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
                 4-26 Filter builder button window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                                                  vii
4-27 Filter Builder window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
                4-28 Restriction filter definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
                4-29 Restriction Filter creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
                4-30 Administrator console Menus tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
                4-31 Menu definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
                4-32 Administrator console Menus tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
                4-33 Event list tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
                4-34 Administrator console system console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
                4-35 New column window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
                4-36 Administrator console column added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
                4-37 Event list column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
                4-38 Administrator console Menu tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
                4-39 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
                4-40 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
                4-41 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
                4-42 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
                4-43 Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                4-44 Prompt definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
                4-45 Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
                4-46 Database trigger creation settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
                4-47 Administrator console Visual window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
                4-48 Add Class window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
                4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, Event List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
                4-50 Backup trigger enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
                4-51 Primary trigger group disabled on backup server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
                4-52 AEN icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
                4-53 AEN client property: Application tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
                4-54 Messages tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
                4-55 AEN Channels tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
                4-56 AEN login window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
                4-57 Create trigger action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
                4-58 Administration console Channels tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
                4-59 Channel Details tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
                4-60 Channel column details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
                4-61 Recipient created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
                4-62 Channel recipient window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
                4-63 Test channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
                4-64 Test message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
                4-65 Health Monitoring agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
                5-1 Simnet events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
                5-2 NCOMS_P events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
                5-3 Disconnect from ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
                5-4 Failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177


viii   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
5-5 Backup ObjectServer event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
5-6 Reconnect or failback message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
5-7 Desktop connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183




                                                                                          Figures       ix
x   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Tables

                 2-1   Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
                 2-2   Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
                 2-3   Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                 2-4   Table name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
                 2-5   The alerts.status table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
                 3-1   ObjectServer properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
                 4-1   Common gateway properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
                 4-2   Bi-directional gateway properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
                 4-3   Probe property parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                                                      xi
xii   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Examples

                 3-1 Home directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
                 3-2 License agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
                 3-3 Installation feature selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
                 3-4 Installation completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
                 3-5 Probe installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
                 3-6 FixPack installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
                 3-7 nco_confpack -list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                 3-8 nco_confpack -export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                 3-9 nco_confpack -import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                 3-10 Environmental variables for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus . . . . . . . . . . . 68
                 3-11 Group creation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
                 3-12 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
                 3-13 Interface definitions file for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
                 3-14 Interface definition file for virtual ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
                 4-1 UNI_GATE.props . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
                 4-2 Additions to the interface definitions file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
                 4-3 Sample mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
                 4-4 nco_pa.conf, nco_process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                 4-5 nco_pa.conf, nco_routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                 4-6 Sample nco_service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                 4-7 omni.dat gateway configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                 4-8 nco_pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
                 4-9 nco_pa_status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                 4-10 Startup script installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                 4-11 The nco startup script variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                 4-12 Startup symbolic links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                 4-13 nco start and nco_pa_status command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                 4-14 SQL statement to define a trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
                 4-15 simnet.prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
                 4-16 simnet.rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
                 4-17 Verifying the probe is running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
                 4-18 Switch example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
                 4-19 Include sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
                 4-20 Discard and regmatch example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
                 4-21 Lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
                 4-22 rules file table definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
                 4-23 Refreshing the probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
                 4-24 Installing Probe Rules Syntax Checker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                                              xiii
4-25 Syntax check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
               4-26 The omni.dat file for two ObjectServers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
               4-27 omni.dat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
               4-28 Starting the desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
               4-29 Probe rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
               4-30 importing schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
               5-1 simnet.def . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
               5-2 simnet.props . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
               5-3 Checking $NCHOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
               5-4 Checking ObjectServer database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
               5-5 Checking the interface file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
               5-6 Checking port usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
               5-7 Some probes error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
               5-8 Connection refused . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
               5-9 Connection working. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
               5-10 Setting DISPLAY variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
               5-11 Checking number of events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
               5-12 Profile log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
               5-13 Finding the event rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
               5-14 Checking desktop connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184




xiv   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area.
Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document.
The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license
inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer
of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on
the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the
sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM,
therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                          xv
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business
Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked
terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™),
indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was
published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current
list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml

The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:

  AIX®                                 Netcool®                             Tivoli Enterprise Console®
  DB2®                                 PartnerWorld®                        Tivoli®
  Foundations™                         Rational®                            ValueNet®
  IBM®                                 Redbooks®                            WebSphere®
  Lotus®                               Redbooks (logo)       ®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

ValueNet, and the FileNet logo are registered trademarks of FileNet Corporation in the United States, other
countries or both.

ITIL is a registered trademark, and a registered community trademark of the Office of Government
Commerce, and is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

IT Infrastructure Library, IT Infrastructure Library is a registered trademark of the Central Computer and
Telecommunications Agency which is now part of the Office of Government Commerce.

Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, Siebel, and TopLink are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation
and/or its affiliates.

Java, JavaScript, JVM, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the
United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




xvi     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Preface

                 This IBM® Redbooks® publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli
                 Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT
                 professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for this product.

                 The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 certification test is offered through the IBM
                 Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills required of
                 technical professionals who work in the implementation and deployment of IBM
                 Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.

                 This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject
                 matter. It includes sample questions, which will help you evaluate your progress.
                 It familiarizes the readers with the types of questions that may be encountered in
                 the exam.

                 This guide does not replace practical experience, and it is not designed to be a
                 stand-alone guide on this subject. Instead, this guide should be combined with
                 educational activities and experiences and used as a useful preparation guide for
                 the exam.

                 For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives of
                 the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. Those
                 requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration,
                 administration, and problem determination. Studying these chapters helps you
                 prepare for the objectives of the exam.



The team who wrote this book
                 This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working
                 at the International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                  xvii
Figure 1 Mario, Thomas, Andre, and Phillip

                 Budi Darmawan is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support
                 Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes
                 worldwide on all areas of Tivoli® and systems management. Before joining the
                 ITSO 10 years ago, Budi worked in Integrated Solution Services, IBM Indonesia
                 as lead implementer and solution architect.

                 Thomas Boiocchi an IT Specialist based in Italy, working for Tivoli Services
                 since 2007. He joined IBM after working for several years as a Netcool®
                 Specialist for Eirteic Consulting travelling around the world. He has 10 years of IT
                 experience and previously worked as a system and network administrator in
                 Telkom and banks in Italy. His area of expertise include Omnibus, IBM Tivoli
                 Business Services Manager, Network Manager, and Impact.

                 Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo is a System Management Information
                 Technology Specialist working with Tivoli Management Product in Brazil. He has
                 12 years of experience in servers and systems support. He hold a degree in
                 Telecommunication Engineering and has MBA in Network Computer
                 Management. His areas of expertise include UNIX/Linux® support, Cisco
                 networking, networking security, and infrastructure and networking management.



xviii   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Mario Schuerewegen is a Technical Presales specialist based in Belgium that
        specializes in Netcool products. He has 10 years of experience in the network
        and event management field. His areas of expertise include Cisco networking,
        SNMP, and network management.

        Phillip Stanton is an L2 software support specialist based in the United States.
        He has 12 years of Information Technology experience and holds a Bachelors of
        Science degree in Business Administration with an emphasis on Information
        Systems. Most of his experience is in supporting and administrating mixed
        UNIX® and Microsoft® Windows® platforms for various Business to Business
        services and e-commerce Web sites. He joined IBM 2 years ago in L2 support for
        the Omnibus, Webtop, System Service monitors, and Internet Service Monitors
        software solutions. He currently holds the following certifications: Netcool Core
        V2, Netcool Core V3, Tivoli Level 2 Support Tools and Processes, and MCSE
        NT4/2000.

        Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

        Tamikia Barrow and Margaret Ticknor
        International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center

        Wade Wallace
        International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center

        Jill Kanatzar
        IBM Software Group, Worldwide Sales Channel Growth Executive



Become a published author
        Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with
        specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with
        leading-edge technologies. You will have the opportunity to team with IBM
        technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients.

        Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As
        a bonus, you will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and
        increase your productivity and marketability.

        Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and
        apply online at:
        ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html




                                                                                  Preface   xix
Comments welcome
               Your comments are important to us!

               We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about
               this book or other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways:
                  Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at:
                  ibm.com/redbooks
                  Send your comments in an e-mail to:
                  redbooks@us.ibm.com
                  Mail your comments to:
                  IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
                  Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
                  2455 South Road
                  Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400




xx   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
1


    Chapter 1.   Certification overview
                 This chapter provides an overview of the skills requirements needed to obtain an
                 IBM Certified Deployment Specialist - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
                 certification. This chapter provides a comprehensive review of topics that are
                 essential for obtaining the certification:
                     1.1, “IBM Professional Certification Program” on page 2
                     1.3, “Certification achieved” on page 26
                     1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives” on page 8
                     1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 35




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                1
1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program
               Having the right skills for the job is critical in the growing global marketplace. IBM
               Professional Certification is designed to validate skill and proficiency in the latest
               IBM solution and product technology. It can help provide that competitive edge.

               The Professional Certification Program from IBM offers a business solution for
               skilled technical professionals seeking to demonstrate their expertise to the
               world.

               The program is designed to validate your skills and demonstrate your proficiency
               in the latest IBM technology and solutions. In addition, professional certification
               may help you excel at your job by giving you and your employer the confidence
               that your skills have been tested. You may be able to deliver higher levels of
               service and technical expertise than non-certified employees and move on a
               faster career track.

               The certification requirements are difficult, but are not overwhelming.
               Certification is a rigorous process that differentiates you from everyone else. The
               mission of IBM Professional Certification is to:
                   Provide a reliable, valid, and fair method of assessing skills and knowledge
                   Provide IBM with a method of building and validating the skills of individuals
                   and organizations
                   Develop a loyal community of highly skilled certified professionals who
                   recommend, sell, service, support, and use IBM products and solutions

               The Professional Certification Program from IBM has developed certification role
               names to guide you in your professional development. The certification role
               names include IBM Certified Specialist, IBM Certified Solutions/Systems Expert,
               and IBM Certified Advanced Technical Expert. These role names are for
               technical professionals who sell, service, and support IBM solutions. For
               technical professionals in application development, the certification roles include
               IBM Certified Developer Associate and IBM Certified Developer. An IBM Certified
               Instructor certifies the professional instructor.

               The Professional Certification Program from IBM provides you with a structured
               program leading to an internationally recognized qualification. The program is
               designed for flexibility by allowing you to select your role, prepare for and take
               tests at your own pace, and, in some cases, select from a choice of elective tests
               best suited to your abilities and needs. Some roles also offer a shortcut by giving
               credit for a certification obtained in other industry certification programs.




2   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
You can be a network administrator, systems integrator, network integrator,
            solution architect, solution developer, value-added reseller, technical coordinator,
            sales representative, or educational trainer. Regardless of your role, you can
            start charting your course through the Professional Certification Program from
            IBM today.

            You can learn more about the IBM Professional Certification Program by going to
            the following address:
            http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml


1.1.1 Benefits of certification
            Certification is a tool to help objectively measure the performance of a
            professional on a given job at a defined skill level. Therefore, it is beneficial for
            individuals who want to validate their own skills and performance levels, their
            employees, or both. For optimum benefit, the certification tests must reflect the
            critical tasks required for a job, the skill levels of each task, and the frequency by
            which a task needs to be performed. IBM prides itself in designing
            comprehensive, documented processes that ensure that IBM certification tests
            remain relevant to the work environment of potential certification candidates.

            In addition to assessing job skills and performance levels, professional
            certification can also provide such benefits as:
               For employees:
               –   Promotes recognition as an IBM certified professional
               –   Helps create advantages in interviews
               –   Assists in salary increases, corporate advancement, or both
               –   Increases self-esteem
               –   Provides continuing professional benefits
               For employers:
               –   Measures the effectiveness of training
               –   Reduces course redundancy and unnecessary expenses
               –   Provides objective benchmarks for validating skills
               –   Makes long-range planning easier
               –   Helps manage professional development
               –   Aids as a hiring tool
               –   Contributes to competitive advantage
               –   Increases productivity
               –   Increases morale and loyalty




                                                             Chapter 1. Certification overview   3
Specific benefits can vary by country (region) and role. In general, after you
               become certified, you should receive the following benefits:
                   Industry recognition
                   Certification may accelerate your career potential by validating your
                   professional competency and increasing your ability to provide solid, capable
                   technical support.
                   Program credentials
                   As a certified professional, you receive, by way of e-mail, your certificate of
                   completion and the certification mark associated with your role for use in
                   advertisements and business literature. You can also request a hardcopy
                   certificate, which includes a wallet-size certificate.
                   The Professional Certification Program from IBM acknowledges the individual
                   as a technical professional. The certification mark is for the exclusive use of
                   the certified individual.
                   Ongoing technical vitality
                   IBM Certified professionals are included in mailings from the Professional
                   Certification Program from IBM.


1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification
               The IBM Tivoli Professional Certification program offers certification testing that
               sets the standard for qualified product consultants, administrators, architects,
               and Business Partners.

               The program also offers an internationally recognized qualification for technical
               professionals seeking to apply their expertise in today's complex business
               environment. The program is designed for those who implement, buy, sell,
               service, and support IBM Tivoli solutions and want to deliver higher levels of
               service and technical expertise.

               Benefits of being Tivoli certified
               Tivoli certification provides the following benefits:
                   For the individual:
                   – IBM Certified certificate and use of logos on business cards
                   – Recognition of your technical skills by your peers and management
                   – Enhanced career opportunities
                   – Focus for your professional development




4   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
For the IBM Business Partner:
   – Confidence in the skills of your employees
   – Enhanced partnership benefits from the IBM Business Partner program
   – Billing your employees out at higher rates
   – Strengthens your proposals to customers
   – Demonstrates the depth of technical skills available to prospective
     customers
   For the customer:
   – Confidence in the services professionals handling your implementation
   – Ease of hiring competent employees to manage your Tivoli environment
   – Enhanced return on investment (ROI) through more thorough integration
     with Tivoli and third-party products
   – Ease of selecting a Tivoli Business Partner that meets your specific needs

Certification checklist
The certification process is as follows:
1. Select the certification that you want to pursue.
2. Determine which test or tests are required by reading the certification role
   description.
3. Prepare for the test, using the following provided resources:
   – Test objectives (1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives” on
     page 8)
   – Recommended educational resources (1.4, “Recommended study
     resources” on page 35)
   – Sample/assessment test (Appendix A, “Sample test” on page 187)
   – Other reference materials
   – Opportunities for experience

4. Register to take a test by contacting one of our worldwide testing vendors:
   – Thomson Prometric
   – Pearson Virtual University Enterprises (VUE)

5. Take the test. Be sure to keep the Examination Score Report provided upon
   test completion as your record of taking the test.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   5
6. Repeat steps three through five until all required tests are successfully
                  completed for the desired certification role. If additional requirements are
                  needed (such as another vendor certification or exam), follow the instructions
                  on the certification description page to submit these requirements to IBM.
               7. After you complete your certification requirements, you will be sent an e-mail
                  asking you to accept the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement before
                  receiving the certificate.
               8. Upon acceptance of the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement, an e-mail
                  will be sent containing the following electronic deliverables:
                   – A Certification Certificate in PDF format, which can be printed in either
                     color or black and white
                   – A set of graphic files of the IBM Professional Certification mark associated
                     with the certification achieved
                   – Guidelines for the use of the IBM Professional Certification mark
               9. To avoid unnecessary delay in receiving your certificate, ensure that we have
                  your current e-mail on file by keeping your profile up to date. If you do not
                  have an e-mail address on file, your certificate will be sent through postal
                  mail.

               After you receive a certificate by e-mail, you can also contact IBM at
               mailto:certify@us.ibm.com to request that a hardcopy certificate be sent by
               postal mail.


1.1.3 Growth through skills
               Customers want to work with experts who understand their business and can
               help them achieve their objectives. IBM Business Partners who have expertise
               across the IBM software portfolio are well positioned to deliver high client value.

               IBM Software will be announcing the next step in our Business Partner channel
               strategy focused on Growth Through Skills. In October 2009, IBM will roll out a
               new controlled distribution model to maximize value to our Business Partners
               and customers.

               A subset of the IBM software portfolio will continue to be offered by way of the
               open distribution model or Software ValueNet®. The benefits of the growth
               through skills program are:
                   Protects and maximizes your ROI in the technical, sales, and marketing skills
                   you have developed.
                   Places a premium on your skills and solutions that differentiate your ability to
                   offer your customers guidance in a tough economy.



6   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Rewards the value you bring throughout the sales cycle by way of the
   lucrative IBM Software Value Incentive (SVI).
   Provides financial rewards for integrating IBM software with your business
   solutions by way of the Value Advantage Plus (VAP) incentive.
   Accelerates your growth with experienced software Value Added Distributors
   (VADs).
   Improves access to IBM resources, including industry-leading sales,
   technical, and marketing.

Authorization to resell IBM software products within controlled distribution is
achieved at the product group level. There are 14 products groups across the five
brands:
   WebSphere®
   –   SOA Foundation
   –   Connectivity
   –   Business Process Management
   –   Commerce
   –   SOA Appliances
   –   Enterprise Solutions (z)
   Tivoli
   –   Storage Management
   –   Security and Compliance Management
   –   Automation
   –   Enterprise Asset Management
   Information Management
   – Heritage CM
   – Data Management
   Lotus®
   Portal
   Rational®




                                              Chapter 1. Certification overview   7
The criteria for authorization to resell IBM Software products within controlled
               distribution include:
                   Membership in the IBM PartnerWorld® program
                   Approved participation in Software Value Incentive (SVI) or Value Advantage
                   Plus (VAP)
                   – For SVI, technical and sales skills in the product group(s) you want to sell
                   – For VAP, an approved solution containing the product group(s) you want to
                     sell
                   An approved PartnerPlan
                   Minimum revenue participation levels within SVI and VAP after the first year

               IBM provides comprehensive enablement options to support the education,
               training, and certifications necessary to qualify for authorization to resell:
                   Leverage the readiness assessment tools and work with your Distributor or
                   IBM Business Partner Sales Representative to explore enablement
                   opportunities and support.
                   Visit the Subject Matter Expert (SME) Zone on the Virtual Innovation Center
                   as a single point of entry to review software education and customized
                   roadmaps.
                   Learn about the You Pass, We Pay education reimbursement.
                   Participate in readiness events throughout the year and revisit the Web for
                   updates and the latest support materials.



1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives
               The test has the following objectives:
                   1.2.1, “Planning” on page 9
                   1.2.2, “Installation” on page 9
                   1.2.3, “Configuration” on page 11
                   1.2.4, “Performance tuning and problem determination” on page 23
                   1.2.5, “Administration” on page 25
                   1.2.6, “Training” on page 25

               For the most updated objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
               Implementation test (test #933), refer to the following address:
               http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj933.shtml




8   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
1.2.1 Planning
            Given the customer requirements in the Statement of Work, review the solution
            details in order to confirm the architecture, with emphasis on performing the
            following steps:
            1.   Review the proposed architecture.
            2.   Determine the high level architecture.
            3.   Determine the unique requirements
            4.   Determine the hardware and OS.
            5.   Evaluate port availability (firewall and Access Control Lists)
            6.   Determine the contacts at the customer.
            7.   Gather users, roles, and physical location.
            8.   Evaluate the security requirements.
            9.   Determine the integrations to existing customer applications.

            Given the design details, develop an architecture document, with emphasis on
            performing the following steps:
            1.   Verify all the software needed.
            2.   Determine the product integration probes and gateways.
            3.   Define the components, locations, and network connectivity.
            4.   Determine the naming conventions.
            5.   Determine the directory for the installation.
            6.   Review the customer compliance requirements (acceptance testing).
            7.   Determine the configuration of messages on the end nodes.

            Given a design document, obtain the required components so that you are ready
            to install IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, with emphasis on performing the following
            steps:
            1.   Determine the appropriate installer (console versus GUI).
            2.   Obtain network availability.
            3.   Obtain access to systems and servers.
            4.   Obtain the authorization for network.
            5.   Obtain the installation media.


1.2.2 Installation
            Given that environment variables have been set and sourced on a supported
            UNIX/Linux server, install IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 using the console so
            that the selected IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 components are installed,
            with emphasis on performing the following steps:
            1. Download the required IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries from the IBM
               support site.



                                                             Chapter 1. Certification overview   9
2. Place the binaries on the UNIX/Linux server in an appropriate temporary
                  location.
               3. Un-tar the package and run the installation script ./INSTALL -console.
               4. Accept the license agreement.
               5. Select the required features:
                   – Desktop
                   – Gateways
                   – Process Control
                   – Servers
                   – ConfPack
                   – Administrator
                   – AEN Client
                   – Local Help System
                   – Install selected features

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus is installed, download the probes patch
               from the IBM support site and install the patches using
               $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch so that the probe is installed, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Download the probe patch from the IBM support site.
               2. Untar the patch to a tmp directory.
               3. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch install
                  <path_to_patch_folder>.
               4. Type “yes” and press Enter to install the probe.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a UNIX host and a
               FixPack is downloaded from the IBM support site, install the FixPack, with
               emphasis on performing the following step:

               Run the FixPack installation command $NCHOME/install/ncisetup install
               <path_to_FixPack>. You should receive a notice that the patch has been installed
               successfully.




10   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
           on UNIX/Linux, export the configuration of the ObjectServer and import it into
           another ObjectServer using nco_confpack, with emphasis on performing the
           following steps:
           1. Create a list of exportable configuration items by running
              $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server NCOMSI -file
              /tmp/NCOMSI_list.
           2. Edit the package list /tmp/NCOMSI_list so that it contains only the items to
              export.
           3. Export the NCOMSI configuration by running
              $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list -
              package /tmp/NCOMSI_package.
           4. Import the NCOMSI configuration into NCOMS2 by running
              $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import package /tmp/NCOMSI_package
              -server NCOMS2.


1.2.3 Configuration
           Given a supported UNIX/Linux operating system and IBM Tivoli
           Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and a user with proper permissions, configure and verify
           the environmental variables, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
           1. Start the UNIX text editor.
           2. Edit the system home profile /etc/profile.
           3. Define Netcool Environment Variables by running $NCHOME;
              $LD_LIBRARY_PATH (opt); $PATH (opt.); $LANG (if required).
           4. Netcool users must source this file when they log in.

           Given a UNIX/Linux OS, and ObjectServer was installed by the root user, the root
           user owns the $NCHOME directory. Configure the system so that a non-root user
           (netcool) is a member of the netcool group, with emphasis on performing the
           following steps:
           1. Find an unused group number, for example, 550, by opening /etc/group.
           2. Add a new group netcool by running groupadd -g 550 netcool.
           3. Add the root user to the netcool group within /etc/group.




                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview    11
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a IPv4 or IPv6
               UNIX/Linux server, configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus communications, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps (The host name may or may not be
               resolvable to the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6)):
               1. If the host name is resolvable to an IP address, edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat
                  and replace “omnihost” with the local server’s host name. If the host name is
                  not resolvable to an IP address, replace “omnihost” with the appropriate IPv4
                  or IPv6 address.
               2. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
               and environmental variables have been set on a supported Windows server,
               verify that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus communication is available, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Run the Netcool Server Editor by selecting Run → All Programs → Netcool
                  OMNIBUS → System Utilities → Server Editor.
               2. Highlight the appropriate ObjectServer and select Test in the Servers
                  Available window.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, create a
               working object server instance using the available Netcool commands and files,
               so that an ObjectServer has been created and an instance configured, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Open a command line and run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -server
                  <name>.
               2. Edit the $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat file and set the ObjectServer name and port.
               3. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, start the
               ObjectServer and run nco_ping to verify that the ObjectServer is running, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_objserv -name <ObjectServer name>.
               2. Verify the ObjectServer is running by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_ping
                  <ObjectServer name>.

               Given an ObjectServer is installed and running on a supported UNIX/Linux OS,
               start and verify a local event list so that local event lists can connect to the local
               ObjectServer, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Launch the event list by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event.
               2. Enter the user name and password.
               3. Verify that the event list connects to the ObjectServer.



12   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
and environmental variables have been set, install the remote desktop so that the
remote desktop is on a supported Windows desktop and can connect to the
ObjectServer, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Locate and unzip the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries on the remote
   desktop machine.
2. Run the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus install package (setup.exe).
3. Accept the license agreement.
4. Choose the installation directory.
5. Deselect every program feature except the desktop component.
6. Click the Installation button.
7. Reboot the desktop when the installation completes.
8. Create an entry for the ObjectServer in the Servers Editor on the remote
   desktop.
9. Launch the event list by selecting Start → All Programs → Netcool Suite →
   Event List and log into the ObjectServer.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, edit the probe
properties file, set the SERVER property to the name of the ObjectServer, and
configure a probe to connect to an ObjectServer, so that the Probe is configured,
with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Open the probe properties file.
2. Set the server property to the name of the ObjectServer.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
the environmental variables have been set and sourced on a supported
UNIX/Linux server, and the simnet probe package is installed, start and verify the
probes so that the probes are running and tested, with emphasis on performing
the following steps:
1. Modify the simnet.props file and verify the ObjectServer target in
   $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/<arch>.
2. Modify the rules file (simnet.rules) to include the host system name in the
   manager field.
3. Start the probe by running nco_p_simnet.
4. Check the process list to verify that the probe is running.
5. Launch the event list and verify the probe events in the ObjectServer and
   verify that the events parsed correctly.
6. Check for errors in the log file.



                                              Chapter 1. Certification overview   13
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, configure an
               uni-directional gateway, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Create a directory for gateway files by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE.
               2. Copy all the files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_uni to
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE:
                   – objserv_uni.props
                   – objserv_uni.map
                   – objserv_uni.reader.tblrep.def
                   – objserv_uni.startup.cmd
               3. Rename all the copied files to match the unique name of the uni-directional
                  gateway, that is, UNI_GATE.*.
               4. Edit the UNI_GATE.props file and modify the following properties:
                   – Name
                   – PropsFile
                   – Gate.MapFile
                   – Gate.StartupCmdFile
                   – Gate.Reader.Server
                   – Gate.Reader.TblReplicateDefFile
                   – Gate.Writer.Server
               5. Edit the UNI_GATE.map file and UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def file, and modify
                  the entries to define which objectserver tables and fields are accessed by the
                  gateway.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, configure an Oracle®
               Remedy Gateway or ODBC gateway so that the uni-directional gateway has
               been configured.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, both ObjectServers
               (that will be connected by way of the gateway) are running, start an ObjectServer
               gateway. Update an event in an ObjectServer (the source ObjectServer if a
               uni-directional gateway is used), confirm that the same event in the other
               ObjectServer has similarly changed, so that the gateway has been configured
               correctly and initialized, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Start a ObjectServer gateway by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_g_objserv_uni- name uni or
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_g_objserv_bi - name BIGATE.




14   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2. Verify that the gateway is working by deleting and or modifying an event on
   one ObjectServer and checking to see that the modification is made on the
   other ObjectServer.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, add a server entry for
nco_pa in omni.dat, run nco_igen, edit nco_pa.conf, set the host name and
name of ObjectServer in nco_pa.conf, and configure process control, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Open the $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf file.
2. Change the name of the ObjectServer from NCOMS (if different).
3. Set the omnihost value to the host name of the local machine under the
   nco_routing entry.
4. Set the user and password values under nco_routing if using secure mode;
   otherwise, delete the user and password values.
5. Add an entry to $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for nco_pa and run
   $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a UNIX/Linux system
and process control is configured, run nco_pad, verify the PA status by running
nco_pa_status to start process control, and verify that process control is
available and running, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pad.
2. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA.
3. Manually kill one of the running processes by running kill pid, where pid is
   the process ID of the process that was killed.
4. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA to verify that the
   killed process is running with a different process ID.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux and root
level access has been granted, configure, run, and verify the startup scripts, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Execute the start-up script $NCHOME/omnibus/install/startup/<arch>install.
2.   Verify the creation of symbolic links.
3.   Input/verify the process control name.
4.   Select secure mode or not.
5.   Enter a value for the netcool_license_file variable. Save the file.
6.   Start the nco script by running nco start.
7.   Verify that the process control has started.
8.   Run nco stop. Verify that nco_pad has stopped.




                                              Chapter 1. Certification overview   15
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, copy all
               the gateway files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_bi to a new directory,
               configure the gateway properties file, configure a server entry for the
               bi-directional gateway, and create a bi-directional gateway between two
               ObjectServers, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Create a directory for gateway files, for example,
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE.
               2. Copy all files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_bi to
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE.
               3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE/objserv_bi.props and set the
                  following properties:
                   –   Gate.MapFile
                   –   Gate.StartupCmdFile
                   –   Gate.ObjectServerA.Server
                   –   Gate.ObjectServerA.TblReplicateDefFile
                   –   Gate.ObjectServerB.Server
                   –   Gate.ObjectServerB.TblReplicateDefFile
               4. Copy $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE/objserv_bi.props to
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/BI_GATE.props.
               5. Edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and add an entry for BI_GATE.
               6. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               add a user so that users are created in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the
                  User tab and then select User.
               2. Click the Add User icon in the toolbar.
               3. Enter a Name and select an unused User ID.
               4. Enter a Full Name.
               5. Check the Create Conversion check box.
               6. From the Groups tab, double-click Administrator to assign the administrator
                  role. Click OK.




16   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
and the environmental variables have been set, create a view based on the
statement of work, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Launch View Builder from the Event List.
2. Select Filet → New.
3. Enter the View Name.
4. From Available Field pane, select Node, Severity, and Summary.
5. From the Available Sort Fields pane, select Severity.
6. In the Sorted by pane, double-click the Severity icon to set the sort order to
   descending order.
7. Click Apply.
8. Click Close.
9. Select File → Save from Main Event List window.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
use the Event List GUI (nco_event) to create a filter using the Desktop client, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Click the Filter Builder button in Sub-Event List.
2.   Click File → New.
3.   Provide a Filter Name.
4.   Select Severity from the Column drop-down menu.
5.   Select Greater than or Equal to from the Operator drop-down menu.
6.   Select Minor (#) from the Value drop-down menu.
7.   Click Apply.
8.   Click File → Save from the Main Event List window.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to add a restriction filter, with emphasis
on performing the following steps:
1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the
   Users tab and then select Restriction Filters.
2. Select Add Restriction Filter from the toolbar.
3. Assign a Name to the filter.
4. Enter the filter criteria.
5. Click OK.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   17
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               create a new menu, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. From the Menu tab, select Add New Item within the Configuration Manager
                  GUI.
               2. Select Menu Item Type, Tool, and Title, and then click OK.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to create a new database field, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1.   Select the System tab from the Administrator GUI.
               2.   Select Databases.
               3.   Select Databases Alerts and Table Status.
               4.   Select the Add Column icon from the menu.
               5.   Enter Column Name and Data Type.
               6.   Click OK.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to add a tool, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1.   In the Tools menu, click Add Tool.
               2.   Enter a Name.
               3.   Select Enter Relevant Tool Instructions.
               4.   Click OK.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to create a trigger, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. Select DB Trigger.
               2. Select Trigger Group.
               3. Enter Trigger Name.
               4. Set Trigger Priority.
               5. Set Action on Delete.
               6. Set the Apply To pane to Statement.
               7. Enter the SQL code for the action:
                    Begin Write into dellogs1 values ('The following row was deleted at;
                    getdate (), old.Node, old.Summary); End
               8. Enable Trigger.
               9. Click OK.




18   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
and the ObjectServer is running, customize the Rules file so that a customized
probe rules file is available, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Open the probe rules file with text editor.
2. Create a temporary element to hold a value extracted from the @Summary
   field.
3. Assign a probe property to the @Summary field.
4. Add a “switch” statement to execute a rule based on node name.
5. Use an “include” statement to include a new rule file segment.
6. Make a change so that @AlertGroup is updated on deduplication.
7. Discard events with the word “test” in the @Summary field.
8. Create a lookup table to look up department name based on node name. Turn
   on probe details if @Summary=unknown.
9. Test the syntax of the new rules file and debug.
10.Update the probe rules file without stopping the probe.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and running on
UNIX/Linux, configure the primary ObjectServer (NCOMS_P), create a backup
ObjectServer (NCOMS_B), set the BackupObjectServer property to TRUE,
configure the bi-directional gateway, configure triggers and procedures, and
create a high availability architecture, so that automated failover and failback
architecture is configured, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. On the primary ObjectServer host, create the primary ObjectServer.
2. On the backup ObjectServer host, create the backup ObjectServer.
3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/NCOMS_B.props and set the Backup ObjectServer
   property to “True”.
4. Configure a bi-directional gateway between the primary and backup
   ObjectServers.
5. On the primary ObjectServer host, configure $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for the
   primary and backup ObjectServer entries.
6. On primary ObjectServer host, run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Copy the
   $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file to the backup ObjectServer host.
7. On the backup ObjectServer, enable “backup_startup,
   backup_counterpart_down, backup_counterpart_up” triggers for automation
   failover and failback.
8. On the backup ObjectServer, disable the “primary_only” trigger group for
   automation failover and failback.



                                                 Chapter 1. Certification overview   19
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
               add entries to omni.dat for the primary and desktop ObjectServers, run the
               command $NCHOME/bin/nco-igen, copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file
               from the primary ObjectServer host to the desktop ObjectServer host, configure
               the desktop ObjectServer, and configure a uni-directional gateway between the
               primary and desktop ObjectServers to set up the desktop architecture so that the
               desktop architecture is configured, with emphasis on performing the following
               steps:
               1. On the primary ObjectServer host, edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and add
                  entries for the primary and desktop ObjectServers.
               2. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen and copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch>
                  file from the primary ObjectServer host to the desktop ObjectServer host.
               3. Create and configure the primary ObjectServer.
               4. Create the desktop ObjectServer by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -desktopserver -server DESKOS.
               5. Start the desktop ObjectServer.
               6. Run $OMNIHOME/bin/nco_sql to insert the following row in to the master
                  national table or the DESKOS:
                   (O, MASTEROS, 1)
               7. Configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary ObjectServer and
                  the desktop ObjectServer.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
               on UNIX/Linux, export the configuration of the ObjectServer and import it into
               another ObjectServer by running nco_confpack, so that the ObjectServer
               configuration can be exported and imported, with emphasis on performing the
               following steps:
               1. Create a list of exportable configuration items by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server NCOMSI -file
                  /tmp/NCOMSI_list.
               2. Edit the package list /tmp/NCOMSI_list so that it contains only the items that
                  will be exported.
               3. Export the NCOMSI configuration by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list -
                  package /tmp/NCOMSI_package.
               4. Import the NCOMSI configuration in to NCOMS2 by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import package /tmp/NCOMSI_package
                  -server NCOMS2.




20   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and
the environmental variables have been set, add a group, with emphasis on
performing the following steps:
1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the
   Users tab and then select Groups.
2. Click the Add Group icon.
3. Assign a name to the group.
4. Assign an unused Group ID.
5. Assign a Role.
6. Assign a Restriction Filter.
7. Click OK.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
create a class, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Using the Configuration Manager, select Add Class from the Visual menu.
2.   Assign an identifier.
3.   Name the class.
4.   Click OK.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
create a role, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Within the Configuration Manager, select the Users tab.
2.   Select Roles and the Add New Role menu item.
3.   Add a Role name.
4.   Assign Role Permissions.
5.   Click Save.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and running, configure
the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus probes rules to flag some events for accelerated
event notification, create channels, and configure triggers to send event details
using these channels so that accelerated event notification is configured for
some events, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Modify the probe rules file using the text editor and flag the events that have a
   summary, such as “Port failure”.
2. Configure channels to broadcast event data for the flagged events.
3. Using IDUC EVTFT and IDUC SNDMSG, create and configure post-insert or
   post-update or post-reinsert triggers to send event notifications to the
   Accelerated Event Notification (AEN) client.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   21
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured
               on a UNIX/Linux system, configure the Accelerated Event Notification (AEN)
               client, with emphasis on the following steps:
               1. Start the AEN client by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_aen.
               2. If you are starting the AEN for the first time, right-click the AEN icon and
                  select Properties.
               3. On the Application tab, make the following selections:
                   a. Notification settings:
                   b. Server (from drop-down list). If it is unpopulated, or the required server is
                      not available, add details to the interfaces file.
                   c. View in either Netcool Event List or Netcool Webtop.
                   d. Launch in Control Settings.
                   e. For either Netcool Event List or Netcool Webtop, specify the required
                      Server and View Browser Settings.
               4. Specify the browser to use.
               5. Configure the Message and Channels tabs, as required.
               6. Select OK.
               7. Given that the AEN client has previously been configured, log on to AEN
                  client by right-clicking the AEN icon and select Sign In.
               8. Input a valid ObjectServer user’s details and select Log In.
               9. Notice that the icon changes from x to y.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed on a UNIX/Linux
               system, configure the ObjectServer system so that Accelerated Event
               Notification messages can be sent, with emphasis on the following steps:
               1. Determine whether AEN events are to be generated by a probe or by a
                  trigger.
               2. If AEN events are to be generated by a probe:
                   a. Create a dedicated ObjectServer Flag field.
                   b. Modify the probe rules file to set the Flag field for AEN events.
                   c. Create a database trigger to respond to either the Flag field or the
                      appropriate database action/database condition using the SQL commands
                      IDUC EVTFT or IDUC SNDMSG to generate the AEN.




22   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3. Configure a Channel to broadcast AEN event data by performing the following
             steps:
             a. From with IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator, select Channels
                from the System menu.
             b. Right-click in the GUI and select Add a new Channel.
             c. Within the Channel Details pane, add a name for the Channel.
             d. On the Channels tab, select the Channel Columns Detail button in order
                to define the ObjectServer Table and Fields to use for notification, and
                then select OK.
             e. On the Recipients tab, select the Add new Channel Recipient button to
                be able to define recipients for the notification, and then select OK.
             f. When complete, click the OK button on the Channel Details pane.
             g. Test the Channel notification by right-clicking the Channel and selecting
                Send Message.

          Given that ObjectServer V7.2 is running on a UNIX/Linux platform and the Tivoli
          Health Monitoring Agent for ObjectServer V7.2 is installed, configure the agent
          so that the agent will monitor the ObjectServer, with emphasis on the following
          steps:
          1. Run cd <tivoli installdir>/<arch>/no/bin.
          2. Import the schema and automations to the ObjectServer by running
             $NCHOME/bin/nco_sql -user root -S<server_name> < itm_os.sql.


1.2.4 Performance tuning and problem determination
          Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured,
          add devices to the simnet.def file and run the simnet probe to generate test
          events using the simnet probe, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
          1. Edit the $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def file and add the line
             device1 0 50 & device2 3 100.
          2. Set the probe definition property in
             $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to
             $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def.
          3. Set the server property in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to the
             name of the ObjectServer.
          4. Start the simnet probe by running $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/nco_p_simnet.




                                                       Chapter 1. Certification overview   23
Given a failover architecture, verify that the failover architecture is working, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Shut down the Master ObjectServer.
               2. Connect the desktop client to the backup ObjectServer by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event and check that the events are coming into
                  the backup ObjectServer.
               3. Restart the Master ObjectServer.
               4. Connect the desktop client to the Master ObjectServer by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event and check that the client indicates that it is
                  connected to the Master ObjectServer.

               Given that ObjectServer V7.2 is installed on a UNIX/Linux OS but is unable to
               start, determine why the ObjectServer does not start, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. Check the environment variable $NCHOME.
               2. Check to make sure that the ObjectServer has been created by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit.
               3. Check to make sure that the entry for the ObjectServer exists in
                  $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and in the interfaces file.
               4. Ensure that the port for the ObjectServer is not already in use.
               5. Ensure that the proper user is starting the object server process.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and the license server
               configured, determine why probes do not connect, with emphasis on performing
               the following steps:
               1. Check the probes log file.
               2. Verify that the probe's designated ObjectServer is running.
               3. Check whether the interfaces file on the probe server is correctly defined.
               4. Verify that the probe server has network connectivity to the ObjectServer
                  host.
               5. Check whether any firewall settings are affecting communications.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and the license server is
               configured, determine why the desktop does not start, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. Ensure that the server settings are set correctly.
               2. Ensure that the ObjectServer to which the desktop is connected is running.




24   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and configured, users
           are complaining of slow response time. Determine the reason for slow event list
           response, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
           1. Check the number of events.
           2. Check the OS profiles.
           3. Check the event rates.
           4. Check the number of desktops.
           5. Check the processes on the OS server.
           6. Check the resource usage of the OS server, memory, CPU, and disk.
           7. Check the network response times.
           8. Check the log files.
           9. Check the automations.
           10.Check the number of journals and details.
           11.Determine what other components are connected.

           Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and configured, optimize
           system performance so that the ObjectServer performance is optimized, with
           emphasis on performing the following steps:
           1.    Check the frequency of triggers.
           2.    Check the execution scope of triggers (once only for each row).
           3.    Check the number of details by running details($*).
           4.    Check the SQL used in the trigger for performance.
           5.    Check whether “update via” is being used.
           6.    Check the desktop filters.


1.2.5 Administration
           Given a running and verified system, complete the post implementation process,
           including system backup, documentation, acceptance testing, so that customer
           acceptance can be obtained, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
           1.    Back up the installed system.
           2.    Create the system environment documentation.
           3.    Verify compliance with customer requirements.
           4.    Transfer knowledge to the staff.
           5.    Demonstrate the system to the client.
           6.    Complete acceptance testing.
           7.    Get customer sign-off.


1.2.6 Training
           Given new users, provide training, so that users are educated on the new
           system, with emphasis on training users and administrators.



                                                          Chapter 1. Certification overview   25
1.3 Certification achieved
               The test IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation (#933) is a
               prerequisite for achieving the following certifications:
                   1.3.1, “Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0” on page 26
                   1.3.2, “Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0” on page 29
                   1.3.3, “Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008” on page 31
                   1.3.4, “Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008” on page 32
                   1.3.5, “Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008” on page 32
                   1.3.6, “IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009” on
                   page 33
                   1.3.7, “IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
                   Transformation 2009” on page 34


1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0
               Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional
               certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is a
               technical professional responsible for the planning, installing, configuring
               performance tuning, problem determination, and documenting of solutions for
               IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. This
               individual will be expected to perform these tasks with limited assistance from
               peers, product documentation, and support resources.

               Recommended prerequisite skills
               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 key areas of competency are:
                   Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 architecture and components.
                   Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution based on the
                   customer’s requirements/environment.
                   Install and configure the prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.
                   Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure
                   components (probes, gateways, desktops, process control, accelerated event
                   notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and automated failover and failback).
                   Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 environment.


26   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.

The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 required prerequisite(s) are:
   Strong working knowledge of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
   infrastructure components (ObjectServer, probes, gateways, desktop and
   process control, accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and
   dual server desktop)
   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
   administration (triggers, procedures, tools, menus, automated failover and
   failback, AEN channels, and so on)
   Strong working knowledge of network management principles
   Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking,
   and firewall concepts
   Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool licensing
   Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts)
   Working knowledge of SQL (including procedures)
   Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, and
   regular expressions)
   Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP and SNMP
   Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text
   editor)

The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 recommended prerequisites are:
   Basic knowledge of help desk and database systems
   Knowledge of network management systems

The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 key areas of competency are:
   Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture and components.
   Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 solution based on the
   customer’s requirements/environment.
   Install and configure the prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.
   Install and configure the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure
   components (server, Webtop Administration API, event lists, maplets, and
   charts).
   Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop V2.0 environment.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   27
Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/Webtop V2.0.

               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 required prerequisites are:
                   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure
                   components
                   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 administration
                   (tools, menus, maplets, entities, resources, users, filters, views, SMARTPage
                   commands, and so on)
                   Strong working knowledge of HTML, CGI, XML, and SQL
                   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/Security Manager V1.3, IBM Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundations™ V1.x,
                   and associated architectures
                   Working knowledge of IBM Tivoli/Netcool licensing
                   Working knowledge of operating systems (UNIX and Windows), networking,
                   and firewall concepts
                   Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts)
                   Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting and regular
                   expressions)
                   Working knowledge of Web browsers and Java™ applications

               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 recommended prerequisites are:
                   Basic knowledge of network management systems
                   Knowledge of Web application development techniques (JavaScript™ and
                   HTML style sheets).
                   Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP.
                   Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, text
                   editor, and so on)

               Requirements
               This certification requires two tests:
                   Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
                   Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0




28   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
1.3.2 Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0
           Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional
           certification.

           Target audience
           An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 is an
           individual who has demonstrated the ability to implement and support an IBM
           Tivoli Netcool Impact solution. It is expected that this person is able to perform
           the following tasks independently a majority of the time, and in some situations,
           take leadership and provide mentoring to peers. It is expected that this person
           will be able to perform these tasks with limited assistance from peers, product
           documentation, and vendor support services.

           Recommended prerequisite skills
           The key areas of competency are:
              Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 architecture and components.
              Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 solution based on the
              customer’s requirements/environment.
              Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0.
              Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 infrastructure
              components.
              Use available interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool
              Impact V4.0 environment.
              Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool
              Impact V4.0.
              Develop and deploy IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact policies and services.

           The required prerequisites are:
              Experience administering IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 at skill level 4
              Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 at skill level 4
              Knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, regular
              expressions, Perl) at skill level 3
              Knowledge of operating systems (UNIX and Windows) at skill level 3
              Knowledge of networks and network management at skill level 3
              Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus at skill level 3
              Knowledge of database structures at skill level 3




                                                         Chapter 1. Certification overview   29
Knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text editors)
                   at skill level 2
                   Knowledge of SQL, POST-GRES, and other ANSI compliant sources at skill
                   level 2
                   Knowledge of HTML at skill level 2
                   Knowledge of WebSphere Application Server Community Edition at skill level
                   1
                   Knowledge of Web services (XML, SOAP, and WSDL), if applicable, at skill
                   level 1
                   Knowledge of Netcool Security Manager at skill level 1
                   Knowledge of CVS at skill level 1

               The skill descriptions are:
               1                        Basic Skill/Knowledge: Familiarity with basic functionality
                                        and concepts. May need to rely on assistance from
                                        documentation or other resources.
               2                        Working Skill/Knowledge: Working knowledge of
                                        functionality and concepts. Can use products or explain
                                        concepts with little or no assistance.
               3                        Advanced Skill/Knowledge: Substantial experience with
                                        functionality or concepts. Can teach others how to use
                                        functionality or explain concepts.
               4                        Expert Skill/Knowledge: Extensive and comprehensive
                                        experience with functionality or concepts. Can create or
                                        customize code, architecture, or processes.

               This certification requires the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x Implementation
               or Tivoli Enterprise Console® 3.9 Implementation certification as well as passing
               the IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation exam.

               Requirements
               This certification requires two tests:
                   Any one of the following tests:
                   – Test 594 - IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 Implementation
                   – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation
                   – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
                   Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation




30   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
1.3.3 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008
           Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced
           Deployment Professional certification.

           Target audience
           An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Fault Management
           Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of
           implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli
           Fault Management solutions area.

           Requirements
           This certification requires four tests:
              Any one of the following tests:
              – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation
              – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
              Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
              Any two of the following tests:
              – Test 890 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.1 Implementation
              – Test 897 - IBM Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition V3.7 Implementation
              – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1
              – Test 920 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time
                V6.2 Implementation
              – Test ITIL® - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations
              – Test 436 - IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation
              – Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation
              – Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation




                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview   31
1.3.4 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008
               Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced
               Deployment Professional certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Performance
               Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher
               level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the
               IBM Tivoli Performance Management solutions area.

               Requirements
               This certification requires four tests:
                   Any one of the following tests:
                   – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation
                   – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
                   Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
                   Any two of the following tests:
                   – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations
                   – Test 430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1
                     Implementation
                   – Test 434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2
                     Implementation
                   – Test 931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation


1.3.5 Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008
               Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified
               Advanced Deployment Professional certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Business
               Application Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated
               a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth
               in the IBM Tivoli Business Application Management solutions area.




32   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Requirements
          This certification requires three tests:
             Any one of the following tests:
             – Test 594 - IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 Implementation
             – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
             Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation
             Any one of the following tests:
             – Test 253 - IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V6.1,
               Core Administration
             – Test 731 - DB2® 9 DBA for Linux UNIX and Windows
             – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1
             – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations


1.3.6 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009
          IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an IBM
          Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification.

          Target audience
          An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management
          Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a
          higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in
          the IBM Tivoli Network and Service Assurance solutions area.

          Requirements
          This certification requires four tests:
             Test 000-922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
             Test 000-933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
             Test 000-938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation
             Any one of the following tests:
             – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations
             – Test 000-430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1
               Implementation
             – Test 000-434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless
               V9.1.2 Implementation
             – Test 000-931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation


                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview   33
1.3.7 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
Transformation 2009
               IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is
               an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management
               Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an individual who has
               demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in
               breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Data Center Management and
               Transformation solutions area.

               Requirements
               This certification requires three or four tests:
                   Test 000-011 IBM Tivoli Application Dependency and Discovery Manager
                   V7.1 Implementation
                   Test 000-908 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation
                   Any one (or two) of the following tests:
                   – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations
                   – Test 000-012 IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager V7.1
                     Implementation
                   – Test 000-253 IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment
                     V6.1 Core Administration
                   – Test 000-435 IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.4 Implementation
                   – Test 000-436 IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation
                   – Test 000-731 DB2 9 DBA for Linux UNIX and Windows
                   – Test 000-905 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere
                     V6.1
                   – Test 000-920 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response
                     Time V6.2 Implementation
                   – Test 000-922 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and Test 000-933 IBM Tivoli
                     Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation




34   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
1.4 Recommended study resources
          Courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the certification
          tests. The courses are recommended, but not required, before taking a
          certification test. If you wish to purchase Web-based training courses or are
          unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom course at the time and
          location you desire, please feel free to contact one of our delivery management
          teams at:
             Americas: tivamedu@us.ibm.com
             EMEA: tived@uk.ibm.com
             AP: tivtrainingap@au1.ibm.com

          Note that course offerings are continuously being added and updated. If you do
          not see a course listed in your geography, please contact the delivery
          management team.


1.4.1 Classroom courses
             Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1
             Course duration: 1 day
             Abstract: The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User course is designed to provide
             a basic understanding of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Version 7.1 product
             and provide practical experience in how it may be used to manage events in a
             network computing environment. This User course is a prerequisite for the
             IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration and Configuration course. The
             User course focuses on the everyday use of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
             product from the user perspective. Each major feature will be highlighted and
             students will have their own system available to practice the tasks described
             and outlined in the course.
             Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus 7.2 Administration and
             Configuration
             Course duration: 5 days
             Abstract: A five day comprehensive training for operators and administrators
             starting with a basic understanding of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
             Version 7.2 product, how it may be used to manage events in a network
             computing environment, followed by installation, administration, and
             configuration of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution. Subjects
             explored include operator usage training, including basic fault management
             techniques using native V7.2 operator interface(s), installation and licensing
             procedures, configuring security and component communications, as well as



                                                       Chapter 1. Certification overview   35
architecture and implementation. Examples of ObjectServer SQL syntax and
                   automations are examined. The main focus is on the deployment,
                   configuration, and everyday maintenance of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
                   V7.2 from the perspective of the administrator. At the outset of the training,
                   students will learn basic operational characteristics and engage in an
                   installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 on a classroom server,
                   followed by covering the standard configuration objects through classroom
                   exercises.


1.4.2 Online course
                   Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus 7.2 User
                   Course duration: 4 hours
                   Abstract: The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User course provides a basic
                   understanding of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Version 7.2 product and
                   practical experience in using it to manage events in a network computing
                   environment. This course focuses on the everyday use of the IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/OMNIbus product from the user's perspective. Each major feature will
                   be highlighted.




36   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2


    Chapter 2.   Planning
                 This chapter discusses some planning issues with IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus.
                 The topics discussed are:
                     2.1, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components” on page 38
                     2.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration” on page 45
                     2.3, “Configuration planning issues” on page 49
                     2.4, “ObjectServer tables” on page 52




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                           37
2.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components
               This section discusses the following topics:
                   2.1.1, “Architectural components” on page 38
                   2.1.2, “Desktop and administrative components” on page 40
                   2.1.3, “Groups, roles, and users” on page 41
                   2.1.4, “Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components” on page 44


2.1.1 Architectural components
               The components of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus are shown in Figure 2-1.



                  Monitors and probes
                  send alerts to the local
                  ObjectServer.                                   Netcool/OMNIbus
                                              Event List           Administrator




                                                                                                              Helpdesk/
                    Monitor                                                              Gateway                CRM

                                             ObjectServer
                                              NCOMS
                                                                                         Gateway
                    Probe                                                                                     RDBMS
                                                                                      Gateways forward
                                                                                      alerts to other
                                                                                      applications, such as
                                              Gateway                                 a helpdesk system
                    Probe                                                             and an RDBMS.
                                                            Alerts are replicated
                                                            in an additional
                                                            ObjectServer in a
                                             ObjectServer   failover configuration.
                    Probe                      DENCO

               Figure 2-1 Overall components




38   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Where:
   ObjectServer
   The ObjectServer is the database server at the core of IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/OMNIbus. Event information is forwarded to the ObjectServer from
   external programs, such as probes, monitors, and gateways. The
   ObjectServer stores and manages this information in database tables, and
   displays the information in the event list.
   Probes
   Probes connect to an event source, detect and acquire event data, and
   forward the data to the ObjectServer as alerts. Probes use the logic specified
   in a rules file to manipulate the event elements before converting them into
   the fields of an alert in the ObjectServer alerts.status table. Each probe is
   uniquely designed to acquire event data from a specific source. Probes can
   acquire data from any stable data source, including devices, databases, and
   log files.
   Monitors
   Monitors are programs that acquire a resource’s status and forwards the
   status to ObjectServer as alerts.
   Gateway
   IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus gateways enable you to exchange alerts
   between ObjectServers and other applications, such as databases or help
   desk or Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems. You can use
   gateways to replicate alerts or to maintain a backup ObjectServer. Application
   gateways enable you to integrate different business functions. For example,
   you can configure a gateway to send alert information to a help desk system.
   You can also use a gateway to archive alerts to a database. A gateway that
   allows forwarding of alerts to external network management systems is the
   SNMP gateway.

By default, IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus ObjectServer uses port 4100 to
communicate with other components. Gateway and process controls need a port
to be configured to work correctly. This can be done by adding information inside
the interface file, which contains a list of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
components and the ports they are using.




                                                         Chapter 2. Planning   39
2.1.2 Desktop and administrative components
               Apart from the components discussed in 2.1.1, “Architectural components” on
               page 38, there are some components that allow administrative and control
               functions to be performed. These components are also shown in Figure 2-1 on
               page 38. These components are:
                   Administration console
                   IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator is a graphical tool that you can use
                   to configure and manage ObjectServers.
                   – Menu and tools
                      An administrator can modify a specific menu layout and tools set to any
                      specific users or group in order to provide a customized working
                      environment to event list operators.
                      Tools add the capability to control alert management functions within the
                      event list. New tools can be created and belong to two categories:
                      •   SQL tools: Tool where update, insert, and delete are executed on the
                          select events in the database.
                      •   Executable tools: External executables that provide additional functions
                          to the event list (such as an open browser tool).
                      Tools can also be associated with a class of alert.
                   – Database tables and fields
                      All database tables can be modified by an administrator apart from system
                      tables. Custom table and fields can be added using the administrative
                      console or nco_sql interface.
                   – Database triggers
                      Automation is used to detect changes in the ObjectServer and execute
                      automated responses to these changes. This enables the ObjectServer to
                      process alerts without requiring an operator to take action. There is a set
                      of default automations, but more can be added by an administrator to
                      provide more advanced functionality and events management.
                   – Classes
                      Alerts in the ObjectServer have a class assigned by the probe. Each class
                      can be associated with an event list tool menu that contains useful tools for
                      alerts of that specific class.




40   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Desktop tools (event list)
                     The desktop is an integrated suite of graphical tools used to view and manage
                     alerts and to configure how alert information is presented. Desktop tools are
                     available on both UNIX and Windows platforms. Alert information is delivered
                     in a format that allows users to quickly determine the availability of services
                     on a network. When an alert cause has been identified, desktop tools enable
                     users to resolve problems quickly.
                     The event list enables you to view and manage alerts. An alert is created
                     when the ObjectServer receives an event, alarm, message, or data item.
                     Each alert comprises fields of information held in a row of the ObjectServer
                     alerts.status table.
                     Information about alerts is displayed in the event list according to filters and
                     views:
                     – Filters enable you to display a subset of alerts based on specific criteria.
                     – Views enable you to choose which alert fields to display.
                     Command-line SQL interface
                     The ObjectServer provides a Structured Query Language (SQL) interface for
                     defining and manipulating relational database objects, such as tables and
                     views. You can use the SQL interactive interface (called nco_sql on UNIX and
                     isql on Windows) to connect to an ObjectServer and use SQL commands to
                     interact with and control the ObjectServer. The SQL interactive interface
                     enables you to perform tasks, such as creating a new database table or
                     stopping the ObjectServer.


2.1.3 Groups, roles, and users
                  IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus security models use roles and allows an
                  administrator an advanced level of control over user access and privileges:
                     Roles: Roles are sets of permission assigned to a group and are used to
                     determine the types of action users of that specific group can perform.
                     Table 2-1 lists the default roles. A normal user would usually has the
                     CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and DesktopAdmin roles.

Table 2-1 Roles
 Role                Description

 CatalogUser         This role includes permissions to view information about system, tools, security, and
                     desktop database tables. This role provides a basis for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
                     permissions. This role does not provide sufficient permissions to use any IBM Tivoli
                     Netcool/OMNIbus applications. All groups should be assigned this role.




                                                                                 Chapter 2. Planning     41
Role                Description

 AlertsUser          This role includes permissions to view, update, and delete entries in the alerts.status
                     table, view, insert, and delete entries in the alerts.journal table, and view and delete
                     entries in the alerts.details table. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role,
                     enables you to display and manipulate alerts, create filters and views, and run
                     standard tools in the event list.

 AlertsProbe         This role includes permissions to insert and update entries in the alerts.status table
                     and insert entries in the alerts.details table. This role, in combination with the
                     CatalogUser role, provides the permissions that a probe needs to generate alerts in
                     the ObjectServer. These permissions should be granted to any user that runs a probe
                     application.

 AlertsGateway       This role includes permissions to insert, update, and delete entries in the alerts.status,
                     alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables, and the tables in the transfer database. The
                     transfer database is used internally by the bi-directional ObjectServer Gateway to
                     synchronize security information between ObjectServers. This role, in combination
                     with the CatalogUser role, provides the permissions that a gateway needs to generate
                     alerts in the ObjectServer. These permissions should be granted to any user that runs
                     a gateway application.

 DatabaseAdmin       This role includes permissions to create databases and files, and to create tables in
                     the alerts, tools, and service databases. This role also includes permissions to modify
                     or drop the alerts.status, alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables. This role, in
                     combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to create relational data
                     structures in the ObjectServer.

 AutoAdmin           This role includes permissions to create trigger groups, files, SQL and external
                     procedures, and user signals. This role also includes permissions to create, modify,
                     and drop triggers in the default trigger groups and modify or drop default trigger
                     groups. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to
                     create automations in the ObjectServer.

 ToolsAdmin          This role includes permissions to delete, insert, and update all tools tables. This role,
                     in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to create and modify
                     tools that can be run from the desktop and IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator.

 DesktopAdmin        This role includes permissions to update all desktop catalogs to insert, update, and
                     delete colors, visuals, menus, classes, resolutions, and conversions. This role, in
                     combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to customize the
                     desktop.

 SecurityAdmin       This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permissions to
                     manipulate users, groups, and roles using IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator
                     or the SQL interactive interface. This role also includes permissions to set properties
                     and drop user connections.

 ISQL                This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permission to view
                     ObjectServer data using the SQL interactive interface.




42      Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Role               Description

 ISQLWrite          This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permission to view and
                    modify ObjectServer data using the SQL interactive interface.

 SuperUser          This role has all available permissions. You cannot modify the SuperUser role.

 Public             All users are assigned this role. By default, the Public role is not assigned any
                    permissions. You can modify, but not drop, the Public role.


                     Groups: Groups are created in order to easily manage users belonging to the
                     same group. A group is typically assigned one or more role as necessary.
                     Table 2-2 lists the default groups.

Table 2-2 Groups
 Group             Description

 Probe             This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and AlertsProbe roles.

 Gateway           This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and AlertsGateway roles.

 ISQL              This group is assigned the ISQL role.

 ISQLWrite         This group is assigned the ISQLWrite role.

 Public            This group is assigned the Public role. All users are members of this group.

 Normal            This group is assigned the CatalogUser and AlertsUser roles. This group cannot be
                   deleted or renamed.

 Administrator     This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, ToolsAdmin, and DesktopAdmin
                   roles.

 DesktopAdmin      This group cannot be deleted or renamed.

 System            This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, ToolsAdmin, DesktopAdmin,
                   AlertsProbe, AlertsGateway, DatabaseAdmin, AutoAdmin, SecurityAdmin, ISQL,
                   ISQLWrite, and SuperUser roles. This group cannot be deleted or renamed.




                                                                                  Chapter 2. Planning   43
Users: A user represents an individual identity that can access IBM Tivoli
                      Netcool/OMNIbus. Each user is connected as a member of a group to get
                      access to the roles. There are some default users defined, as listed in
                      Table 2-3.

Table 2-3 Users
 User name         Description

 root              This user is created with an empty string as a password by default. You can reset the
                   password by using IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator, or use the ALTER USER
                   ObjectServer SQL command.

 nobody            This user is disabled and cannot be used to access the ObjectServer. Ownership of
                   each alert in the alerts.status table is assigned to a user when the row is inserted. By
                   default, probes assign rows to the nobody user.

                      Restriction filter: A restriction filter is used to restrict the rows displayed on a
                      user event list. Restriction filters need to be created and assigned to a user or
                      group to control the data that can be displayed and modified from client and
                      SQL commands.


2.1.4 Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components
                  IDUC is used to perform activity on the ObjectServer database. A large amount
                  of data is passed through IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components, such as:
                      Between an ObjectServer and its client
                      Between an ObjectServer and the gateways

                  To avoid the object server being overloaded with requests for event list (or
                  gateway) updates, the ObjectServer sends a prompt to the desktop client and
                  gateway every time an update is needed and then the desktop requests the
                  update from the ObjectServer. This information is sent by way of a specific link
                  named IDUC.

                  By default, a random port is chosen for the IDUC communications link. This port
                  must be specified manually when connecting through a firewall in addition to the
                  port on which the ObjectServer is running.

                  By default, the update interval is set to 60 seconds using the ObjectServer
                  property named Granularity. This can be changed, and is usually reduced to
                  improve the clients’ response time, but keep in mind that it can greatly increase
                  the network traffic and ObjectServer processing load.




44      Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration
           There are several configurations that can be used for installing and configuring
           IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. This section discusses the following configurations:
              2.2.1, “Without failover” on page 45
              2.2.2, “With failover” on page 46
              2.2.3, “Desktop ObjectServer” on page 47
              2.2.4, “Tiered implementation” on page 48
              2.2.5, “Probe features” on page 49


2.2.1 Without failover
           With this simple architecture, probes, desktops, and gateways connect to a
           single ObjectServer (no backup server and no failover mode). If the ObjectServer
           fails, the desktop component will not work, while probes and gateways will use
           the store and forward mode. Figure 2-2 shows this configuration.




                                                      Event List

                                                          ncdesktop




                                      Primary
                                    ObjectServer
                                    NETCOOLPRI

                                              L

                                          nchost01




                                                     Syslog Probe

                                                          targethost

           Figure 2-2 No failover




                                                                       Chapter 2. Planning   45
2.2.2 With failover
               In a failover architecture, ObjectServers are configured as a virtual ObjectServer.
               In this case, desktops, gateways, and probes are connected to the failover pair
               and if the primary object server fails, they will switch to the backup object server
               automatically. This configuration also supports fallback. When the primary object
               server is available again, the probe and desktop will reconnect automatically to it.
               Figure 2-3 shows this configuration.




                                                    Event List

                                                        ncdesktop




                            Primary                       Bidirectional             Backup
                          ObjectServer                    ObjectServer            ObjectServer
                          NETCOOLPRI                       Gateway               NETCOOLBAK

                                     L                                                            L

                                nchost01                                                    nchost02




                                                                          Legends:
                                                   Syslog Probe
                                                                                     Primary Connections
                                                                                     Backup Connections
                                                                 L
                                                                             L       License Server
                                                        targethost

               Figure 2-3 Failover architecture

               The virtual ObjectServer is configured as a Primary and Backup pair to a single
               ObjectServer definition.




46   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2.2.3 Desktop ObjectServer
          In order to improve overall performance of the system, you can use another
          advanced architecture called Desktop ObjectServer. For example, if you have
          many distributed ObjectServers sending events to a central ObjectServer using a
          uni-directional gateway, and many desktop clients connecting to the central
          object server, you can experience frequent high loads on the server based on the
          number of clients connected and events inserted from the gateway. Using the
          Desktop ObjectServer architecture, you can:
             Minimize the load on the central Object Server
             Increase desktop clients’ performance
             Improve latency
             Maintain high data integrity and consistency by simultaneously updating the
             central ObjectServer

          This architecture is composed of one Master ObjectServer and one or more
          Desktop ObjectServers. Dual Server Desktops (DSDs) connect to a Master
          ObjectServer when performing writes, but connect to a Desktop ObjectServer
          when displaying data, as shown in Figure 2-4.


                                Dual Server Desktop A

                                                        Master ObjectServer
                                                        SQL Connection

                                    Event List


                   Desktop ObjectServer    IDUC
                   SQL Connection          Connection




                                    Desktop             Unidirectional          Master
                                  ObjectServerA           Gateway             ObjectServer

          Figure 2-4 Desktop ObjectServer

          This architecture is designed to help you avoid performance issues. It is easily
          scalable by adding more ObjectServers to accommodate new desktops and is
          easier to maintain by having different ObjectServers for different roles (a
          Collection ObjectServer collecting events and sending them to Master
          ObjectServer, and a Desktop ObjectServer for displaying data to users). It also
          reduces network utilization across WAN links.




                                                                          Chapter 2. Planning   47
2.2.4 Tiered implementation
               A complex and large network and enterprise environment requires a more
               specialized implementation configuration. This kind of configuration is often
               referred as tiered implementation. In a tiered implementation, multiple
               ObjectServers are deployed in the environment, as shown in Figure 2-5.




                                      Event List

                                                        Desktop
                                                      ObjectServer




                                        Primary       Bi-directional     Backup
                                      ObjectServer      Gateway        ObjectServer




                                                     Event Collector

               Figure 2-5 Tiered ObjectServer implementation

               The tiers are:
                   Collector ObjectServers: These ObjectServers are located on various
                   regional locations of the enterprise and typically connected to the probes and
                   monitors. Their primary function is to collect events. They perform basic
                   deduplication and automation to ensure that events that are sent to the
                   central ObjectServers are unique and relevant.
                   Central ObjectServers: These ObjectServers collects events from various
                   collectors through uni-directional gateway. These ObjectServers typically act
                   as a redundant (failover) virtual ObjectServer and provide the main
                   automation and event processing.
                   Desktop ObjectServers: These ObjectServer retrieve events from the central
                   ObjectServers for display on the individual cluster of users that monitor
                   events.




48   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2.2.5 Probe features
           A probe has the following features:
              Store and Forward Mode: Probes can continue to run if the target
              ObjectServer is down. When the probe detects that the ObjectServer is not
              present (usually because it is unable to forward an alert to the ObjectServer),
              it switches to store mode. In this mode, the probe writes all of the messages it
              would normally send to the ObjectServer to a file named
              $OMNIHOME/var/probename.servername.store.
              Automatic Store and Forward: By default, store and forward mode is active
              only after a connection to the ObjectServer has been established, used, and
              then lost. If the ObjectServer is not running when the probe starts, store and
              forward mode is not triggered and the probe terminates unless you set the
              probe to run in automatic store and forward mode, it will go straight into store
              mode if the ObjectServer is not running, as long as the probe has been
              connected to the ObjectServer at least once before.
              Raw Capture Mode: Raw capture mode enables you to save the complete
              stream of event data acquired by a probe into a file without any processing by
              the rules file. This can be useful for auditing, recording, or debugging the
              operation of a probe.
              Secure Mode: You can run the ObjectServer in secure mode. This makes
              ObjectServer authenticate probe, gateway, and proxy server connections by
              requiring a user name and encrypted password.
              Peer-to-Peer Failover: Two instances of a probe can run simultaneously in a
              peer-to-peer failover relationship. One instance is designated as the master;
              the other acts as a subordinate and is on hot standby. If the master instance
              fails, the subordinate instance is activated.



2.3 Configuration planning issues
           There are several configuration planning issues that must be resolved before the
           implementation to ensure a workable solution and that implementation is a
           success. The issues are:
              2.3.1, “Naming convention” on page 50
              2.3.2, “SSL usage” on page 50
              2.3.3, “Port and firewall considerations” on page 52




                                                                     Chapter 2. Planning   49
2.3.1 Naming convention
               While the default names of objects are supplied with the installation, such as
               NCOMS for ObjectServer, NCO_PA for process agent, and so on, these names
               are not adequate or descriptive enough for a large environment. A naming
               convention is necessary to quickly identify a component for quick problem
               determination and recovery.

               There are several attributes that can be used for naming conventions, such as:
                   Function: ObjectServer, Gateway, Probes, Process agent, and so on
                   Position: Desktop, Collector, and Central
                   Location: Region, country, state, and city
                   Failover status: Primary or backup


2.3.2 SSL usage
               SSL communications can be implemented between IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
               components, such as probes and monitors to ObjectServers, and gateways to
               ObjectServers. However, configuring SSL communication between probes and
               monitors to the subsystem it monitors depend a lot on the subsystem. Some
               communication methods to the subsystems do not supporting SSL.




50   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Local monitoring from probes and monitors do not typically use network
communication, so it would not generate an unencrypted network packet. A
typical implementation configuration with SSL is shown in Figure 2-6.




                    SSL
                                     Event List

                                         ncdesktop




           Primary            SSL          Bidirectional             Backup
         ObjectServer                      ObjectServer            ObjectServer
         NETCOOLPRI                         Gateway               NETCOOLBAK

                   L                                                               L

               nchost01                                                      nchost02



                        SSL
                                                           Legends:
                                    Syslog Probe
                                                                      Primary Connections
                                                                      Backup Connections
                                                  L
                                                              L       License Server
                                         targethost

Figure 2-6 SSL communication




                                                                   Chapter 2. Planning      51
2.3.3 Port and firewall considerations
               Typically, firewall concerns arise for communications between a gateway and
               ObjectServer and an event list client to an ObjectServer. The communication for
               a desktop event list is shown in Figure 2-7.


                                      Dual Server Desktop A

                                                              Master ObjectServer
                                                              SQL Connection

                                          Event List


                         Desktop ObjectServer    IDUC
                         SQL Connection          Connection




                                          Desktop             Unidirectional          Master
                                        ObjectServerA           Gateway             ObjectServer


               Figure 2-7 Desktop communication

               In Figure 2-7, the desktop must open the IDUC port and the ObjectServer port on
               the desktop ObjectServer. It also opens a connection to the Master ObjectServer
               port.

               Gateways communicate with the ObjectServers using the standard ObjectServer
               ports defined in the interface files.



2.4 ObjectServer tables
               The ObjectServer is based on a relational database structure. Some of the
               important tables for the ObjectServer are listed in Table 2-4 on page 53.
               Understanding the tables and their usage are important in defining the
               procedures, triggers and SQL commands for processing events in ObjectServer.




52   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Table 2-4 Table name
 Table name                        Usage

 Master tables

 master.stats                      The master.stats table stores timing information about the
                                   alerts.status, alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables. This timing
                                   information is gathered if the stats_triggers trigger group is enabled.
                                   The stats_triggers trigger group is disabled by default in the
                                   automation.sql file.

 master.national                   The master.national table identifies the master ObjectServer and the
                                   dual-write mode in a desktop ObjectServer architecture.

 master.servergroups               The master.servergroups table is used to load-balance desktop
                                   connections.

 Catalog tables

 catalog.memstores                 The catalog.memstores table stores information about memstores,
                                   including the hard and soft limits of the memstore size, and how many
                                   bytes are currently being used.

 catalog.databases                 The catalog.databases table stores information about each database,
                                   including the number of objects in the database and the type of
                                   database (system or user).

 catalog.tables                    The catalog.tables table stores information about all types of tables,
                                   including system and user tables, views, and transition tables.

 catalog.base_tables               The catalog.base_tables table stores information about user and
                                   system tables.

 catalog.views                     The catalog.views table stores information about views. The
                                   CreationText column contains the SQL used to create the view.

 catalog.files                     The catalog.files table stores information about ObjectServer files,
                                   including the path to the operating system file associated with each
                                   ObjectServer file.

 catalog.restrictions              The catalog.restrictions table stores information about restriction
                                   filters. The ConditionText column contains the SQL condition.

 catalog.columns                   The catalog.columns table stores information about table columns,
                                   including their data types.

 catalog.primitive_signals         The catalog.primitive_signals table stores information about user and
                                   system signals.

 catalog.primitive_signal_parame   The catalog.primitive_signal_parameters table stores information
 ters                              about the parameters to system and user defined signals.




                                                                                Chapter 2. Planning       53
Table name                        Usage

 catalog.trigger_groups            The catalog.trigger_groups table stores information about trigger
                                   groups, including whether or not the trigger group is enabled.

 catalog.triggers                  The catalog.triggers table stores information about triggers, including
                                   the type of trigger, the trigger priority, and what trigger group it is in.

 catalog.database_triggers         These tables store information about triggers, including the type of
                                   operation that causes the trigger to fire.
 catalog.signal_triggers

 catalog.temporal_triggers

 catalog.procedures                The catalog.procedures table stores information about procedures,
                                   including whether the procedure is an SQL procedure or an external
                                   procedure.

 catalog.sql_procedures            The catalog.sql_procedures table stores information about SQL
                                   procedures, including the code for the procedure.

 catalog.external_procedures       The catalog.external_procedures table stores information about
                                   external procedures, including the name of the procedure executable
                                   and the host on which it runs.

 catalog.procedure_parameters      The catalog.procedure_parameters table stores information about
                                   procedure parameters, including parameter types.

 catalog.connections               The catalog.connections table contains information about
                                   connections to the ObjectServer.

 catalog.properties                The catalog.properties table contains information about ObjectServer
                                   properties.

 catalog.security_permissions      The catalog.security_permissions table contains permission
                                   information for ObjectServer objects. This table is used only by the
                                   Netcool/OMNIbus administrator.

 catalog.profiles                  The catalog.profiles table contains timing information for the execution
                                   of SQL commands from client connections.

 catalog.trigger_stats             The catalog.trigger_stats table stores timing information about
                                   triggers, including the number of times the trigger has been raised and
                                   the number of times the trigger has fired. These statistics are gathered
                                   unless the automation system is disabled by setting the -autoenabled
                                   command-line option to FALSE.
                                   Trigger statistics are also logged to the file
                                   $NCHOME/omnibus/log/servername_trigger_stats.logn.




54    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Table name             Usage

Alert related tables

alerts.status          The alerts.status table contains status information about problems
                       that have been detected by probes. Resolved entries are
                       automatically removed by an automation program.

alerts.details         The alerts.details table contains the detail attributes of the alerts in the
                       system. This is sent from the probes with a detail($*) statement.

alerts.journal         The alerts.journal table provides a history of work performed on alerts.

alerts.iduc_messages   The alerts.iduc_messages table is required to support
                       internationalization (i18n) and is used to send i18n-safe Insert,
                       Delete, Update, or Control (IDUC) client messages. This table
                       ensures that characters transferred across varying encodings are
                       converted into recognizable formats.

alerts.objclass        The alerts.objclass table is used to determine which menu and icons
                       to use for a particular class of object.

alerts.objmenus        The alerts.objmenus table is used to provide the list of menus.

alerts.objmenuitems    The alerts.objmenuitems table is used to provide the content of
                       menus.

alerts.resolutions     The alerts.resolutions table is used to maintain the Resolutions option
                       in the event list.

alerts.conversions     The alerts.conversions table is used to provide easy conversion from
                       a numeric value to a string for any column.

alerts.col_visuals     The alerts.col_visuals table is used to provide the default visuals for
                       columns when displayed in the desktop tools.

alerts.colors          The alerts.colors table is used to create the colors required by the
                       Windows desktop.

Tools related tables

tools.actions          The tools.actions table is used to control desktop tools.

tools.action_access    The tools.action_access table is used to control access to desktop
                       tools.

tools.menus            The tools.menus table is used to control desktop tool menus.

tools.menu_items       The tools.menu_items table is used to control desktop tool menu
                       items.

tools.prompt_defs      The tools.prompt_defs table is used to store all prompt definitions.




                                                                       Chapter 2. Planning       55
Table name                          Usage

 tools.menu_defs                     The tools.menu_defs table is used to control desktop tool menu items.

 Service table

 service.status                      The service.status table is used to control the additional features
                                     required to support Netcool Internet Service Monitoring.


                   The tables can be queried using the nco_sql or isql commands. Some useful
                   SQL queries are:
                      Finding the number of occurrences:
                      SELECT COUNT(*) FROM <tables>
                      Finding the latest occurrences:
                      SELECT MAX(<col-name>) FROM <tables>

                   The WHERE selection clauses can also be critical for the performance of the
                   SQL query. The WHERE clauses are used to filter returned rows, evaluate the
                   conditions, and filter them sequentially. The order of most efficient queries are:
                      Integer field matching
                      Exact character matching
                      Wild card character matching
                      Regular expression character matching

                   One of the most important tables is the alerts.status table. This table stores all
                   open alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The alerts.status table structure is
                   listed in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5 The alerts.status table
 Column name               Data type         Description

 Identifier                varchar(255)      Controls ObjectServer deduplication.

 Serial                    incr              The Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus serial number for the row.

 Node                      varchar(64)       Identifies the managed entity from which the alarm originated.
                                             This could be a host or device name, service name, or other
                                             entity.

 NodeAlias                 varchar(64)       The alias for the node. For network devices or hosts, this
                                             should be the logical (layer-3) address of the entity. For IP
                                             devices or hosts, this should be the IP address.

 Manager                   varchar(64)       The descriptive name of the probe that collected and
                                             forwarded the alarm to the ObjectServer. This can also be
                                             used to indicate the host on which the probe is running.



56      Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Column name       Data type      Description

Agent             varchar(64)    The descriptive name of the sub-manager that generated the
                                 alert.

AlertGroup        varchar(255)   The descriptive name of the type of failure indicated by the
                                 alert (for example, Interface Status or CPU Utilization).

AlertKey          varchar(255)   The descriptive key that indicates the managed object
                                 instance referenced by the alert (for example, the disk
                                 partition indicated by a file system full alert or the switch port
                                 indicated by a utilization alert).

Severity          integer        Indicates the alert severity level, which provides an indication
                                 of how the perceived capability of the managed object has
                                 been affected. The color of the alert in the event list is
                                 controlled by the severity value.

Summary           varchar(255)   The text summary of the cause of the alert.

StateChange       time           An automatically maintained ObjectServer time stamp of the
                                 last insertions or update of the alert from any source.

FirstOccurrence   time           The time in seconds (from midnight 1 Jan, 1970) when this
                                 alert was created or when polling started at the probe.

LastOccurrence    time           The time when this alert was last updated at the probe.

InternalLast      time           The time when this alert was last updated at the ObjectServer.

Poll              integer        The frequency of polling for this alert in seconds.

Type              integer        The type of alert, that is, 0: not set, 1: problem, 2:resolution,
                                 and so on.

Tally             integer        Automatically maintained count of the number of insertions
                                 and updates of the alert from any source. This count is
                                 affected by deduplication.

Class             integer        The alert class used to identify the probe or vendor from which
                                 the alert was generated. Controls the applicability of
                                 context-sensitive event list tools.

Grade             integer        Indicates the state of escalation for the alert, that is, 0: not
                                 escalated and 1: escalated.

Location          varchar(64)    Indicates the physical location of the device, host, or service
                                 for which the alert was generated.

OwnerUID          integer        The user identifier of the user who is assigned to handle this
                                 alert. The default is 65534, which is the identifier for the
                                 nobody user.




                                                                        Chapter 2. Planning         57
Column name                Data type        Description

 OwnerGID                   integer          The group identifier of the group that is assigned to handle this
                                             alert.

 Acknowledged               integer          Indicates whether the alert has been acknowledged (0/1)

 Flash                      integer          Enables the option to make the event list flash.

 EventId                    varchar(255)     The event ID (for example, SNMPTRAP-link down). Multiple
                                             events can have the same event ID. This is populated by the
                                             probe rules file and used by Tivoli Network Manager IP
                                             Edition.

 ExpireTime                 integer          The number of seconds until the alert is cleared automatically.
                                             Used by the Expire automation.

 ProcessReq                 integer          Indicates whether the alert should be processed by Tivoli
                                             Network Manager IP Edition. This is populated by the probe
                                             rules file and used by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition.

 SuppressEscl               integer          Used to suppress or escalate the alert.

 Customer                   varchar(64)      The name of the customer affected by this alert.

 Service                    varchar(64)      The name of the service affected by this alert.

 PhysicalSlot               integer          The slot number indicated by the alert.

 PhysicalPort               integer          The port number indicated by the alert.

 PhysicalCard               varchar(64)      The card name or description indicated by the alert.

 TaskList                   integer          Indicates whether a user has added the alert to the Task List.
                                             Operators can add alerts to the Task List from the event list.

 NmosSerial                 varchar(64)      The serial number of a suppressed alert. Populated by Tivoli
                                             Network Manager IP Edition.

 NmosObjInst                integer          Populated by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition during alert
                                             processing.

 NmosCauseType              integer          The alert state, populated by Tivoli Network Manager IP
                                             Edition as an integer value, that is, 0: unknown, 1: root cause,
                                             or 2: symptom.

 NmosDomainName             varchar(64)      The name of the Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition domain
                                             that is managing the event.

 NmosEntityId               integer          A unique numerical ID that identifies the Tivoli Network
                                             Manager IP Edition topology entity with which the event is
                                             associated.




58       Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Column name         Data type      Description

NmosManagedStatus   integer        The managed status of the network entity for which the event
                                   was raised. Can apply to events from Tivoli Network Manager
                                   IP Edition and from any probe. You can use this column to filter
                                   out events from interfaces that are not considered relevant.

LocalNodeAlias      varchar(64)    The alias of the network entity indicated by the alert. For
                                   network devices or hosts, this is the logical (layer-3) address
                                   of the entity, or another logical address that enables direct
                                   communication with the device. For use in managed object
                                   instance identification.

LocalPriObj         varchar(255)   The primary object referenced by the alert. For use in
                                   managed object instance identification.

LocalSecObj         varchar(255)   The secondary object referenced by the alert. For use in
                                   managed object instance identification.

LocalRootObj        varchar(255)   An object that is equivalent to the primary object referenced in
                                   the alarm. For use in managed object instance identification.

RemoteNodeAlias     varchar(64)    The network address of the remote network entity. For use in
                                   managed object instance identification.

RemotePriObj        varchar(255)   The primary object of a remote network entity referenced by
                                   an alarm. For use in managed object instance identification.

RemoteSecObj        varchar(255)   The secondary object of a remote network entity referenced
                                   by an alarm. For use in managed object instance
                                   identification.

RemoteRootObj       varchar(255)   An object that is equivalent to the remote entity's primary
                                   object referenced in the alarm. For use in managed object
                                   instance identification.

X733EventType       integer        Indicates the alert type 0-10.

X733ProbableCause   integer        Indicates the probable cause of the alert.

X733SpecificProb    varchar(64)    Identifies additional information for the probable cause of the
                                   alert. Used by probe rules files to specify a set of identifiers for
                                   use in managed object instance identification.

X733CorrNotif       varchar(255)   A listing of all notifications with which this notification is
                                   correlated.

ServerName          varchar(64)    The name of the originating ObjectServer. Used by gateways
                                   to control propagation of alerts between ObjectServers.




                                                                           Chapter 2. Planning       59
Column name              Data type        Description

 ServerSerial             integer          The serial number of the alert on the originating ObjectServer
                                           (if it did not originate on this ObjectServer). Used by gateways
                                           to control the propagation of alerts between ObjectServers.

 URL                      varchar(1024)    Optional URL that provides a link to additional information in
                                           the vendor's device or Enterprise Network Management
                                           System (ENMS).

 MasterSerial             integer          Identifies the master ObjectServer if this alert is being
                                           processed in a desktop ObjectServer environment. This
                                           column is added when you run the database initialization utility
                                           nco_dbinit with the -desktopserver option. MasterSerial must
                                           be the last column in the alerts.status table if you are using a
                                           desktop ObjectServer environment.

 ExtendedAttr             varchar(4096)    Holds name-value pairs (of Tivoli Enterprise Console
                                           extended attributes) or any other additional information for
                                           which no dedicated column exists in the alerts.status table.
                                           Use this column only through the nvp_get, nvp_set, and
                                           nvp_exists SQL functions.




60     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3


    Chapter 3.   Installation
                 This chapter discusses the installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The
                 topics discussed are:
                     3.1, “Installation process” on page 62
                     3.2, “Simnet probe installation” on page 65
                     3.3, “Installing a FixPack” on page 66
                     3.4, “Configuration export and import” on page 66
                     3.5, “Post-implementation customization” on page 68




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                              61
3.1 Installation process
               This section discusses the installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 on a
               UNIX or Linux server. For a sample of the wizard in Windows, see 4.1.1, “Remote
               desktop installation” on page 86.

               The installation path defaults are:
                   UNIX: /opt/netcool
                   Windows: C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcool

               Perform the following steps:
               1. Download the required IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries package
                  C876RML from the IBM Passport advantage site, found at the following
                  address:
                   http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom
                   ers.htm
                   Additional support and fixes can be downloaded from the IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/OMNIbus support site, found at the following address:
                   http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D9821
                   9V85-download.html
               2. Put the binaries in an appropriate temporary location and extract the
                  installation package.
               3. Run the installation program; in UNIX, it is called INSTALL, and in Windows, it
                  is called setup. There are some options for invoking the installation, such as:
                   -console                Forcing the installation to use the console mode.
                   -errorlevel             The logging level: debug, info, or warning.
                   -silent                 Runs the installation in silent mode. Requires the
                                           -params option, which defines the XML file that is used
                                           as input.
                   -nchome                 The Netcool home directory for UNIX installation.
                   -help                   Shows the options for the installation command.
               4. The following steps describe the console based installation steps in a UNIX
                  platform. First, invoke the script ./INSTALL -console. If this is the first time
                  you have done this installation for this platform, supply the Netcool home
                  directory, as shown in Example 3-1 on page 63.




62   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 3-1 Home directory
Please enter installation directory [/opt/netcool]:
1548 blocks
   . . .

Product: Netcool/OMNIbus
Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/OMNIbus

To continue press [Enter]:

5. Accept the license agreement, as shown in Example 3-2.

Example 3-2 License agreement
International Program License Agreement
Part 1 - General Terms
BY DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, COPYING, ACCESSING, OR USING THE PROGRAM
YOU AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU ARE ACCEPTING THESE
TERMS ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON OR A COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY,
YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE FULL AUTHORITY TO BIND THAT
PERSON, COMPANY, OR LEGAL ENTITY TO THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO
THESE TERMS,
- DO NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL, COPY, ACCESS, OR USE THE PROGRAM; AND
- PROMPTLY RETURN THE PROGRAM AND PROOF OF ENTITLEMENT TO THE PARTY
FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO OBTAIN A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT YOU PAID. IF
YOU DOWNLOADED THE PROGRAM, CONTACT THE PARTY FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED
IT.
"IBM" is International Business Machines Corporation or one of its
subsidiaries.
"License Information" ("LI") is a document that provides information

Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes




                                                   Chapter 3. Installation   63
6. Select the required features. Example 3-3 shows that we selected all the
                  features.

               Example 3-3 Installation feature selection
               Product: Netcool/OMNIbus

               SelectFeature
               -------------
                [I] 1) Desktop - Desktop GUI Applications
                [I] 2) Gateways - ObjectServer Gateways
                [I] 3) Process Control - Process control and remote execution
               support.
                [I] 4) Servers - ObjectServer and Proxy Server
                [I] 5) Confpack - Confpack configuration backup and transfer tool
                [I] 6) Administrator - Administrator configuration GUI
                [I] 7) AEN Client - Accelerated Event Notification Client
                [I] 8) Local Help System - Local On-line Help System. To use
               Standalone mode on-line help or start an Infocentre server, this
               feature must be installed.

               Select:
                  1-8) Toggle feature
                  s) Select all features
                  u) Unselect all features
                  i) Install selected features
                  n) Next page (properties configuration)
                  q) Quit
               Option [i]: i

               7. When the installation process completes correctly, you receive the message
                  shown in Example 3-4.

               Example 3-4 Installation completed
               Installing product: Netcool/OMNIbus.

               Product Netcool/OMNIbus installed OK.

               If there is a problem with the installation, refer to the
               $NCHOME/log/install/ncisetup.log file for more information.




64   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3.2 Simnet probe installation
         IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus is now installed, so now you can install probes. The
         probes are installed as patches. These probe patches are installed using the
         $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch command. You can download the Simnet
         probe from the PassPort Advantage Web site
         (http://www.ibm.com/software/passportadvantage) using the part number
         C1BY0EN. Perform the following tasks:
         1. Unzip the installation image to a temporary directory. The installation of the
            probe is performed as a patch. The patch is packaged as a tar.Z file. Do not
            extract the tar.Z file.
         2. Run the nco_patch command to install the simnet probe from the compressed
            patch tar-ball in temporary directory.
         3. Enter yes to install the probe.
         4. Wait until the installation is completed

         Example 3-5 shows the installation process.

         Example 3-5 Probe installation
         [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ unzip C1BY0EN.zip
         Archive: C1BY0EN.zip
           inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.tar.Z
           inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.README
         [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch
         omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.tar.Z

         -------------------------- End of README ---------------------------
         Are you sure you want to install this patch? (y/n)? [default: y]
         Patch "probe-nco-p-simnet-4" is successfully installed.

         The nco_patch command has some other options, such as:
         -remove                Removes a patch installation (including a probe).
         -print                 Lists the installed patch IDs.




                                                                 Chapter 3. Installation   65
3.3 Installing a FixPack
               A FixPack for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 can be downloaded from the IBM
               support site at the following address:
               http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D98219V8
               5-download.html

               The FixPack is installed by running the ncisetup command under the
               $NCHOME/install directory. The FixPack is installed using the -install option,
               which points to the FixPack distribution file. A sample installation of FixPack
               7.2.0.3 is shown in Example 3-6.

               Example 3-6 FixPack installation
               [netcool@omnibus]$ /opt/netcool/install/ncisetup -install
               7.2.0.3-TIV-NCOMNIBUS-linux2x86-FP0003.jar-silent
               Installing product: Netcool/OMNIbus.
               Product Netcool/OMNIbus installed OK.



3.4 Configuration export and import
               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration of an ObjectServer can be
               exported and then imported to another ObjectServer. This process is very
               efficient for quickly cloning ObjectServer settings. This process is performed by
               running the nco_confpack command under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/.

               The nco_confpack command can be run in the following modes:
                   Create a list of exportable configuration items using the -list option, as shown
                   in Example 3-7 on page 67. You can choose the appropriate configuration
                   that you want to export from the output file.




66   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 3-7 nco_confpack -list
[netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server
NCOMS -file /tmp/NCOMS_list -user root
[netcool@omnibus tmp]$ cat /tmp/NCOMS_list
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_create_tool
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_class
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_col_visual
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_conv
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_menu
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_object
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_prompt
ObjectServer    NCOMS   Auto    audit_config_drop_tool

   Export the configuration using the -export option, as shown in Example 3-8.
   The configuration items in the list files are the only configuration items that will
   be exported.

Example 3-8 nco_confpack -export
[netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file
/tmp/NCOMS_list -package /tmp/NCOMS_package -user root

   Import a configuration into another ObjectServer using the -import option, as
   shown in Example 3-9.

Example 3-9 nco_confpack -import
[netcool@omnibus ~]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import -package
/tmp/NCOMS_package -server NCOMS2 -user root
*********************************************************************
*                          W A R N I N G                            *
*                                                                   *
* This action may overwrite configuration currently in your system. *
*                                                                   *
* It is recommended that a backup is made of the current data       *
* before importing new data.                                        *
*                                                                   *
*********************************************************************

Do you want to continue (y/n) [N]? y

A related concept to this topic is the backup of an ObjectServer configuration. To
back up an ObjectServer database, you can run the following SQL command
from a nco_sql or isql interface:
alter system backup ‘<backup_path>’;


                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   67
3.5 Post-implementation customization
               There are several post-implementation customizations that must be performed
               for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. They are:
                   3.5.1, “Environmental variables” on page 68
                   3.5.2, “Directory ownership” on page 69
                   3.5.4, “Communication configuration” on page 72
                   3.5.5, “ObjectServer properties” on page 76


3.5.1 Environmental variables
               The user of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus must have several predefined
               environment variables set. These variables are typically set on the user’s profile.
               The easiest method is to modify the /etc/profile file so that all users on the
               system will have those variables set. A sample modification of /etc/profile is
               shown in Example 3-10.

               Example 3-10 Environmental variables for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
               NCHOME=/opt/netcool/
               OMNIHOME=/opt/netcool/omnibus/
               LANG=C
               PATH=$PATH:/opt/netcool/omnibus/bin:/opt/netcool/netcool/install:/opt/n
               etcool/bin/
               LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/netcool/platform/linux2x86/lib/

               export NCHOME OMNIHOME LANG PATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH

               The variables to be set are:
               NCHOME                   Home directory of the Netcool installation
               OMNIHOME                 Home directory of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
               LANG                     Language convention
               PATH                     Executable search path
               LD_LIBRARY_PATH Dynamic link library loading path in Linux (LIBPATH is
                               used in AIX®)




68   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3.5.2 Directory ownership
           On a UNIX/Linux operating system with an ObjectServer installed by the root
           user, the root user owns the $NCHOME directory. A non-root user is typically used
           to own and run IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. A typical setup is assigning the
           Netcool user as a member of the ncoadmin group, acting as the primary
           administrator with full access to the product functionality. The group can be
           defined with a specific group ID. Group IDs are defined in /etc/group and user
           IDs are defined in /etc/passwd.

           If the group and user can be created, then you should add the root user to the
           group so it has access to it. Then you should change the file ownership of the
           $NCHOME path. The commands to perform this task are shown in Example 3-11.

           Example 3-11 Group creation on UNIX
           [root@localhost /]# groupadd -g 500 ncoadmin
           [root@localhost /]# useradd -g ncoadmin netcool
           [root@localhost /]# usermod -g ncoadmin root


3.5.3 ObjectServer creation and verification
           Instances of ObjectServer can be created after the installation. To create the
           ObjectServer tables and information, use the nco_dbinit command, which
           resides in the $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/ directory. To create an ObjectServer called
           NCOMS, issue this command:
           $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -server NCOMS

           The options for the ObjectServer can be specified as command-line options or in
           the property file $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_dbinit.props. The command
           executes the following SQL files:
           application.sql        This file creates the default tables for the alerts and tools
                                  databases.
           automation.sql         This file creates the default trigger groups and triggers.
           desktop.sql            This file specifies default values for the desktop tables,
                                  including default colors, conversions, tools, and menus.
           system.sql             This file specifies the security database and tables, and
                                  system users, groups, roles, and permissions. You must
                                  not edit this file.
           security.sql           This file specifies additional operator and administrator
                                  roles.




                                                                    Chapter 3. Installation    69
For a Windows system, you can set up the ObjectServer to start as a Windows
               service using the nco_objserv command from the path %NCHOME%omnibusbin.
               To install the service, it uses the following options:
               /install                 Install a service.
               /remove                  Remove a service.
               /instance                Define an optional instance name. The default service
                                        name is NCOObjectServer. The instance name is
                                        appended after a $ sign after NCOObjectServer
               /cmdline                 Define the command line for the service that includes the
                                        name of the ObjectServer.
               /noauto                  When this option is set, the service will not autostart.

               To create a service named NCOObjectServer$ABC for an ObjectServer named
               MyABC, run this command:
               nco_objserv /install /instance ABC /cmdline "-name MyABC"

               Starting the ObjectServer manually can be done by running the nco_objserv
               -name command:
               $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_objserv -name <ObjectServer name>

               You can then verify that the ObjectServer is running by using the nco_ping
               command, as shown in Example 3-12.

               Example 3-12 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on UNIX
               [netcool@omnibus ~]$ nco_ping NCOMS
               NCO_PING: Server available.

               You can then use the event list application locally using the nco_event command
               under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin. The initial prompt is for the user name and
               password. The default user name is root with a blank password. The login
               window is shown in Figure 3-1 on page 71.




70   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Note: As this is an X Window System application, the DISPLAY environment
 variable has to be set properly and access is granted from root using the xhost
 command.




Figure 3-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list login window on UNIX




                                                         Chapter 3. Installation   71
Once the user name and password is verified, you are connected to the
                ObjectServer. There is a limit on the number of event lists that can connect to an
                ObjectServer. Figure 3-2 shows the event groups.




Figure 3-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list window on UNIX

                Each of the boxes in Figure 3-2 represents different filters of the event list that
                are available in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The drop-down menus represent
                the view selection for the events that are retrieved from the particular filter.


3.5.4 Communication configuration
                Communication between components are set in the interface file. The setting is
                different for UNIX or Linux and for Windows systems.




72    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
On UNIX or Linux
The communication configuration for a UNIX or Linux server includes changing
the interface file. If the host name is resolvable to an IP address, edit the interface
definition file $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and replace omnihost with local servers
host name. If the host name is not resolvable to an IP address, replace omnihost
with the appropriate IPv4 or IPv6 address and port. Ensure that the port you
define is not used from the output of the netstat -an command. Our definition
file is shown in Example 3-13. Once you update the file, you can run the
nco_igen command under $NCHOME/bin to redefine the interface file. The
definition is for two separate ObjectServers.

Example 3-13 Interface definitions file for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
[NCOMS]
{
          Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100
}
[NCOMS2]
{
          Primary: 9.42.170.132 4200
}

To define the above ObjectServers as a failover pair (virtual ObjectServer), define
it as shown in Example 3-14.

Example 3-14 Interface definition file for virtual ObjectServer
[NCOMS]
{
      Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100
      Backup: 9.42.170.132 4200
}




                                                              Chapter 3. Installation   73
Alternatively you can use the graphical interface (run nco_xigen to open it) to
               perform this update, as shown in Figure 3-3.




               Figure 3-3 The nco_xigen window




74   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
On Windows
On a Windows platform, you set the communication configuration in the Netcool
Server Editor. Select All Programs → Netcool OMNIBUS → System
Utilities → Server Editor. The window shown in Figure 3-4 opens.




Figure 3-4 Interface definitions tool for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus on Windows




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   75
You can define and test the ObjectServer. If you do, you should get the message
               “Server available”, as shown in Figure 3-5.




               Figure 3-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on Windows


3.5.5 ObjectServer properties
               ObjectServer properties are stored in the file
               $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/<servername>.props. You can change the settings for the
               ObjectServer properties in the SQL interactive interface by running the ALTER
               SYSTEM SET SQL command, or by editing the properties file and restarting
               ObjectServer.




76   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
You can query the catalog.properties table to view information about the
                 ObjectServer properties. The available properties are listed in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1 ObjectServer properties
 Property                                  Description

 AlertSecurityModel integer                This property determines whether group row level security
                                           is enforced in the event list. By default, group row level
                                           security is disabled (0). In this case:
                                           A member of the Normal group can modify a row that is
                                           assigned to themselves or the nobody user.
                                           A member of the Administrator group can modify a row that
                                           is assigned to themselves, the nobody user, or a member of
                                           the Normal group.
                                           If the AlertSecurityModel property is enabled (1), only users
                                           in the group that owns the row can modify the row. In this
                                           case, a member of the Normal or Administrator group can
                                           modify a row that is assigned to a group of which they are a
                                           member. A member of the System group can always modify
                                           any row.

 AllowConnections TRUE | FALSE             Specifies whether non-root users can connect to the
                                           ObjectServer. If FALSE, no new connections to the
                                           ObjectServer are allowed. The default is TRUE.

 AllowISQL TRUE | FALSE                    Specifies whether connections to the ObjectServer are
                                           allowed using the SQL interactive interface. If FALSE, no
                                           user can connect using nco_sql. The default is TRUE. If
                                           TRUE, this can be enabled for each user using the
                                           Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator.

 AllowISQLWrite TRUE | FALSE               Specifies whether modifications to the ObjectServer are
                                           allowed using the SQL interactive interface. If FALSE, no
                                           user can modify the ObjectServer using nco_sql. The
                                           default is TRUE. If TRUE, this can be enabled for each user
                                           using the Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator.

 AllowTimedRefresh TRUE | FALSE            This property determines whether the user can enable a
                                           timed refresh in the Refresh tab of the Event List
                                           Preferences window. If TRUE, the event list preferences can
                                           be set to allow alert information to be updated at a specified
                                           interval rather than waiting for notification of updates from
                                           the ObjectServer. The default is FALSE. If FALSE, the timed
                                           refresh check box is grayed out in the Refresh tab of the
                                           Event List Preferences window and timed refresh is
                                           disabled.

 Auto.Debug TRUE | FALSE                   If TRUE, automation debugging is enabled. The default is
                                           FALSE.




                                                                            Chapter 3. Installation     77
Property                                   Description

 Auto.Enabled TRUE | FALSE                  If TRUE, automations are enabled. The default is TRUE.

 Auto.StatsInterval integer                 Specifies the interval in seconds at which the automation
                                            system collects statistics. The default is 60. Statistics are
                                            gathered unless the -autoenabled command-line option is
                                            set to FALSE, which disables all automations.

 Auto.StatsLogfile string                   Specifies the log file to which the automation system writes
                                            statistics. By default, the trigger statistics are logged to the
                                            file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/
                                            servername_trigger_stats.logn.

 BackupObjectServer TRUE | FALSE            Provides failback capability with desktop clients, probes, the
                                            proxy server, and the ObjectServer Gateway. The default is
                                            FALSE; the desktop clients, probes, the proxy server, and
                                            gateways are assumed to be connected to a primary
                                            ObjectServer. When TRUE, the desktop clients, probes, the
                                            proxy server, and gateways are made aware that they are
                                            connected to the backup ObjectServer in a failover pair. If
                                            this is the case, the desktop clients, probes, the proxy
                                            server, and gateways will automatically check for the
                                            recovery of the primary ObjectServer in the failover pair and
                                            switch back (fail back) when it has restarted.

 ClientHeartbeatDisable TRUE | FALSE        Disables the client heartbeating system if set to TRUE. This
                                            causes a connected client to time out if the ObjectServer is
                                            busy, for example, during a gateway resynchronization or an
                                            automation. The default FALSE setting enables
                                            heartbeating, and prevents invalid and unnecessary client
                                            timeouts. If the ObjectServer is active but busy, this setting
                                            causes the ObjectServer to send a message to a connected
                                            client, with details of the type of processing in progress.

 ClientHeartbeatRate integer                Sets the rate in seconds of a client heartbeat. This rate
                                            defines how long a client should wait for a response from
                                            the ObjectServer before timing out. The default value is 10.

 Connections integer                        Sets the maximum number of available connections for
                                            desktop clients, probes, and gateways. The default value is
                                            30. Up to two connections may be used by the system.

 DeleteLogFile string                       The path and name of the delete log file, where all delete
                                            commands are recorded if delete logging is enabled. By
                                            default, deletes are logged to the file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/
                                            servername_deletes_file.logn.

 DeleteLogging TRUE | FALSE                 When TRUE, delete logging is enabled. The default is
                                            FALSE.




78    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property                  Description

DeleteLogLevel integer    The log level determines how much information is sent to
                          the delete log file. Possible settings are:
                              <0: No logging.
                              0: Client type (application ID; for example, ctisql for
                              nco_sql) and SQL executed. This is the default log
                              level.
                              1: Time, user ID, client type, and SQL executed.

DeleteLogSize integer     The maximum size of the delete log file. When the log file
                          servername_deletes_file.log1 reaches the specified size,
                          it is renamed servername_deletes_file.log2 and a new
                          log file, servername_deletes_file.log1, is created. When
                          the new file reaches its maximum size, the older file is
                          deleted and the process repeats. The output from a single
                          delete command is never split between log files. Therefore,
                          log files may be larger than the specified size. The default
                          log file size is 1024 KB.

DTMaxTopRows integer      The maximum number of rows that an administrator can
                          specify when using the View Builder to restrict the number
                          of rows an event list user can view. The default is 100.

GWDeduplication integer   This property controls the behavior when there is an
                          attempt to reinsert an existing event in the ObjectServer.
                          Possible values are:
                              0: When set to this value (the default):
                              – If the client is not a gateway, the Tally field is
                                   incremented.
                              – The LastOccurrence, Summary, and AlertKey fields
                                   are updated with the new values and the
                                   StateChange and InternalLast fields are updated
                                   with the current time.
                              – If the new Severity is greater than 0 (clear) and the
                                   old Severity was 0, the alert is also updated with the
                                   new Severity value.
                              1: If the client is a gateway, the new event replaces the
                              old event.
                              2: If the client is a gateway, the new event is ignored.
                              3: When set to this value:
                              – For all clients, the Tally field is incremented.
                              – The LastOccurrence, Summary, and AlertKey fields
                                   are updated with the new values and the
                                   StateChange and InternalLast fields are updated
                                   with the current time.
                              – If the new Severity is greater than 0 (clear) and the
                                   old Severity was 0, the alert is also updated with the
                                   new Severity value.



                                                            Chapter 3. Installation     79
Property                                   Description

 Granularity integer                        Controls the update interval, in seconds, of IDUC
                                            broadcasts to desktops and gateways. Reducing this value
                                            increases the update rate to the clients. The default interval
                                            is 60 seconds.

 Iduc.ListeningHostname string              Sets a host name for clients to use to locate the
                                            ObjectServer. On systems where DNS is used, the name
                                            returned by a host machine internally may not be the name
                                            by which it is referred to in the network. For example, a
                                            machine named “sfo” may actually be identified in the
                                            network as sfo.bigcorp.org. To allow clients to connect to
                                            the ObjectServer on sfo, set this property to sfo.bigcorp.org.
                                            The default is the name of the local machine, as reported by
                                            the hostname command.

 Iduc.ListeningPort integer                 Sets the port for the IDUC communication connection. This
                                            is the port on which the ObjectServer sends updates to
                                            each event list and gateway. If not specified, the IDUC port
                                            is selected by the ObjectServer at random from the unused
                                            port numbers available. The default is 0, that is, take the
                                            next available port. You can also specify the port in the
                                            /etc/services file on the host machine.

 Ipc.SSLCertificate string                  Specifies the path to the SSL certificate. The default is
                                            $NCHOME/etc/servername.crt. For more information about
                                            setting up a Netcool system using SSL communications,
                                            refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and
                                            Deployment Guide, SC23-6370.

 Ipc.SSLEnable TRUE | FALSE                 Enables SSL communications. For more information about
                                            setting up a Netcool system using SSL communications,
                                            refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and
                                            Deployment Guide, SC23-6370.

 Ipc.SSLPrivateKeyPassword string           Specifies the SSL private key password. The default is ''.
                                            For more information about setting up a Netcool system
                                            using SSL communications, refer to the IBM Tivoli
                                            Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide,
                                            SC23-6370.

 MaxLogFileSize integer                     Specifies the maximum size the log file can grow to, in
                                            kilobytes. The default is 1024 KB. Once it reaches the size
                                            specified, the servername.log file is renamed
                                            servername.log_OLD and a new log file is started. When the
                                            new file reaches the maximum size, it is renamed and the
                                            process starts again.




80    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property                       Description

MessageLevel string            Specifies the message logging level. Possible values are
                               debug, info, warn, error, and fatal. The default level is warn.

MessageLog string              Specifies the path to which messages are logged. The
                               default is $NCHOME/omnibus/log/NCOMS.log. On Windows, if
                               the system cannot write to the specified log file (for
                               example, as the result of a fatal error), it writes the error to
                               a file named %NCHOME%omnibuslogerr.
                               The ObjectServer must be running as a service; otherwise,
                               it cannot write errors to a file.

PA.Name string                 Sets the process control agent name. This name must
                               consist of 11 or fewer uppercase letters. When an external
                               procedure is run from an automation, the ObjectServer can
                               start an external process. To start the process, the
                               ObjectServer contacts a process control agent. The default
                               name for the process control agent is NCO_PA. This option
                               is supported on both UNIX and Windows platforms.

PA.Password string             Specifies the password for the user connecting to a process
                               control agent to run external procedures in automations.
                               The default is ''. If running external procedures in
                               Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, the process control daemon must
                               be able to authenticate the user. Therefore, a valid
                               combination, which can be authenticated by the daemon,
                               must be specified in the string values for PA.Username and
                               PA.Password. Otherwise, the connection to the process
                               control agent, as well as the execution of the external
                               procedure, will fail. This option is only supported on UNIX
                               platforms.

PA.Username string             Specifies the user name for connecting to a process control
                               agent to run external procedures in automations. A value
                               must be specified when the process control agent is running
                               in secure mode. The default is root. Any user who requires
                               access to the process control system must be a member of
                               a UNIX user group (the default is ncoadmin) that you
                               identify as an administrative group for this purpose. This
                               option is only supported on UNIX platforms.

ProfileStatsInterval integer   Specifies the interval in seconds at which the profiler writes
                               information to the profile log file. The default is 60 seconds.




                                                                 Chapter 3. Installation      81
Property                                   Description

 Profile TRUE | FALSE                       Controls ObjectServer profiling. If TRUE, the amount of
                                            time it takes for clients to execute SQL is logged to the
                                            catalog.profiles table. The default is FALSE. The profile
                                            statistics are also logged to the file
                                            $NCHOME/omnibus/log/ servername_profiler_report.logn
                                            file every profile statistics interval.

 Props.CheckNames TRUE | FALSE              When TRUE, the ObjectServer does not run if any specified
                                            property is invalid. The default is TRUE.

 RegexpLibrary string                       Defines which regular expression library to use for the
                                            ObjectServer. Possible values are NETCOOL and TRE.
                                            The default value of NETCOOL is useful for single-byte
                                            character processing and is recommended for optimal
                                            system performance. To enable the use of the extended
                                            regular expression syntax on single-byte and multi-byte
                                            character languages, set the value to TRE. Note that this
                                            setting results in decreased system performance.

 RestrictionUpdateCheck TRUE | FALSE        When FALSE, users with restriction filters applied can
                                            update alerts that will not appear in their view after the
                                            update. The default is TRUE.

 RestrictPasswords TRUE | FALSE             When TRUE, passwords must conform to the following
                                            restrictions:
                                                The password must consist of at least eight characters.
                                                The password must contain at least one numeric
                                                character.
                                                The password must contain at least one alphabetic
                                                character. The default is FALSE.

 RestrictProxySQL TRUE | FALSE              When TRUE, connections from a proxy server are restricted
                                            by the ObjectServer SQL commands that can be executed.
                                            The only modifications to ObjectServer data that can be
                                            made are inserts into the alerts.status and alerts.details
                                            tables. The default is FALSE. If FALSE, connections from a
                                            proxy server can execute any ObjectServer SQL
                                            commands.

 Sec.AuditLevel string                      Specifies the level of security auditing performed. Possible
                                            values are debug, info, warn, and error. The default is warn.
                                            The debug and info levels generate messages for
                                            authentication successes and failures, while warn and error
                                            levels generate messages for authentication failures only.

 Sec.AuditLog string                        Specifies the file to which audit information is written. The
                                            default is $NCHOME/omnibus/log/servername/ audit.log.




82    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property                           Description

Sec.UsePam TRUE | FALSE            If TRUE and enabled for the user, external authorization can
                                   be used. The default is TRUE. For more information about
                                   PAM, refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation
                                   and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370.

SecureMode TRUE | FALSE            Sets the security mode of the ObjectServer. If TRUE, the
                                   ObjectServer authenticates probe, gateway, and proxy
                                   server connection requests with a user name and
                                   encrypted password. Other client connection requests are
                                   always authenticated with a user name and password.

Store.LocalizedSort TRUE | FALSE   Defines whether localized sorting is enabled or disabled.
                                   The default is FALSE, which disables localized sorting in
                                   favor of standard C library (libc) string comparisons. For
                                   example, Å will be treated as a variant of A and the two
                                   characters will sort near each other. Use this default setting
                                   for optimal system performance. Set the value to TRUE to
                                   enable localized sorting. For example, in a Danish locale, Å
                                   will be treated as a separate letter that sorts just after Z.
                                   Note that specifying this setting results in decreased system
                                   performance.

UniqueLog TRUE | FALSE             If TRUE, the log file is uniquely named by appending the
                                   process ID of the ObjectServer to the default log file name.
                                   For example, if the NCOMS ObjectServer is running as
                                   process 1234, the log file is named $NCHOME/omnibus/log/
                                   NCOMS.1234.log. If the MessageLog property is set to
                                   sttderr or stdout, the UniqueLog property is ignored.




                                                                    Chapter 3. Installation     83
84   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4


    Chapter 4.   Configuration
                 This chapter discuss the configuration of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics
                 discussed are:
                     4.1, “Components configuration” on page 86
                     4.2, “Security configuration” on page 106
                     4.3, “ObjectServer customization” on page 117
                     4.4, “Probe configuration” on page 144
                     4.5, “ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication” on page 154
                     4.6, “Accelerated Event Notification client” on page 159
                     4.7, “IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer V7.2” on page 171




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                              85
4.1 Components configuration
               This section discusses the configuration of the following components:
                   4.1.1, “Remote desktop installation” on page 86
                   4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on page 91
                   4.1.3, “Process agent configuration” on page 100
                   4.1.4, “Startup script” on page 104


4.1.1 Remote desktop installation
               When the operators want to have access to an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
               event list from their workstation, you need to install a remote desktop application
               to meet their wishes. This procedure is performed by using the standard IBM
               Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation image, but you only need to install the
               desktop component. The following steps shows the Windows installation wizard
               for this installation:
               1. Unzip and run the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus install package named
                  setup.exe. The window shown in Figure 4-1 opens. Click Next.




               Figure 4-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation

               2. Accept the license agreement shown in Figure 4-2 on page 87. Click Next.



86   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation License Agreement

3. Choose the installation directory, as shown in Figure 4-3. Click Next.




Figure 4-3 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation home location




                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration   87
4. Select the necessary components. For a remote desktop, you only select the
                  Desktop component, as shown in Figure 4-4. Click Next.




               Figure 4-4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus features selection

               5. In the installation summary window shown in Figure 4-5 on page 89, click the
                  Install button.




88   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation

6. Reboot the machine at the end of the installation after clicking Finish, as
   shown in Figure 4-6.




Figure 4-6 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation complete


                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration   89
7. After the reboot, start the Server Editor by selecting All Programs → Netcool
                  Suite → Server Editor. Create an entry for the ObjectServer in the Server
                  Editor window on the remote desktop, as shown in Figure 4-7. If failover is
                  enabled, then you must also specify the backup ObjectServer.




               Figure 4-7 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Server Editor

               8. Launch the event list by selecting Start → All Programs → Netcool Suite →
                  Event List and log into the ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 4-8.




               Figure 4-8 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Event List login window

               9. The desktop is shown in Figure 4-9 on page 91.



90   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-9 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Even list default window


4.1.2 Gateway configuration
                Gateways allows communication between IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus and
                external components, such as other ObjectServer or third-party applications. The
                gateway can operate in one of two modes: audit mode and reporter mode. You
                only need to run the gateway in reporter mode if you want the gateway to run
                with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Reporter. The mode in which the gateway runs is
                determined by the ODBC.ODBCGWType property in the properties file.
                Gateways also allow the copying of information besides alerts, such as user and
                group lists.

                This section discusses the configuration of an uni-directional gateway. Perform
                the following steps:
                1. Create a directory for the gateway files that indicates the gateway name. This
                   example assumes that the gateway name would be UNI_GATE, so the
                   directory is $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE.




                                                                         Chapter 4. Configuration   91
2. Copy all files from the original gateway directory under
                    $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/. In our scenario, this would be objserv_uni or
                    objserv_bi to $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE. The files for an
                    uni-directional gateway are:
                     –    objserv_uni.props
                     –    objserv_uni.map
                     –    objserv_uni.reader.tblrep.def
                     –    objserv_uni.startup.cmd
                 3. Rename all the copied files so that they match the unique name of the
                    gateway UNI_GATE.*. The file list then becomes:
                     –    UNI_GATE.props
                     –    UNI_GATE.map
                     –    UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def
                     –    UNI_GATE.startup.cmd
                 4. Edit the UNI_GATE.props file and modify the properties to what is shown in
                    Example 4-1.

                 Example 4-1 UNI_GATE.props
                 Name                 : 'UNI_GATE'
                 PropsFile            : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.props'
                 Gate.MapFile         : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.map'
                 Gate.StartupCmdFile : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.startup.cmd'
                 Gate.Reader.Server   : 'NCOMS'
                 Gate.Reader.TblReplicateDefFile :
                 '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def'
                 Gate.Writer.Server   : 'NCOMS2'

                    Some common properties are listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Common gateway properties
 Property name                               Description

 Gate.Java.Arguments string                  Use this property to specify the Java arguments.

 Gate.Java.ClassPath string                  Use this property to specify the path to the third-party and
                                             user-defined Java classes that create the required JVM™
                                             environment.

 Gate.Java.Debug string                      Use this property to specify whether the debugging option
                                             is enabled for the JVM environment.

 Gate.Java.LibraryPath string                Use this property to specify the path to the library files for
                                             the required JVM environment.




92    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property name                                Description

Gate.Mapper.Debug string                     Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes
                                             mapper debug messages in the debug log.

Gate.Mapper.Forward HistoricDetails string   Use this property to specify whether the gateway forwards
                                             all historic details after a converted update.

Gate.Mapper.Forward HistoricJournals         Use this property to specify whether the gateway forwards
string                                       all historic journals after a converted update.

Gate.Reader.Debug string                     Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes
                                             gateway reader debug messages in the debug log.

Gate.Reader. Description string              Use this property to specify the application description for
                                             the reader connection. This description is used in triggers
                                             and allows you to determine which component of the
                                             gateway attempted to perform an action.

Gate.Reader.Details TableName string         Use this property to specify the name of the details table
                                             that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.details.

Gate.Reader.Failback Enabled string          Use this property to specify whether failback is enabled for
                                             the ObjectServer.

Gate.Reader.Failback Timeout integer         Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the
                                             gateway reader waits before entering failback mode.

Gate.Reader.Iduc FlushRate integer           Use this property to specify the rate (in seconds) of the
                                             granularity of the reader. If you set this property to 0, the
                                             reader gets its updates at the same granular rate as that of
                                             the ObjectServer to which it is connected.

Gate.Reader.Journal TableName string         Use this property to specify the name of the journal table
                                             that the gateway reads.

Gate.Reader.LogOSSql string                  Use this property to specify whether the gateway logs all
                                             SQL commands sent to the ObjectServer in debug mode.

Gate.Reader.Password string                  Use this property to specify the password associated with
                                             the user specified by the Gate.Reader.Username property.

Gate.Reader. ReconnectTimeout string         Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between
                                             each reconnection poll attempt that the gateway makes if
                                             the connection to the ObjectServer is lost.

Gate.Reader.Server string                    Use this property to specify the name of the ObjectServer
                                             from which the gateway reads alerts.

Gate.Reader. StatusTableName string          Use this property to specify the name of the status table
                                             that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.status.




                                                                           Chapter 4. Configuration       93
Property name                                 Description

 Gate.Reader. TblReplicateDefFile string       Use this property to specify the path to the table replication
                                               definition file.

 Gate.Reader.Username string                   Use this property to specify the user name that is used to
                                               authenticate the ObjectServer connection.

 Gate.XMLGateway. Debug string                 Use this property to specify whether the debug log includes
                                               the debug messages of the Message Bus Gateway.

 Gate.XMLGateway. FailbackEnabled string       Use this property to specify whether failback is enabled for
                                               the Message Bus Gateway.

 Gate.XMLGateway. FailbackTimeout string       Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the
                                               Message Bus Gateway awaits before entering failback
                                               mode.

 Gate.XML Gateway.MessageID string             Use this property to specify the message ID for the
                                               Message Bus Gateway. The message ID determines which
                                               transformation is required; the message ID will either be a
                                               hardcoded value or @col_name, which then uses the
                                               value of the column specified as the ID to decide which
                                               transformation is required.

 Gate.XMLGateway. ReconnectTimeout             Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between
 string                                        each reconnection poll attempt if the XML gateway loses
                                               the connection to the ObjectServer.

 Gate.XMLGateway. TransformerFile string       Use this property to specify the path to the transformer file.

 Gate.XMLGateway. TransportFile string         Use this property to specify the path to the transport file.

 Gate.XMLGateway. TransportType                Use this property either to specify the transport method to
                                               be used (JMS or file) or to define the name of the transport
                                               module class to use.


                      Additional bi-directional gateway properties are listed in Table 4-2. These
                      properties are prefixed by Gate.ObjectServerA or Gate.ObjectServerB. Each
                      represents the source or target ObjectServer.

Table 4-2 Bi-directional gateway properties
 Property name                Description

 Buffersize integer           Use this property to specify the number of entries that the gateway stores in
                              the buffer for this ObjectServer before flushing, if buffering is enabled. This
                              property can be used to fine-tune the efficiency of the gateway. The default
                              is 25.




94     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property name                Description

Debug Boolean                Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes debug messages
                             for this ObjectServer in the gateway debug log. The default is TRUE.

DeleteIfNoDedup Boolean      Use this property to specify whether a deletion is applied if the gateway
                             forwards deletes. The default is FALSE.

Description string           Use this property to specify an application description for the connection to
                             ObjectServer A. This description is used in triggers and allows you to
                             determine which component of the gateway attempted to perform an action.
                             The default is " ".

FailbackEnabled Boolean      Use this property to enable failback for this ObjectServer. The default is
                             FALSE.

FailbackTimeout integer      Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the gateway allows
                             before checking for the return of the master ObjectServer and failing back.
                             The default is 30.

LogOSSql Boolean             Use this property to specify whether the gateway logs all SQL commands
                             sent to this ObjectServer in debug mode. The default is FALSE.

Password string              Use this property to specify the password associated with the user specified
                             by the Username property. The default is " ".

ReconnectTimeout integer     Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between each
                             reconnection poll attempt if the connection to this ObjectServer is lost. The
                             default is 30.

RefreshCacheOnUpdate         Use this property to specify how the hash table cache is refreshed for this
Boolean                      ObjectServer. The default is FALSE.

SAF Boolean                  Use this property to specify whether the gateway stores all table entries if
                             the destination ObjectServer is unavailable and to forward them when the
                             ObjectServer becomes available again. The default is FALSE.

SAFFile string               Use this property to specify the name of the file that the gateway uses to
                             store table entries while the destination ObjectServer is unavailable. The
                             default is $OMNIHOME/var/objserv_bi/ NCO_GATE_ObjectServerA.store.

Serverstring                 Use this property to specify the name of this ObjectServer. The default is
                             NCOMS.

Username string              Use this property to specify the user name that is used to authenticate
                             connection to this ObjectServer. This user name is used to establish both
                             the writer’s IDUC connection and the subsidiary SQL command connection.
                             The default is root.

TblReplicateDefFile string   Use this property to specify the path to the table replication definition file.
                             The default is $OMNIHOME/gates/objserv_bi/
                             objserv_bi.objectservera.tblrep.def.



                                                                             Chapter 4. Configuration          95
Property name                Description

 StatusTableName string       Use this property to specify the name of the status table that the gateway
                              reads. The default is alerts.status.

 JournalTableName string      Use this property to specify the name of the journal table that the gateway
                              reads. The default is alerts.journal.

 DetailsTableName string      Use this property to specify the name of the details table that the gateway
                              reads. The default is alerts.details.

 IDUCFlushRate integer        Use this property to specify the rate (in seconds) of the granularity of the
                              reader. If you set this property to 0, the reader gets its updates at the same
                              granular rate as that of the ObjectServer to which it is connected. The default
                              is 0.


                 5. Define the actions that are used to specify a command that is run after an
                    event has been processed by the gateway. This is specified using the
                    statement AFTER IDUC DO.
                 6. Edit the interface definition file omni.dat and add the entry for the gateway, as
                    shown in Example 4-2.

                 Example 4-2 Additions to the interface definitions file
                 [UNIGATE]
                 {
                         Primary: 9.42.170.132 4300
                 }

                 7. Regenerate the interface file by running nco_igen.
                 8. Edit the UNI_GATE.map file and the UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def file, and
                    modify the entries to define which ObjectServer tables and fields are
                    accessed by the gateway. Consider the sequence and modification of the
                    alerts.status tables, as they must match exactly. A special field is defined for a
                    desktop ObjectServer mapping, which is called MasterSerial, which refers to
                    the master ObjectServer to which the desktop ObjectServer is pointing. A
                    sample mapping of the alerts.status table is shown in Example 4-3 on
                    page 97.




96    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-3 Sample mapping
CREATE MAPPING StatusMap
(
'Identifier'     = '@Identifier'          ON INSERT ONLY,
'Node'           = '@Node'                ON INSERT ONLY,
'NodeAlias'      = '@NodeAlias'           ON INSERT ONLY,
...
'ServerName'     = '@ServerName'          ON INSERT ONLY,
'ServerSerial'   = '@ServerSerial'        ON INSERT ONLY,
'MasterSerial'   = '@Serial'              ON INSERT ONLY
);

9. Start a ObjectServer gateway. The executable for the uni-directional gateway
   is nco_g_objserv_uni, while the executable for the bi-directional gateway is
   nco_g_objserv_bi. The gateway executable accept these parameters:
   -name                 For the gateway name (UNI_GATE in our example)
   -propsfile            The property file UNI_GATE.props in
                         $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE/.
10.All gateway and client connections can be queried from the ObjectServer
   database. Using nco_sql, all connections are can be queried from the
   catalog.connections table.




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   97
11.Verify that the gateway is working by deleting and or modifying an event on
                   the one ObjectServer and checking to see that the modification is made on
                   the other ObjectServer:
                    a. Open two separate event lists on both servers, as shown in Figure 4-10.




Figure 4-10 AEL on both servers




98    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
b. Delete an event on the first server, as shown in Figure 4-11.




Figure 4-11 AEL on NCOMS




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   99
c. Check that the modification is passed to the other ObjectServer, as shown
                     in Figure 4-12




Figure 4-12 AEL on NCOMS2


4.1.3 Process agent configuration
               If you use the process agent (sometimes called process control), operating IBM
               Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components becomes easier, as the startup and
               shutdown of the component is controlled by the process agent. This section
               discusses the configuration of the process agent:
               1. Open the $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf file under the nco_process
                  stanza, and verify and match the name of the ObjectServer definition, as
                  shown in Example 4-4 on page 101.




100   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-4 nco_pa.conf, nco_process
nco_process 'MasterObjectServer'
{
   Command '$OMNIHOME/bin/nco_objserv -name NCOMS -pa NCO_PA' run as 0
   Host        = 'omnibus'
   Managed     = True
   RestartMsg = '${NAME} running as ${EUID} has been restored on
${HOST}.'
   AlertMsg    = '${NAME} running as ${EUID} has died on ${HOST}.'
   RetryCount = 0
   ProcessType = PaPA_AWARE
}

2. Under the nco_routing stanza that defines the communication and
   authentication to a process agent (remote and local) (shown in Example 4-5):
   – Set the Host value to the host name of the local machine.
   – Set the user and password values under nco_routing if using secure
     mode; the user must belong to the ncoadmin group.

    Note: The password should then be encrypted using the nco_pa_crypt
    command.

Example 4-5 nco_pa.conf, nco_routing
nco_routing
{
        host 'omnibus' 'NCO_PA' 'user' 'password'
}




                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   101
3. The nco_service definition specifies the services that the process agent must
                  manage. A sample nco_service definition is shown in Example 4-6.

               Example 4-6 Sample nco_service
               nco_service 'Omnibus'
               {
                  ServiceType   =     Master
                  ServiceStart =      Non-Auto
                  process 'ObjectServer' NONE
                  process 'Proxy' 'ObjectServer'
                  process 'Probe' 'Proxy'
                  process 'Probe-1' 'ObjectServer'
                  process 'Sleep' 5
               }

                   Where:
                   nco_service             Defines the name of the service. Each service name
                                           must be unique within the process control network.
                   ServiceType             Defines whether this service should be started before
                                           all other services and handled as the master service
                                           upon which other services depend. This can be set as
                                           either Master or Non-Master.
                   ServiceStart            This can be set to Auto to start the service as soon as
                                           nco_pad has started, and Non-Auto if the service must
                                           be started manually with the nco_pa_start command.
                   process                 Each process entry defines a process that must be run
                                           as part of the service. The second and subsequent
                                           entries represents the process dependencies, so a
                                           process cannot start unless another is already
                                           running. You would typically start the ObjectServers,
                                           then gateways and then the probes.
               4. Add an entry to the interface file $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for nco_pa and run
                  nco_igen. The entry is shown in Example 4-7.

               Example 4-7 omni.dat gateway configuration
               [NCO_PA]
               {
                        Primary: 9.42.170.132 4400
               }

               5. Start the process agent by running nco_pad under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/.
                  The resulting messages are shown in Example 4-8 on page 103.



102   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-8 nco_pad
Netcool/OMNIbus Process Agent Daemon - Version 7.2

         Netcool/OMNIbus PA API Library Version 7.2
         Sybase Server-Library Release: 15.0

Server Settings :
        Name of server                     : NCO_PA
        Path of used log file              :
/opt/netcool//omnibus/log/NCO_PA.log
        Configuration File                 :
/opt/netcool//omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf
        Child Output File                  :   /dev/null
        Maximum logfile size               :   1024
        Thread stack size                  :   69632
        Message Pool size                  :   45568
        PID Message Pool size              :   50
        Rogue Process Timeout              :   30
        Truncate Log                       :   False
        Instantiate server to daemon       :   True
        Internal API Checking              :   False
        No Configuration File              :   False
        Start Auto-start services          :   True
        Authentication System              :   UNIX
        Trace Net library                  :   False
        Trace message queues               :   False
        Trace event queues                 :   False
        Trace TDS packets                  :   False
        Trace mutex locks                  :   False
        Host DNS name                      :   omnibus
        PID file (from $OMNIHOME)          :   ./var/nco_pa.pid
        Kill Process group                 :   False
        Secure Mode                        :   False
        Administration Group Name.         :   ncoadmin

Forking to a Daemon Process.............

6. Verify the status of the process agent. Run nco_pa_status under
   $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/; you can qualify the status by selecting the
   ObjectServer name by using the -server parameter. You should also identify
   yourself with the authority to access the server by using the -user parameter.
   The user specified must be a member of ncoadmin and can be authenticated
   on the operating system level by process agent (which is usually run by root).




                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   103
7. Manually kill one of the running ObjectServer processes using the kill
                  command.
               8. Run nco_pa_status again to verify that the killed process is running with a
                  different process ID, as shown in Example 4-9. This verifies that the process
                  agent restarts the killed process.

               Example 4-9 nco_pa_status
               [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_pa_status -user netcool
               Login Password:
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Service Name Process Name          Hostname     User     Status       PID
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Core          MasterObjectServer omnibus     netcool    RUNNING    29487
                             SecondaryObjectServeromnibus netcool     RUNNING    29488
                             BackupObjectServer    omnibus netcool    RUNNING    29491
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
               [netcool@omnibus etc]$ kill -TERM 29487
               [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_pa_status -user netcool
               Login Password:
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Service Name Process Name          Hostname     User     Status       PID
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Core          MasterObjectServer omnibus      netcool    RUNNING    29690
                             SecondaryObjectServer omnibus netcool       RUNNING    29488
                             BackupObjectServer    omnibus    netcool    RUNNING    29491
               -----------------------------------------------------------------------

               Errors in the process agent can be found in the log file in
               $NCHOME/omnibus/log/<pa_name>.log.


4.1.4 Startup script
               Once the customization of the components are done, we can define the startup
               script that allows the processes to be started automatically when the server
               starts. Perform the following steps:
               1. Execute the start-up script $NCHOME/omnibus/install/startup/<arch>install,
                  which allows the definition for the process agent to start automatically when
                  the system starts. This is described in Example 4-10 on page 105. Be sure to:
                  – Input/verify the process agent name.
                  – Select secure mode or not.
                  – Enter a value for the netcool_license_file variable.



104   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-10 Startup script installation
[root@omnibus startup]# cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/install/startup
[root@omnibus startup]# ./linux2x86install
This script copies a startup script into the /etc/init.d directory to
enable you to automatically start and stop Netcool/OMNIbus processes.
It does this by:
        Copying linux2x86/etc/rc.d/init.d/nco to /etc/init.d/nco
        Running "/sbin/chkconfig --add nco"

Do you wish to continue (y/n)? [y] y
Name of the Process Agent Daemon [NCO_PA]:
Should NCO_PA run in secure mode (y/n)? [y] n
Enter value for environment variable NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE if required
[27000@localhost]:
Scripts installed.

2. Modify some of the environment variables for the startup script nco, as shown
   in Example 4-11.

Example 4-11 The nco startup script variables
# Variables that can be changed
START_NCO=Y                      # Start nco_pad
NCHOME=/opt/netcool/             # Set directory for $NCHOME
OMNIHOME=/opt/netcool/omnibus    # Set directory for $OMNIHOME
NCO_PA="NCO_PA"                  # Set Process Agent's name
SECURE=n                         # Y/N run Process Agent in secure mode
NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE=27000@localhost # Points to flex license server

export NCHOME OMNIHOME NCO_PA NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE

3. The startup script nco must be linked to the different run levels on the system,
   as shown in Example 4-12.

Example 4-12 Startup symbolic links
[root@omnibus    etc]# cd /etc/
[root@omnibus    etc]# ls -l rc?.d/*nco*
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc0.d/K65nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc1.d/K65nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc2.d/K65nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc3.d/S81nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc4.d/K65nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc5.d/S81nco   ->   ../init.d/nco
lrwxrwxrwx 1     root root 13 May 28 21:59      rc6.d/K65nco   ->   ../init.d/nco



                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   105
4. Verify the operation of the startup script by running the nco script, as shown in
                  Example 4-13. Be sure to:
                  – Run the command /etc/init.d/nco start and verify that the process
                    agent has started.
                  – Run /etc/init.d/nco stop and verify that process agent (nco_pad) has
                    stopped.

               Example 4-13 nco start and nco_pa_status command
               [root@omnibus etc]# /etc/init.d/nco start
               Netcool/OMNIbus : Starting Process Control ...             [ OK ]
               [root@omnibus etc]# /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA
               Login Password:
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Service Name         Process Name         Hostname User        Status      PID
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Core                 MasterObjectServer   omnibus    netcool RUNNING 30044
                                    SecondaryObjectServeromnibus    netcool RUNNING 30046
                                    BackupObjectServer   omnibus    netcool RUNNING 30047
               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               [root@omnibus etc]# /etc/init.d/nco stop
               Netcool/OMNIbus : Stopping Process Control ...             [ OK ]
               [root@omnibus etc]# /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA
               Login Password:
               May 28 22:02:17 2009: Error: Failed to make a connection to NCO_PA.


               When all IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus processes are run under the process
               agent, you must start and stop them using the nco_pa_start and nco_pa_stop
               commands; otherwise, the process agent would always attempt to maintain the
               state of execution of the process. Non-OMNIbus processes that are defined
               under process agent may fail, as they are not aware of the process agent control
               or some environment variables may be missing.



4.2 Security configuration
               Security configuration in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus concerns defining users,
               groups and roles. The discussion includes:
                  4.2.1, “Role creation” on page 107
                  4.2.2, “Group creation” on page 112
                  4.2.3, “User creation” on page 115

                Note: User, group, and role names can be any text string up to 64 characters
                in length and can include spaces.



106   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.2.1 Role creation
                 Roles define the authority that a user or a group is allowed in order to access a
                 facility in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. To create a role, perform the following
                 steps:
                 1. Within the Configuration Manager, click the Users tab, as shown in
                    Figure 4-13.




Figure 4-13 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Roles tab




                                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   107
2. To create a role, click the Add New Role icon (      ). The New Role tab is
                  shown in Figure 4-14.




               Figure 4-14 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator New Role tab




108   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3. Assign role permissions, as shown in Figure 4-15.




Figure 4-15 Permission tab




                                                 Chapter 4. Configuration   109
4. Click the new authority icon (     ) and select an existing object, as shown in
                  Figure 4-16.




               Figure 4-16 Permission Objects

               5. The new permission object is shown in Figure 4-17 on page 111. You can
                  then set the appropriate authorization. The authorization are similar to SQL
                  authorization, such as SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, DROP, ALTER, and so
                  on.




110   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-17 Permissions tab

6. Click OK and your new role is completed.




                                              Chapter 4. Configuration   111
4.2.2 Group creation
                 Groups can also be created to provide role mapping for the individual user. In this
                 case, users do not need to be assigned an individual role, because it would make
                 administration difficult. To create a group in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, perform
                 the following steps:
                 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, click the
                    Users tab and then click Groups, as shown in Figure 4-18.




Figure 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Groups tab




112     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
2. Click the Add Group icon (    ). The Group Details window opens, as shown in
   Figure 4-19. Be sure to:
   – Assign a name to the group.
   – Assign an unused Group ID.
   – Assign a Role.




Figure 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator adding groups




                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   113
3. You can assign a Restriction Filter, as shown in Figure 4-20.




               Figure 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Restriction Filter tab

               4. Click OK. The group is now created.




114   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.2.3 User creation
                User creation is defined within IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The procedure for
                creating a user is as follows:
                1. In the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select User →
                   Users, as shown in Figure 4-21.




Figure 4-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator windows Users tab




                                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   115
2. Click the Add User icon ( ) in the toolbar. The Add User window opens, as
                  shown in Figure 4-22. Be sure to:
                  – Enter a Username and select an unused User ID.
                  – Enter a FullName.
                  – Check the Create Conversion check box




               Figure 4-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Add User

               3. In the Groups tab, double-click Administrator to assign the administrator
                  role. Click OK.



116   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.3 ObjectServer customization
           Once the ObjectServer is created and running, there are several customizations
           that can be performed. They are:
              4.3.1, “View creation” on page 117
              4.3.2, “Filters definition” on page 120
              4.3.3, “Menu creation” on page 124
              4.3.4, “Database field definition” on page 128
              4.3.5, “Tool definition” on page 133
              4.3.6, “Trigger creation” on page 140
              4.3.7, “Class creation” on page 143


4.3.1 View creation
           Depending on your requirements, an additional event view may be needed. This
           section describes view creation.




                                                               Chapter 4. Configuration   117
Perform the following steps:
                1. From the Event list shown in Figure 4-23, launch View Builder by clicking the
                      button.




Figure 4-23 Event List window

                2. In the View Builder window (Figure 4-24 on page 119), select File → New
                   and:
                    – Enter a view name.
                    – In the Display Columns section, select the fields from Available Field. We
                      choose Node, Severity, and Summary.
                    – In the Sort Columns section, select the fields from Available Sort Fields
                      pane and choose the order. We choose to sort by Severity in descending
                      order.
                    – The Restrict Row function limits the number of displayed rows.
                    – The Set from Event List check box, when checked, would prevent the
                      Restrict Row function from being overridden.



118    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-24 View Builder view




                                Chapter 4. Configuration   119
3. Click Apply and click Close. You can now see the new view, as shown in
                   Figure 4-25.




Figure 4-25 New view created

                4. Select File → Save from Main Event List window. Views are saved with the
                   .elv extension.


4.3.2 Filters definition
                There are two types of filter that we can define in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus:
                the event filter and the restriction filter. An event filter allows you to select which
                events you wanted to see in a view, while a restriction filter determines which
                events you are allowed to see for your user or group assignment.




120    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Event filter
                 To define an event filter, perform these steps busing the desktop client:
                 1. Click the Filter Builder button   on Sub-Event List, as shown in Figure 4-26.




Figure 4-26 Filter builder button window




                                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   121
2. In the Filter Builder window shown in Figure 4-27, select File → New and:
                  –   Provide the filter name.
                  –   Click the add button (+)
                  –   Select Severity from the Column drop-down menu.
                  –   Select Greater than or Equal to from the Operator drop-down menu.
                  –   Select Minor (#) from the Value drop-down menu.




               Figure 4-27 Filter Builder window

               3. Click Apply and then Close.
               4. Select File → Save from the Main Event List window.




122   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Restriction filter
                   To define a restriction filter, perform the following steps:
                   1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select
                      Users → Restriction Filters, as shown in Figure 4-28.




Figure 4-28 Restriction filter definition




                                                                          Chapter 4. Configuration   123
2. Select Add Restriction Filter ( ) from the toolbar. The creation window is
                  shown in Figure 4-29. Assign a name to the filter and enter the filter criteria.




               Figure 4-29 Restriction Filter creation

               3. Click OK.


4.3.3 Menu creation
               You can also modify, add, and remove menu items from the IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/OMNIbus display. Menu items are defined under the following items:
                  Event context menu
                  Main event list menu bar
                  Sub-event list menu bar
                  Conductor menu bar




124   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Perform the following steps:
                1. From the Menu tab, select Add New Item (   ) within the Configuration
                   Manager GUI, as shown in Figure 4-30.




Figure 4-30 Administrator console Menus tab




                                                                Chapter 4. Configuration   125
2. From Figure 4-31, complete the Menu Item Type, Tool, and Title fields, and
                  then click OK.




               Figure 4-31 Menu definition




126   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3. Check that the new item has been created in the administrator console, as
                   shown in Figure 4-32.




Figure 4-32 Administrator console Menus tab




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   127
4. Check that the new item has been created in the active event list (AEL), as
                     shown in Figure 4-33.




Figure 4-33 Event list tools


4.3.4 Database field definition
                  From IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator GUI (nco_config), you can
                  create a new database field. Perform the following steps:
                  1. Select the System tab from the Administrator GUI.
                  2. Select Databases.
                  3. Expand Databases → alerts → Status, as shown in Figure 4-34 on
                     page 129




128     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-34 Administrator console system console




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   129
4. Select the Add Column ( ) icon from the menu. The Add Column window is
                  shown in Figure 4-35. Enter the Column Name and Data Type data and
                  specify any additional attributes.




               Figure 4-35 New column window




130   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
5. Click OK and check that the column has been created correctly in the
                   administrator console, as shown in Figure 4-36




Figure 4-36 Administrator console column added




                                                                 Chapter 4. Configuration   131
6. Check that the column has been created on the event list with the default
                    view, as shown in Figure 4-37. The field can then be used in View Builder,
                    Filter Builder, and probe rules file.




Figure 4-37 Event list column




132     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.3.5 Tool definition
                Creating a new tool allows you to define an additional program that you can
                invoke from the Administration GUI. Perform the following steps:
                1. Within the Tools menu in Figure 4-38, click the Add Tool (   ) icon.




Figure 4-38 Administrator console Menu tab




                                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   133
2. In the New Tool window, enter a Name. You can have a tool that executes
                   SQL statements against the ObjectServer database command, as shown in
                   Figure 4-39.




Figure 4-39 Tool creation window




134    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
3. If you want to run an executable, enter the executable name in the Executable
                   tab, as shown in Figure 4-40.




Figure 4-40 Tool creation window




                                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   135
When you use the executable, the executable has to be in the same path as
                    all users and resides must be checked on the same platform. You must check
                    the platform support on the Platform tab, as shown in Figure 4-41.




Figure 4-41 Tool creation window

                4. The tools’ access rights can be configured from the Access tab, as shown in
                   Figure 4-42 on page 137.




136    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-42 Tool creation window

                5. Click OK and check that the tool has been created correctly in the menu
                   window.




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   137
6. There is a way to collect operator input from the tools before running the
                   executable. This is called a prompt. You define the prompt by selecting
                   Menu → Prompt, as shown in Figure 4-43.




Figure 4-43 Prompt

                7. The prompt definition window is shown in Figure 4-44 on page 139.




138    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-44 Prompt definition

   There are several different prompt types:
   String                  Gets a string value.
   Integer                 Gets an integer value.
   Float                   Gets a floating point value.
   Time                    Gets a time stamp information.
   Fixed Choice            Gets a choice of a predefined selection.
   Lookup                  Gets value from a file.
   Password                Gets a password field.
   Dynamic Choice          Gets the choices from a database table entries.
8. The prompt can be included in the tool definition as $prompt.<name> to get
   the value from the user input.




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   139
4.3.6 Trigger creation
                Triggers are accessed by selecting Menu → Trigger, as shown in Figure 4-45.




Figure 4-45 Triggers

                There are several different types of triggers:
                       A database trigger ( ) allows you to run a program whenever there are
                       changes on the database. A typical trigger would be run upon the insertion,
                       update, or deletion of a database row. A trigger on the alerts table would allow
                       you to monitor whether an event is received or updated.
                       A temporal trigger (   ), which is executed on a predefined frequency.
                       A signal trigger ( ) fires when a system or user-defined signal is raised.
                       System signals are raised spontaneously by the ObjectServer when it detects
                       changes to the system. Signals are identified as %signal.<signalname>.




140    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
To define a trigger (Figure 4-46), you need the following definitions:
   Setting tab: Defines what event that this trigger would be attached to, such as:
   – Database trigger: Defines the tables and whether it is a deletion, insertion,
     reinsertion, or update.
   – Signal trigger: Which signal is defined for this trigger.
   – Temporal trigger: Specifies the execution frequency.
   When tab: Defines the database condition that has to be fulfilled for the trigger
   to run.
   Action tab: Defines the SQL procedure to be executed.




Figure 4-46 Database trigger creation settings tab

Triggers are defined in trigger groups. The group allows triggers to be enabled or
disabled together. To do this in a command line using nco_sql or isql, run:
ALTER TRIGGER GROUP <group> SET ENABLED (TRUE | FALSE)


                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   141
In addition to using the configuration GUI, the triggers can also be defined using
               an SQL command. The SQL command syntax is shown in Example 4-14.

               Example 4-14 SQL statement to define a trigger
               CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] TRIGGER triggername GROUP trgroup { BEFORE |
               AFTER } { INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | REINSERT } ON
               database_name.table_name FOR EACH { ROW | STATEMENT }
               BEGIN
               -- comments
               trigger_action
               END;

               Some important statements in a trigger are:
                  A procedure can also be called by a trigger by using an EXECUTE SQL
                  command.
                  You can break the execution in a loop by using a BREAK command.




142   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4.3.7 Class creation
                Alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus are defined in different classes to ease
                processing for a certain class. New classes can be added with reference to an
                existing class. Perform the following steps:
                1. In the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration window, select Visual →
                   Classes, as shown in Figure 4-47. Click the Add Class ( ) icon.




Figure 4-47 Administrator console Visual window




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   143
2. In the new class window shown in Figure 4-48, perform the following steps:
                  a. Assign an identifier.
                  b. Name the class.
                  c. Click OK.




               Figure 4-48 Add Class window



4.4 Probe configuration
               Probes connect to an event source, detect and acquire event data, and forward
               the data to the ObjectServer as alerts. Probes use the logic specified in a rules
               file to manipulate the event elements before converting them into fields of an
               alert in the ObjectServer alerts.status table. Probe configuration includes
               modifying the following items:
                  4.4.1, “Probe configuration sample” on page 144
                  4.4.2, “Probe property” on page 146
                  4.4.3, “Probe rule file” on page 150


4.4.1 Probe configuration sample
               You must configure each probe configuration to connect to the proper
               ObjectServer. The ObjectServer is pointed from the Server property of the probe
               property file. The example in this section configures the simnet probe.

               Perform the following steps:
               1. Open the Probe properties file. For simnet, it is called simnet.props and is
                  found under $OMNIHOME/probes/<arch>, where arch refers to the machine
                  architecture, which is linux2x86 for our Linux system.
               2. Set the server property to the name of the ObjectServer, as shown in
                  Example 4-15 on page 145. Other probe properties are discussed in 4.4.2,
                  “Probe property” on page 146.




144   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-15 simnet.prop
[netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ cat simnet.props | grep Server
Server                  : 'NCOMS'

3. Modify the rules file, simnet.rules, to include the host system name in the
   manager field, as shown in Example 4-16. Rules are discussed at greater
   length in 4.4.3, “Probe rule file” on page 150.

Example 4-16 simnet.rules
[netcool@omnibus linux2x86]# cat simnet.rules
{
        @Manager        = "Simnet Probe" + ":" + $Node
        @Class          = 3300
        @Node           = $Node
        @Agent          = $Agent
        @AlertGroup     = $Group
        @Summary        = $Summary
        @Severity       = $Severity
}

4. Start the probe by using the probe executable. The simnet probe is started by
   running the nco_p_simnet command under $OMNIHOME/probes/. Some of the
   arguments are:
   -server                  Overrides the props file.
   -errorlevel              Defines the debugging message level.
5. Check the process list to verify that the probe is running and run ps -ef and
   grep with the option simnet, as shown in Example 4-17.

Example 4-17 Verifying the probe is running
[netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ ps -ef | grep simnet
root     11124 10751 0 19:15 pts/2     00:00:00 ./nco_p_simnet
netcool 11188 10572 0 19:17 pts/1      00:00:00 grep simnet




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   145
6. Launch the event list and verify the probe events in the ObjectServer and
                    verify that the events parsed correctly, as shown in Figure 4-49.




Figure 4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, Event List

                 7. Check for errors in the log file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/simnet.log.


4.4.2 Probe property
                 The probe property file contains some common parameters and also probe
                 specific parameters. The common parameters are discussed in Table 4-3 on
                 page 147.




146     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Table 4-3 Probe property parameters
 Property                       Description

 AuthPassword string            User name and password to authenticate the probe to ObjectServer for
                                running the probe in secure mode.
 AuthUserName string

 AutoSAF 0 | 1                  Specifies whether automatic store-and-forward mode is enabled. It is
                                not enabled by default. It must be enabled for failover to work.

 BeatInterval integer           Specifies the heartbeat interval for peer-to-peer failover. The default is
                                2 seconds.

 Buffering 0 | 1                Specifies whether buffering is used when sending alerts to the
                                ObjectServer. Alerts order is preserved for each table, but not across
                                tables.

 BufferSize integer             Specifies the number of alerts the probe buffers. The default is 10.

 LogFilePoolSize integer        Specifies the number of log files to use. The pool size can range from 2
                                to 99. The default is 10. (Windows only)

 LogFileUsePool 0 | 1           Specifies whether to use a pool of log files for logging messages. If set
                                to 1, the logging system opens the number of files specified for the pool
                                at startup, and keeps them open for the duration of its run. When set to
                                0, the default probename.log file is renamed probename.log_OLD and a
                                new log file is started when the maximum size is reached. The default
                                is 0. (Windows only)

 LogFileUseStdErr 0 | 1         Specifies whether to use stderr as an output stream for logging
                                messages. The default is 1, which causes messages to be logged to the
                                console only if the probe was run from the command line.

 LookupTableMode integer        Specifies how table lookups are performed. It can be set to 1, 2, or 3.
                                The default is 3 (check the number of column first).

 Manager string                 Specifies the value of the Manager field for the alert. The default value
                                is determined by the probe.

 MaxLogFileSize integer         Specifies the maximum size that the log file can grow to, in bytes. The
                                default is 1 MB.

 MaxRawFileSize integer         Specifies the maximum size of the raw capture file, in KB. The default
                                is unlimited (-1).

 MaxSAFFileSize integer         Specifies the maximum size the store-and-forward file can grow to, in
                                bytes. The default is 1 MB.

 MessageLevel string            Specifies the message logging level. Possible values are debug, info,
                                warn, error, and fatal. The default level is warn.




                                                                         Chapter 4. Configuration      147
Property                         Description

 MessageLog string                Specifies where messages are logged. MessageLog can also be set to
                                  stdout or stderr. The default is $OMNIHOME/log/probename.log.

 Mode string                      Specifies the role of the instance of the probe in a peer-to-peer failover
                                  relationship. The mode can be master/slave/standard. The default is
                                  standard.

 MsgDailyLog 0 | 1                Specifies whether daily logging is enabled. By default, the daily backup
                                  of log files is not enabled (0). Because the time is checked regularly,
                                  when MsgDailyLog is set, there is a slight reduction in performance.

 MsgTimeLog string                Specifies the time after which the daily log is created. The default is
                                  0000 (midnight). If MsgDailyLog set to 0, this value is ignored.

 Name string                      Specifies the name of the probe. This value determines the names of
                                  the properties file, rules file, message log file, and store-and-forward
                                  file.

 NetworkTimeout integer           Specifies the length of time (in seconds) that the probe can wait without
                                  a response; after this time, the connection to the ObjectServer times
                                  out. The default is 0, meaning that no timeout occurs. If a timeout
                                  occurs, the probe attempts to connect to the backup ObjectServer,
                                  identified by the ServerBackup property. If a timeout occurs and no
                                  backup ObjectServer is specified, the probe enters store-and-forward
                                  mode.

 PeerHost string                  Specifies the host name of the network element acting as the
                                  counterpart to this probe instance in a peer-to-peer failover relationship.
                                  The default is localhost.

 PeerPort integer                 Specifies the port through which the master and subordinate
                                  communicate in a peer-to-peer failover relationship. The default port is
                                  99.

 PidFile string                   Specifies the name of the file that stores the process ID for the device.
                                  The default is $OMNIHOME/var/name.pid, where name is the name of the
                                  probe and pid is the process ID.

 PollServer integer               The frequency in seconds at which the probe polls for the return of the
                                  primary ObjectServer. If connected to a backup ObjectServer because
                                  failover occurred, a probe periodically attempts to reconnect to the
                                  primary ObjectServer. The default is 0, meaning that no polling occurs.

 Props.CheckNames TRUE |          When TRUE, the probe does not run if any specified property is invalid.
 FALSE                            The default is TRUE.

 PropsFile string                 Specifies the name of the properties file. The default is
                                  $OMNIHOME/probes/arch/name.props, where name is the name of the
                                  probe and arch represents the operating system.




148     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Property                       Description

RawCapture 0 | 1               Controls the raw capture mode. Raw capture mode is usually used at
                               the request of IBM Technical Support. By default, raw capture mode is
                               disabled (0).

RawCaptureFile string          Specifies the name of the raw capture file. The default is
                               $OMNIHOME/var/name.cap, where name is the name of the probe.

RawCaptureFileAppend 0 | 1     Specifies whether new data is appended to the existing raw capture file,
                               instead of overwriting it. By default, the file is overwritten (0).

RetryConnectionCount integer   Specifies the number of events the probe processes in
                               store-and-forward mode before trying to reconnect to the ObjectServer.
                               The default is 15.

RetryConnectionTimeOut         Specifies the number of seconds that the probe processes events in
integer                        store-and-forward mode before trying to reconnect to the ObjectServer.
                               The default is 30.

RulesFile string               Specifies the name of the rules file. This can be a file name or Web
                               address that specifies a rules file located on a remote server that is
                               accessible using HTTP. The default is
                               $OMNIHOME/probes/arch/name.rules, where name is the name of the
                               probe.

SAFFileName string             Specifies the name of the store-and-forward file. The default is
                               $OMNIHOME/var/name.store.server, where name is the name of the
                               probe and server is the name of the target ObjectServer.

Server string                  Specifies the name of the primary ObjectServer or the proxy server to
                               which alerts are sent. The default is NCOMS.

ServerBackup string            Specifies the name of a backup ObjectServer to which the probe should
                               connect if the primary ObjectServer connection fails. If NetworkTimeout
                               is set, use ServerBackup to identify a backup ObjectServer.

StoreAndForward 0 | 1          Controls the store and forward operations. By default,
                               store-and-forward mode is enabled (1).




                                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration     149
4.4.3 Probe rule file
               The probe rule file determines how a probe sends events to ObjectServer. A
               probe rules file resides in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/<arch>/, and has the file
               type of rules. You can customize the rule with a text editor. This section discusses
               some sample constructs that can be used with a rule file:
                  A simple assignment with the = sign can be used to transfer the result of an
                  expression to another variable. A variable can be one of:
                  –    The column name is prefixed with an @ sign.
                  –    A temporary variable name is prefixed with a $ sign.
                  –    A probe property value is prefixed with a % sign.
                  –    Array and tables must be declared before any processing directives.
                  In a probe rules file, an array is defined with the array directive. Arrays are
                  one dimensional. An array assignment is written as:
                  node_arr["myhost"] = "a"
                  Array values are persistent until a probe is restarted; if you force the probe to
                  re-read the rules file by issuing a kill -HUP command, the array values are
                  maintained.
                  The extract statement is used to apply a regular expression to a variable or
                  field. An example is to extract a machine name from the Summary column
                  that is prefixed with the word Machine:. Use the expression
                  extract(@Summary,”^Machine:(.*)”) to parse the Summary column value
                  and find the word Machine: and extract the remaining characters. That
                  statement would map:
                  – Machine:test1 → test1
                  – Machine:sample content → sample content
                  Regular expression basic constructs:
                  ^                        Start of string.
                  $                        End of string.
                  []                       A value list, which can be a list or range of values [0-9],
                                           which is the same as [01-567-9].
                  .                        Any characters.
                  *                        Zero or more characters of the previous item.
                  +                        One or more characters of the previous item.
                  ?                        Any single character.
                                          Escape character for the next character.
                  ()                       Section that would represent the returned value.



150   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
The switch construct is useful to branch a multiple decision for mapping a
   value from one variable to a different action. A sample switch statement is
   shown in Example 4-18. It changes the summary field for events coming from
   nodes London and Moscow.

Example 4-18 Switch example
switch(@Node)
   {
       case "London":
          @Summary = "Sample " + @Node + " bridge test"
       case "Moscow":
          @Summary = "Switch rule test for node: " +@Node
       default:
          @Summary = @Summary
   }

   You can use the include statement to include the content of another rule file
   in the current block. In Example 4-19, we process every event which has a
   Node value equal to Rome. The entire content of rome.rules would be
   substituted for the action block for the if statement. The included rules file
   cannot have table or array definitions, as they would make the table or array
   defined after a processing directive.

Example 4-19 Include sample
if(match($Node, "Rome"))
   { include "/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules" }

   For deduplication, so that a field gets updated upon deduplication, you can
   use the update function. The syntax of the update function is:
   update(field [, TRUE|FALSE]);
   TRUE represents that update is enabled, which is the default.
   The matching of a string is performed using the regmatch function. It has the
   format of regmatch(field, regex), which matches the field against the
   regular expression. Example 4-20 discards an event when the Summary field
   contains the word test.

Example 4-20 Discard and regmatch example
if (regmatch($Summary,".*test.*"))
        { discard }




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   151
A lookup table is used to look up a value from a lookup file. For example, the
                  lookup file shown in Example 4-21 is based on a node name.

               Example 4-21 Lookup table
               London    "Finance"
               Rome      "Finance"
               Moscow    "Technical"
               Berlin    "Technical"

                  You can reference the external lookup table file, which is similar to
                  Example 4-22. It assigns the department code depending on the content of
                  the Node field. The London and Rome nodes map to the Finance department
                  while the Moscow and Berlin nodes map to the Technical department.

               Example 4-22 rules file table definition
               table dept="/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/cert"
                  . . .
               @Department=lookup(@Node,dept)

                  To turn on probe detail, use the details($*) statement.
                  The registertarget function registers one or more ObjectServers, and the
                  corresponding tables, to which you might want to send alerts. You can use the
                  setdefaulttarget function to change the default ObjectServer to which alerts
                  are sent when a target is not specified. The format for the registertarget
                  function is:
                  registertarget(server_name, backupserver_name, alerts_table [,
                  details_table ] )
                  If you want to update the probe rules file without stopping the probe, you can
                  do so by sending a SIGHUP to the probe process ID. This is demonstrated in
                  Example 4-23.

               Example 4-23 Refreshing the probe
               [netcool@omnibus probes]$ ps -ef | grep simnet
               netcool   2177 29247 0 00:27 pts/2     00:00:02 ./nco_p_simnet
               netcool   3701 29247 0 00:53 pts/2     00:00:00 grep simnet
               [netcool@omnibus probes]$ kill -HUP 2177

               To use the syntax of a custom rules file, install the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
               Probe Rules Syntax Checker (part number C1BX7EN). The installation of the
               Probe Rules Syntax Checker is shown in Example 4-24 on page 153.




152   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 4-24 Installing Probe Rules Syntax Checker
[netcool@omnibus tmp]$ unzip C1BX5EN.zip
Archive: C1BX5EN.zip
 extracting: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.tar.Z
  inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.README
[netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $OMNIHOME/install/nco_patch -install
omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.tar.Z
Installing Patch "omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0" ...
   Short Description : Netcool Syntax probe
            Revision : 0
            Requires : <None>
           Obsoletes : probe-nco-p-syntax probe-nco-p-syntax-2
   Installation Date : Wed May 20 20:32:59 CEST 2009
       Creation Info : Thu Feb 28 09:59:21 GMT 2008
------------------------------ README ------------------------------
PATCH omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0 - Netcool Syntax
probe

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

-------------------------- End of README ---------------------------
Are you sure you want to install this patch? (y/n)? [default: y]
Patch "probe-nco-p-syntax-3" is successfully installed

After installation, you can use nco_p_syntax command to check the syntax of
your custom rules file, as shown in Example 4-25.

Example 4-25 Syntax check
[netcool@omnibus probes]$ ./nco_p_syntax -rulesfile
/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules -server NCOMS
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Connecting ...
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Checking rules file ...
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Reading
/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Plain text rules file detected.
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Lookup table from
'/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/cert' has 1 column
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Including
/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Plain text rules file detected.
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: End of
/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: End of
/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules


                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   153
05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Number of currently connected servers in
               list is 0
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Using targets specified by
               properties
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Creating target for server NCOMS.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Setting default target server to
               'NCOMS'.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Default target backup server is ''.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Primary server is 'NCOMS' backup is ''.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Attempting a connection to server
               'NCOMS'.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Checking for backup ObjectServer.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: 'NCOMS' is a primary server.
               Polling disabled.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server Verification Starting.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server Verification Complete.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Checking for svc update support.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server SUPPORTS services.
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: svc update SUPPORTED
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Forwarding SAF file on Initial
               startup
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Deathtime = 0 : Expire time = 0
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Forwarding events from SAF files
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Heartbeat mode is: standard
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Heartbeat mode is standard, probe will
               function as normal without heartbeating
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Final number of connected servers in
               list is 1
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Rules file syntax OK
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Disconnecting ...
               05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Flushing events to object server



4.5 ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication
               You can connect an ObjectServer to other ObjectServer using a gateway. You
               can use one of two types of gateways:
                  A bi-directional gateway (4.5.1, “Bi-directional gateway” on page 155) allows
                  resynchronization (if it is enabled by the Gate.Resync.Enable property), which
                  repopulates the failover ObjectServer on old events that are not updated while
                  they still exist in the primary ObjectServer. This is defined for a failover
                  configuration.




154   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
A uni-directional gateway (4.5.2, “Uni-directional gateway” on page 157) is
              used to synchronize an ObjectServer with the desktop ObjectServer.


4.5.1 Bi-directional gateway
           The bi-directional gateway connects a primary ObjectServer (NCOMS_P) to a
           backup ObjectServer (NCOMS_B). This section discusses the necessary
           configuration to create a high availability architecture so that automated failover
           and a failback architecture is configured. The steps are:
           1. On the primary ObjectServer host, create the primary ObjectServer using the
              following command:
              nco_dbinit -server      NCOMS_P
           2. On the backup ObjectServer host, create the backup ObjectServer using the
              following command:
              nco_dbinit -server      NCOMS_B
           3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/NCOMS_B.props and set the Backup ObjectServer
              property to True.
           4. Configure a bi-directional gateway between the primary and backup
              ObjectServer, as shown in 4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on page 91.
           5. On the primary ObjectServer host, configure $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for the
              primary and backup ObjectServer entries, as shown in Example 4-26.

           Example 4-26 The omni.dat file for two ObjectServers
           [NCOMS_P]
           {
                   Primary: 9.42.170.132 4501
           }
           [NCOMS_B]
           {
                   Primary: 9.42.170.132 4502
           }

           6. On the primary ObjectServer host, regenerate the interface file by running
              nco_igen. Copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file to the backup
              ObjectServer host.




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   155
7. On the backup ObjectServer, enable the backup_startup,
                   backup_counterpart_down, and backup_counterpart_up triggers for
                   automation failover and failback, as shown in Figure 4-50.




Figure 4-50 Backup trigger enabled

                8. On the backup ObjectServer, disable the primary_only trigger group for
                   automation failover and failback, as shown in Figure 4-51 on page 157.




156    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-51 Primary trigger group disabled on backup server


4.5.2 Uni-directional gateway
                 To configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary and desktop
                 ObjectServers to set up a desktop architecture, perform the following steps:
                 1. Create and configure the primary ObjectServer using the following command:
                    nco_dbinit -server      NCOMS_P
                 2. Create the desktop ObjectServer using the following command:
                    nco_dbinit -desktopserver -server DESKOS -dsdprimary NCOMS_P
                    -dsddualwrite




                                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration    157
When a desktop ObjectServer is created with the -desktopserver option, the
                  initialization defines a new table called master.national and a column in the
                  alerts.status called MasterSerial. The MasterSerial column must be the last
                  column in the alerts.status table. The master.national contains the following
                  columns:
                  – KeyField
                  – MasterServer
                  – DualWrite
                  The master.national MasterServer refers to the master ObjectServer and
                  DualWrite indicates whether or not an action item is immediately written to
                  both ObjectServers or not.
               3. Create the interface file definition from the omni.dat source, as shown in
                  Example 4-27.

               Example 4-27 omni.dat
               [NCOMS_P]
               {
                        Primary: 9.42.170.132 4501
               }
               [DESKOS]
               {
                        Primary: 9.42.170.132 4503
               }

               4. Generate the interface file using the command nco_igen. Copy the
                  $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file from the primary ObjectServer host to
                  the desktop ObjectServer host.
               5. Start the desktop ObjectServer, as shown in Example 4-28.

               Example 4-28 Starting the desktop ObjectServer
               [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_objserv -name DESKOS
               Netcool/OMNIbus Object Server - Version 7.2
               (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1994, 2007

               Server 'DESKOS' initialised - entering RUN state.

               6. Configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary ObjectServer and
                  the desktop ObjectServer, as shown in 4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on
                  page 91.




158   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
7. The event list desktop connects to the desktop ObjectServer and, upon
            finding the master.national table, it enters Dual Desktop Mode. Dual Desktop
            Mode allows the event list to connect to the desktop ObjectServer and the
            primary ObjectServer simultaneously.



4.6 Accelerated Event Notification client
         The Accelerated Event Notification (AEN) client provides a means of accelerating
         high-priority events to help ensure that systems can continue to run without
         interruption. To configure the Accelerated Event Notification client, system
         administrators define conditions that identify key events for acceleration, and use
         channels to propagate these events to specific recipients for action. A channel
         defines which types or columns of event data to broadcast for accelerated
         events, and the recipients of this data.

         Recipients of the accelerated event data manage the events from the
         Accelerated Event Notification client. All events that are identified for acceleration
         are directly sent to the client as notifications. These notifications contain event
         data that maps to the columns defined for the channel that is currently in use.
         Recipients can additionally configure settings for the notifications, and can
         access the Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list or the Netcool/Webtop Active event
         list to obtain full details for the event and manage the event. This section
         discusses AEN Client configuration. Perform the following steps:
         1. The AEN Client is started by using the command nco_aen under
            $NCHOME/omnibus/bin or by selecting Programs → Netcool Suite → Notifier
            in a GUI. In UNIX, this provides a floating icon, while in Windows it creates an
            icon in the System Tray. The UNIX floating icon is shown in Figure 4-52.




         Figure 4-52 AEN icon




                                                               Chapter 4. Configuration    159
2. Before starting the AEN client for the first time, right-click the AEN notifier icon
                  and select Properties. The Application tab of the properties page is shown in
                  Figure 4-53.




               Figure 4-53 AEN client property: Application tab

               3. On the Application tab, make the following selections:
                  – The server from the Server drop-down list. The accessible servers are
                    defined in the interfaces file. You can to view the settings in either Netcool
                    Event List or Netcool Webtop
                  – In the Browser Settings, select the view to open for the ObjectServer and
                    provide the Web browser executable.




160   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4. On the Messages tab, define the History Settings, as shown in Figure 4-54.
   The AEN Client is not configured to maintain the details of expired messages.




Figure 4-54 Messages tab




                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   161
5. On the Channels tabs, modify the settings as shown in Figure 4-55.




               Figure 4-55 AEN Channels tab

               6. Select OK.
               7. After the setting has been saved, you can start the client by right-clicking the
                  icon and selecting Sign In. Provide the appropriate credential for the sign in
                  window shown in Figure 4-56 on page 163 and click Log In.




162   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-56 AEN login window

8. Note that the AEN icon changes from a yellow triangle to a green box.
9. AEN events are defined from the probe rules that insert a flag for notification.
   This flag is then used by a database trigger to be sent to a channel.
   – First, modify the probe rule to add a flag field. We use a Channel field that
     varies depending on the content of the Summary field. The probe rules are
     shown in Example 4-29.

Example 4-29 Probe rule
   if (regmatch($Summary, "^Port Failure.*"))
        {
                @Channel = 1
        }
   if (regmatch($Summary, "^Disk.*"))
        {
                @Channel = 2
        }




                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   163
– Define a database trigger to respond to either the Flag field or the
                    appropriate database action or condition, using the SQL commands IDUC
                    EVTFT or IDUC SNDMSG to generate AEN, as shown in Figure 4-57.




               Figure 4-57 Create trigger action

               10.Configure a Channel to broadcast AEN event data by performing the following
                  steps:
                  a. From the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select
                     System → Channels, as shown in Figure 4-58 on page 165.




164   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-58 Administration console Channels tab

                    b. Right-click within the GUI to select Add a new Channel.




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   165
c. Within the Channel Details window, add a name for the channel, as shown
                     in Figure 4-59.




               Figure 4-59 Channel Details tab




166   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
d. On the Columns tab, select the     button to be able to define the
   ObjectServer Table and Fields to use for the notification, as shown in
   Figure 4-60. Click OK.




   Figure 4-60 Channel column details




                                                Chapter 4. Configuration    167
e. On the Recipients tab, select the       button to add new recipient, as
                     shown in Figure 4-61.




               Figure 4-61 Recipient created

                  f. The New Channel Recipients window opens, as shown in Figure 4-62 on
                     page 169. Define the recipients for the notification in this window and click
                     OK.




168   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-62 Channel recipient window

   g. When complete, click the OK button on the Channel Details window
      shown in Figure 4-59 on page 166.




                                                Chapter 4. Configuration   169
11.Test the Channel notification by right-clicking the channel and selecting Send
                   Message, as shown in Figure 4-63.




Figure 4-63 Test channel

                12.Insert a test message and click OK to send it. You should get a notification
                   event, as shown in Figure 4-64 on page 171.




170    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 4-64 Test message



4.7 IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer
V7.2
         Tivoli Health Monitoring Agent for ObjectServer V7.2 can be used to monitor IBM
         Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus ObjectServer. The agent is based on IBM Tivoli
         Monitoring V6.1. The agent code is called NO. To enable this monitoring, you
         must import the schema and automation into the ObjectServer. Use the
         commands nco_sql in UNIX or isql in Windows. The source of the update is
         itm_os.sql, which resides in $ITMHOME/<arch>/no/bin/ or %ITMHOME%TMAITM6.

         Example 4-30 shows importing the schema for UNIX.

         Example 4-30 importing schema
         [netcool@omnibus db]$ /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_sql -user root
         -server NCOMS_P < /opt/IBM/ITM/li6263/no/bin/itm_os.sql
         Password:
         (0 rows affected)
         (0 rows affected)
         (0 rows affected)
         (0 rows affected)
         (0 rows affected)
         (0 rows affected)




                                                           Chapter 4. Configuration   171
Figure 4-65 shows the Health Monitoring agent on Tivoli Enterprise Portal.




Figure 4-65 Health Monitoring agent




172     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
5


    Chapter 5.   Operation
                 This chapter discusses the operation, administration, and problem determination
                 of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics discussed are:
                     5.1, “Device definition in simnet” on page 174
                     5.2, “Failover operation” on page 176
                     5.3, “Problem determination” on page 178
                     5.4, “Performance tuning” on page 184




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                            173
5.1 Device definition in simnet
               In order to generate a test event and send it to an ObjectServer, you need to
               configure the simnet probe and add devices to the simnet.def file.

               Perform the following steps:
               1. Edit the $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def file and define the
                  devices. A sample simnet.def file for two devices (device1 and device2) is
                  shown in Example 5-1.

               Example 5-1 simnet.def
               [netcool@omnibus db]$ cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/
               [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ cat simnet.def
               device1 0 50
               device2 3 100

               2. Modify $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to set the LogFile and
                  Server properties, as shown in Example 5-2.

               Example 5-2 simnet.props
               [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ vi simnet.props
               LogFile                 : '$OMNIHOME/probes/linux2x86/simnet.def'
               Server                  : 'NCOMS'

               3. Start the simnet probe using the command nco_p_simnet under
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/.
               4. Check that events are being sent correctly to the object server, as shown in
                  Figure 5-1 on page 175.




174   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 5-1 Simnet events




                           Chapter 5. Operation   175
5.2 Failover operation
                Given a failover architecture composed of an ObjectServer Failover Pair, a
                bi-directional gateway, and probes, verify that the failover architecture is working
                by performing these steps:
                1. Connect to the primary server and check that events are coming in, as shown
                   in Figure 5-2.




Figure 5-2 NCOMS_P events

                2. Shut down the Master ObjectServer. The message window shown in
                   Figure 5-3 opens.




                Figure 5-3 Disconnect from ObjectServer

                3. Wait until the desktop client connects automatically to the backup
                   ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 5-4 on page 177.




176    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Figure 5-4 Failover

                4. Check that the events are coming into the backup ObjectServer, as shown in
                   Figure 5-5.




Figure 5-5 Backup ObjectServer event

                5. Restart the Master ObjectServer.




                                                                    Chapter 5. Operation   177
6. Wait until the desktop client connects to the Master ObjectServer, as shown in
                  Figure 5-6.




               Figure 5-6 Reconnect or failback message

               7. Check that the client indicates that is connected to the Master ObjectServer.



5.3 Problem determination
               This section discusses some problem determination issues for the following
               issues:
                  5.3.1, “Startup problems” on page 178
                  5.3.2, “Probe connection” on page 180
                  5.3.3, “Desktop startup” on page 181
                  5.3.4, “Slow response time” on page 181


5.3.1 Startup problems
               On a UNIX/Linux system, the ObjectServer V7.2 is installed, but will not start.
               Determine why the ObjectServer does not start by performing the following
               steps:
                  Check the environment variables $NCHOME, as shown in Example 5-3.

               Example 5-3 Checking $NCHOME
               [netcool@omnibus etc]$ set | grep NC
               NCHOME=/opt/netcool/

                  Check to make sure that the ObjectServer has been created by running
                  $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit, as shown in Example 5-4 on page 179.




178   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 5-4 Checking ObjectServer database
[netcool@omnibus etc]$ cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/db/
[netcool@omnibus db]$ ls -l NCOMS
total 19072
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2887680 May 30 18:05 master_store_0.chk
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root     1332 May 30 18:01 master_store_0.log
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2887680 May 30 18:01 master_store_1.chk
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root     1124 May 30 18:05 master_store_1.log
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2822144 May 28 22:02 master_store.tab
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3674112 May 30 18:07 table_store_0.chk
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root      428 May 30 18:08 table_store_0.log
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3674112 May 30 18:06 table_store_1.chk
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root      740 May 30 18:07 table_store_1.log
-rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3543040 May 28 22:02 table_store.tab

   Check to make sure that the entry for the ObjectServer exists in
   $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat, as shown in Example 5-5. Ensure that the interface
   file has been generated by running the nco_igen command.

Example 5-5 Checking the interface file
[netcool@omnibus db]$ cd /opt/netcool/etc/
[netcool@omnibus etc]$ more omni.dat
[NCOMS]
{
        Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100
}
   Ensure that the port for the ObjectServer is not already in use by running the
   netstat command, as shown in Example 5-6.

Example 5-6 Checking port usage
[netcool@omnibus etc]$ netstat -na | grep 4100

   Ensure that the proper user is starting the object server process. You can
   check if this is the case by running the ps -ef command and checking for the
   presence of the nco_objserv process.




                                                      Chapter 5. Operation   179
5.3.2 Probe connection
               If a specific probe does not start up correctly, it is usually due to some very
               specific issues that can be investigated by performing the following steps:
                  Check the probes log file. It is usually found under
                  /opt/netcool/omnibus/log. Look for any error messages in there.
                  Example 5-7 shows some sample error messages.

               Example 5-7 Some probes error messages
               Error: Failed to read rules - aborting
               Error: Couldn't parse line
               Error: Connection to object server 'NCOMS_P' marked DEAD

                  Verify that the probe's designated ObjectServer is running. Use the nco_ping
                  command to verify that the object server is up and running and is reachable
                  from the probe machine.
                  Check whether the interfaces file on the probe server is correctly defined.
                  Look for any errors inside /opt/netcool/etc/omni.dat. If any error is found,
                  fix it and run nco_igen.
                  Verify that the probe server has network connectivity to the ObjectServer
                  host. Check the basic connectivity by running a standard command such as
                  ping or traceroute.
                  Check whether any firewall settings are affecting communications. Use
                  telnet to verify that the ObjectServer port is open and reachable from the
                  probe. Example 5-8 shows that the connection was refused and Example 5-9
                  shows that the connection is working.

               Example 5-8 Connection refused
               [netcool@omnibus log]$ telnet 9.42.170.132 4501
               Trying 9.42.170.132...
               telnet: connect to address 9.42.170.132: Connection refused
               telnet: Unable to connect to remote host: Connection refused

               Example 5-9 Connection working
               [netcool@omnibus log]$ telnet 9.42.170.132 4501
               Trying 9.42.170.132...
               Connected to omnibus (9.42.170.132).
               Escape character is '^]'.




180   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
5.3.3 Desktop startup
           On a UNIX server, run the nco_event command to open the desktop client. If it
           does not start correctly, determine the cause of the issue by performing the
           following steps:
              Ensure that server’s settings are set correctly. Export the UNIX server’s
              DISPLAY variable, as shown in Example 5-10.

           Example 5-10 Setting DISPLAY variable
           [netcool@omnibus log]$ export DISPLAY=9.44.168.67:0.0
           [netcool@omnibus log]$ set | grep DISPLAY
           DISPLAY=9.44.168.67:0.0

              Ensure that the ObjectServer to which the desktop is connected is running.
              Run the nco_ping command to check the connection.


5.3.4 Slow response time
           If users are complaining of slow response times while using a specific
           ObjectServer, determine the reason for the slow event list response by
           performing the following steps:
              Check the number of events by running nco_sql, as shown in Example 5-11.

           Example 5-11 Checking number of events
           [netcool@omnibus log]$ nco_sql -server NCOMS_P -user root
           Password:
           1> select count(*) from alerts.status;
           2> go
            COUNT( * )
            -----------
                     30

           (1 row affected)




                                                                  Chapter 5. Operation    181
Check the ObjectServer profile. If profiling is turned on, you will have profile
                  logs in your logs directory and you can find execution time information for the
                  various ObjectServer processes, as shown in Example 5-12. The log shows
                  the component that consumes the most processing power. By differentiating
                  the user profiles running a group of processes, you can easily find which
                  group uses the most resources.

               Example 5-12 Profile log
               Sat May 30   15:26:16 2009:   Profiling enabled at Sat May 30 15:26:16 2009
               Sat May 30   15:27:11 2009:   Individual user profiles:
               Sat May 30   15:27:11 2009:   'isql' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.146961s
               Sat May 30   15:27:11 2009:   Grouped user profiles:
               Sat May 30   15:27:11 2009:   Execution time for all connections whose application name
               is 'isql':   0.146961s
               Sat May 30   15:27:11 2009:   Total   time   in   the   report   period   (59.098127s):   0.146961s
               Sat May 30   15:28:11 2009:   Total   time   in   the   report   period   (59.992863s):   0.000000s
               Sat May 30   15:29:11 2009:   Total   time   in   the   report   period   (60.001173s):   0.000000s
               Sat May 30   15:30:11 2009:   Total   time   in   the   report   period   (60.000666s):   0.000000s

               Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009:     Individual user profiles:
               Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009:     'PROBE' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.002685s
               Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009:     Grouped user profiles:
               Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009:     Execution time for all connections whose application name
               is 'PROBE': 0.002685s
               Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009:     Total time in the report period (60.000878s): 0.002685s
               Sat May 30 17:53:11 2009:     Individual user profiles:
               Sat May 30 17:53:11 2009:     'PROBE' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.001663s

                  Check the gateway resynchronization. Synchronization can consume a great
                  deal of processor and I/O capacity, especially in a busy ObjectServer
                  environment.
                  Check event rates. Profiling information about event rates can be found in the
                  NCOMS_omniEvtRate.log under $NCHOME/omnibus/log directory. This log
                  provides all the information needed to discover what the event rate is, as
                  shown in Example 5-13 on page 183.




182   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Example 5-13 Finding the event rate
                1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0
                1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAYGateway Reader/Writer:0:0:2:0:0
                1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:2:6:0:86:0
                SAMPLE_DELIMITER
                1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0
                1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAYGateway Reader/Writer:0:0:2:0:0
                1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:2:7:0:86:0
                SAMPLE_DELIMITER
                1090531172928000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:0:4:0:0:0
                SAMPLE_DELIMITER
                1090531173028000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0

                   Check the number of desktops. You can easily check the number of desktop
                   connections by using the administrator console and going to the System →
                   Connections tab, as shown in Figure 5-7.




Figure 5-7 Desktop connections



                                                                        Chapter 5. Operation   183
You can also run a simple nco_sql query on the catalog.connections table, as
                  shown in Example 5-14.

               Example 5-14 Checking desktop connections
               1> select count(*) from catalog.connections where AppName like 'Event
               List';
               2> go
                COUNT( * )
                -----------
                           2
               (1 row affected)

                  Check the process on the ObjectServer. You can run the top or ps commands
                  on a UNIX server to discover process information related to the Object
                  Server.
                  Check the resource usage of the ObjectServer, that is, the memory, CPU, and
                  disk access by running commands like vmstat, df, du, or sar.
                  Check network response times by running the ping and traceroute
                  commands.
                  Check automations.
                  Check the number of journals (alerts.journal) and details (alerts.detail).
                  Determine what other components are connected.



5.4 Performance tuning
               In order to discover information about performance on IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/OMNIbus and optimize your system, perform the following steps:
                  Check the frequency of triggers. Triggers should not be configured to execute
                  too frequently. Tune and spread out temporal trigger execution times so that
                  not too many triggers execute at the same time. This may impact performance
                  considerably.
                  Check the execution scope of triggers: once only, for each row.
                  Check the number of details by viewing the details($*) entry in the rules
                  files. Do not use details unless necessary and only for the necessary amount
                  of time.




184   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Check the SQL used in triggers, desktop filters, and procedures for
performance.
– The ordering of the SQL clause is very important: Integer fields should be
  matched first, then the Date field, and then exact string matching followed
  by expression string matching.
– Avoid using too many where statements; instead, use the in list
  statement.
– Try to build regular expressions to be as specific as possible.
Check whether the UPDATE VIA statement is being used.




                                                   Chapter 5. Operation   185
186   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
A


  Appendix A.    Sample test
                 This appendix is divided into the following sections:
                     “Sample questions” on page 188
                     “Answer key” on page 191




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                             187
Sample questions
               Here are our sample questions:
               1. A customer wants to minimize system administration, including ObjectServer
                  maintenance. The customer is running a highly available pair of
                  ObjectServers. The customer wants the system configured so that any new
                  users that are added to the primary ObjectServer will also be added to the
                  failover server with the least amount of manual intervention and in a timely
                  manner. What is the best technique that can be used to satisfy the customer’s
                  requirements?
                  a. Add entries to the gateway tblrep.def file and map the file to enable
                     replication of the user tables.
                  b. Run nco_confpack to extract the user tables from the primary server and
                     import them into the failover server.
                  c. Create a script to use the nco_sql command to connect to the gateway
                     and issue REPLICATE commands to copy the user tables
                  d. Configure TRANSFER commands in the gateway startup.cmd file to copy
                     the user tables from the primary server to the failover server.
               2. What are the default authorization roles available to a normal user created in
                  OMNIbus?
                  a. AlertsUser, Normal, and Public.
                  b. AlertsUser, CatalogUser, and ISQLWrite.
                  c. AlertsUser, CatalogUser, and ChannelUser.
                  d. AlertsUser, ChannelUser, and DesktopAdmin.
                  e. Every user is assigned the Normal role by default.
               3. To set up IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 authorization, security objects
                  should be configured in a certain order. In which order should security objects
                  be configured?
                  a. Users, Groups, and Roles.
                  b. Roles, Groups, and Users.
                  c. Groups, Users, and Roles.
                  d. Groups, Roles, and Users.




188   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
4. IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 provides several default groups. Which
   default groups are required by the ObjectServer and cannot be deleted or
   renamed?
   a. Administrator, Public, and ISQL.
   b. ISQL, ISQLWrite, and Public.
   c. Normal, Administrator, and System.
   d. Public, AlertsUser, and System.
5. During an event storm, 50 events per second were logged in the system log
   file. The syslog probe sent 30 events per second to the ObjectServer. What
   should be changed to improve probe performance?
   a. The syslog probe property StoreAndForward should be set to 1.
   b. The syslog probe should be configured to read from a named pipe.
   c. The syslog probe property Buffering should be enabled and you should
      adjust the BufferSize property.
   d. The syslog probe property Mode should be set to Master, and a new
      syslog probe should be configured with Mode set to slave.
6. The monitor you are using has to connect to an Element Management
   System (EMS) to retrieve events. The host name of the EMS is “emsserver”.
   The device listens for connections on port 23. The monitor is not receiving
   any events, and the log file tells you that it cannot log into the EMS. How can
   you manually check this error?
   a. Run the ssh emsserver command.
   b. Run the telnet emsserver command.
   c. Run the nco_ping emsserver command.
   d. Run the nco_sql -u root -server emsserver command.
7. Users connected to native desktops on an ObjectServer running on a UNIX
   server are complaining about slow response times. You suspect that a
   misconfigured automation has generated too many Journal records. What is
   the best technique for quickly verifying the total number of Journal records in
   the ObjectServer?
   a. Enable ObjectServer profiling and check the ObjectServer log file for the
      total number of records.
   b. Start a desktop client, highlight an event record, right-click the record, and
      select the Journal.
   c. Start a desktop client, and modify the Metric setting on the All Events
      monitor box to show the total Journal records.




                                                     Appendix A. Sample test    189
d. Use the nco_sql utility to connect to the ObjectServer and issue the select
                     count(*) from alerts.journal; go command.
               8. Which configuration has the greatest effect on ObjectServer response time?
                  a. Reaper frequency.
                  b. Granularity frequency.
                  c. Deduplication frequency.
                  d. Temporal trigger frequency.
               9. What are two properties that need to be set to ensure failover functionality is
                  enabled for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Syslog probe? (Choose two.)
                  a. PeerPort.
                  b. PeerHost.
                  c. SlavePort.
                  d. SlaveHost.
                  e. MasterHost.
               10.Which rules file code segments shows the proper implementation of a
                  multicolumn lookup table within a rules file?
                  a. table upsWellKnownAlarms =
                      {
                      {"33.1.6.3.1","UPS Battery Status","4","100041"},
                      {"33.1.6.3.5","UPS Temperature Status","4","100059"},
                      {"33.1.6.3.6","UPS Input Status","4","4001"}
                      }
                      default = {"UPS Status","4","4001"}
                  b. lookup upsWellKnownAlarms =
                      {
                      {"33.1.6.3.1","UPS Battery Status","4","100041"},
                      {"33.1.6.3.5","UPS Temperature Status","4","100059"},
                      {"33.1.6.3.6","UPS Input Status","4","4001"}
                      }
                      default = {"UPS Status","4","4001"}
                  c. 33.1.6.3.1<tab>UPS Battery Status<tab>4<tab>100041
                      33.1.6.3.5<tab>UPS Temperature Status<tab>4<tab>100059
                      33.1.6.3.6<tab>UPS Input Status<tab>4<tab>4001
                  d. 33.1.6.3.1,UPS Battery Status,4,100041
                      33.1.6.3.5,UPS Temperature Status,4,100059
                      33.1.6.3.6,UPS Input Status,4,4001



190   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Answer key
        Here are the answers:
        1. A
        2. C
        3. B
        4. C
        5. C
        6. B
        7. D
        8. D
        9. A and B
        10.A




                                Appendix A. Sample test   191
192   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Abbreviations and acronyms
AEL                  Active Event List                SME      Subject Matter Expert
AEN                  Accelerated Event Notification   SNMP     Simple Network Management
AIX                  Advanced Interactive                      Protocol
                     eXecutive                        SOA      Service-Oriented Architecture
API                  Application Programming          SQL      Structured Query Language
                     Interface                        SSL      Secured Socket Layer
CGI                  Common Gateway Interface         SVI      Supervisory Instruction
CPU                  Central Processing Unit          TBSM     Tivoli Business Service
CRM                  Customer Relationship                     Manager
                     Management                       TCP/IP   Transaction Control
DB2                  Database 2                                Protocol/Internet Protocol
DBA                  Database Administrator           UPS      Uninterruptible Power Supply
DNS                  Domain Name Service              URL      Universal Resource Locator
EMS                  Element Management               VAP      Value Advantage Plus
                     System                           VUE      Virtual University Enterprises
ENMS                 Enterprise Network               WAN      Wide Area Network
                     Management System
                                                      XML      eXtensible Markup Language
GMT                  Greenwich Meridian Time
GUI                  Graphical User Interface
HTML                 Hyper Text Markup Language
HTTP                 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
I/O                  Input/Output
IBM                  International Business
                     Machines Corporation
IDUC                 Insert Delete Update Change
ISQL                 Interactive SQL
ITIL                 IT Infrastructure Library®
ITSO                 International Technical
                     Support Organization
JMS                  Java Messaging System
JVM                  Java Virtual Machine
ODBC                 Open Database Connectivity
ROI                  Return on Investment
SAF                  Security



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                         193
194   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a
                 more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on
                 page 196. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in
                 softcopy only.
                     Best Practices for IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console to Netcool/OMNIbus
                     Upgrade, SG24-7557
                     Creating EIF Events with Tivoli Directory Integrator for Tivoli
                     Netcool/OMNIbus and Tivoli Enterprise Console, REDP-4352



Other publications
                 These publications are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6375
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration Guide, SC23-6371
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Probe and Gateway Guide, SC23-6373
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Release Notes, GC23-6374
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6372



Online resources
                 These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM Certification page:
                     http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                  195
IBM Test Objectives for Test 933:
                  http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj933.shtml
                  OMNIbus FixPack download:
                  http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D9821
                  9V85-download.html
                  Passport Advantage:
                  http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom
                  ers.htm



How to get Redbooks
              You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft
              publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks
              publications, at this Web site:
              ibm.com/redbooks



Help from IBM
              IBM Support and downloads
              ibm.com/support

              IBM Global Services
              ibm.com/services




196   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Index
                                                      nco_igen 96, 102, 155, 158
A                                                     nco_objserv 70
Accelerated Event Notification, see AEN
                                                      nco_p_simnet 145, 174
administration console 40
                                                      nco_p_syntax 153
Administrator 43
                                                      nco_pa_start 106
AEN 22
                                                      nco_pa_status 103–104
agent code 171
                                                      nco_pad 102
AlertsGateway 42
                                                      nco_patch 65
AlertsProbe 42
                                                      nco_ping 180
AlertsUser 42
                                                      nco_sql 40, 56, 67, 97, 141
ALTER command 76
                                                      nco_xigen 74
AutoAdmin 42
                                                      netstat 73, 179
                                                      ps 145, 179
B                                                     SNDMSG 164
bi-directional gateway 155                            telnet 180
BREAK command 142                                     top 184
                                                      traceroute 180
                                                      vmstat 184
C                                                  components
CatalogUser 41
                                                      administrative 40
certification
                                                      architectural 38
    achievements 26
                                                      desktop 40
    benefits 3
                                                      IDUC 44
    checklist 5
                                                   configuration
    objectives 8
                                                      export and import 66
    overview 1
                                                      tiered 48
    program 2
                                                   CRM 39
    recommended study resources 35
                                                   Customer Relationship Management, see CRM
class creation 143
commands
    ALTER 76                                       D
    BREAK 142                                      database field definition 128
    EVTFT 164                                      database tables 40
    EXECUTE 142                                    database triggers 40
    IDUC 164                                       DatabaseAdmin 42
    INSTALL 62                                     Desktop Object Server 47
    isql 41, 171                                   DesktopAdmin 42–43
    kill 150                                       directory ownership 69
    nco 105
    nco_aen 159
    nco_confpack 66
                                                   E
                                                   environment variables 68
    nco_dbinit 69, 155, 157
                                                   event filter 121
    nco_event 70, 181
                                                   EVTFT command 164
    nco_g_objserv_uni 97
                                                   EXECUTE command 142



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                           197
F                                                    nco_objserv command 70
failover 45                                          nco_p_simnet command 145, 174
failover operation 176                               nco_p_syntax command 153
filters definition 120                               nco_pa_start command 106
firewall consideration 52                            nco_pa_status command 103–104
                                                     nco_pad command 102
                                                     nco_patch command 65
G                                                    nco_ping command 180
gateway 39, 43
                                                     nco_sql command 40, 56, 67, 97, 141
Gateway configuration 91
                                                     nco_xigen command 74
group creation 112
                                                     netstat command 73, 179
groups 41
                                                     NO 171
growth through skills 6
                                                     Normal 43

H                                                    O
health monitoring 171
                                                     objectives 8
Health Monitoring agent 171
                                                     ObjectServer 39
                                                        communication 72
I                                                       creation 69
IBM Professional Certification Program 2                properties 76
IBM Tivoli Monitoring 171                               verification 69
IDUC 44                                              ObjectServer customization 117
IDUC command 164                                     ObjectServer tables 52
INSTALL command 62                                   OMNIbus
installation                                            problem determination 178
    fixpack 66                                          tables 52
    process 62
ISQL 42–43
isql command 41, 171
                                                     P
                                                     performance tuning 184
ISQLWrite 43
                                                     planning issues 49
                                                     port considerations 52
K                                                    post implementation customization 68
kill command 150                                     probe 39, 43
                                                     probe configuration 144
                                                     probe features 49
M                                                    Probe property 146
menu creation 124
                                                     Probe rule file 150
monitors 39
                                                     problem determination 178
                                                         desktop startup 181
N                                                        probe connection 180
naming convention 50                                     slow response time 181
nco command 105                                      process agent configuration 100
nco_aen command 159                                  ps command 145, 179
nco_confpack command 66                              Public 43
nco_dbinit command 69, 155, 157
nco_event command 70, 181
nco_g_objserv_uni command 97                         R
                                                     Redbooks Web site 196
nco_igen command 96, 102, 155, 158



198     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Contact us xx                              view creation 117
remote desktop installation 86                 Virtual University Enterprises, see VUE
restriction filter 123                         vmstat command 184
return on investment, see ROI                  VUE 5
ROI 5
role creation 107
roles 41


S
security 41
security configuration 106
SecurityAdmin 42
simnet
    device definition 174
simnet probe 65
SME 8
SNDMSG command 164
Software Value Incentive, see SVI
SQL 41
SSL usage 50
startup problems 178
startup script 104
Structured Query Language, see SQL
study resources 35
Subject Matter Expert, see SME
SuperUser 43
SVI 7–8
System 43


T
telnet command 180
tiered implementation 48
Tivoli Software Professional Certification 4
tool definition 133
ToolsAdmin 42
top command 184
traceroute command 180
trigger creation 140


U
uni-directional gateway 157
user creation 115
users 41


V
Value Advantage Plus, see VAP
VAP 7–8



                                                                                    Index   199
200   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
                                                                 (0.2”spine)
                                                               0.17”<->0.473”
                                                              90<->249 pages
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg247753
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg247753
Back cover                                                      ®



Certification Guide Series:
IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus
V7.2 Implementation                                                                                                                 ®




Detailed architecture   This IBM Redbooks publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli
and components          Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT    INTERNATIONAL
discussion              professional who wants to be an IBM® Certified Professional for this             TECHNICAL
                        product.                                                                         SUPPORT
Installation and                                                                                         ORGANIZATION
                        The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 certification test is offered through the
configuration           IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills
processing              required of technical professionals who work in the implementation and
                        deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.
                                                                                                         BUILDING TECHNICAL
Event collection and    This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject
                                                                                                         INFORMATION BASED ON
automation                                                                                               PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
                        matter. It includes sample questions, which will help you evaluate your
                        progress. It familiarizes the readers with the types of questions that may be
                        encountered in the exam.                                                         IBM Redbooks are developed by
                                                                                                         the IBM International Technical
                        This guide does not replace practical experience, and it is not designed to be   Support Organization. Experts
                        a stand-alone guide on this subject. Instead, this guide should be combined      from IBM, Customers and
                        with educational activities and experiences and used as a useful preparation     Partners from around the world
                        guide for the exam.                                                              create timely technical
                                                                                                         information based on realistic
                        For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives     scenarios. Specific
                                                                                                         recommendations are provided
                        of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test.
                                                                                                         to help you implement IT
                        Those requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration,     solutions more effectively in
                        administration, and problem determination. Studying these chapters helps         your environment.
                        you prepare for the objectives of the exam.


                                                                                                         For more information:
                                                                                                         ibm.com/redbooks

                          SG24-7753-00                        ISBN 0738433306
Ad

More Related Content

What's hot (18)

End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
Integrating tivoli products sg247757Integrating tivoli products sg247757
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Slađan Šehović
 
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam GuideSg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
brzaaap
 
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Slađan Šehović
 
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Deployment guide series tivoli it asset management portfolio sg247602
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam GuideSg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
brzaaap
 
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Ibm tivoli asset management for it portfolio overview sg247376
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 

Similar to Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg247753 (20)

Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli access manager for e business v6.0 sg247207
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v6.2 sg247444
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 sg247569
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
It asset management processes using tivoli asset manager for it sg247601
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ad

More from Banking at Ho Chi Minh city (20)

Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v15.1Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v15.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
Postgresql v14.6 Document GuidePostgresql v14.6 Document Guide
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech OverviewIBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform  v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1IBM MobileFirst Platform  v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Tec implementation examples sg245216Tec implementation examples sg245216
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform  v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1IBM MobileFirst Platform  v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Aqusag Technologies
 
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptxProcurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Jon Hansen
 
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
BookNet Canada
 
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager APIUiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPathCommunity
 
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of securityCyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
riccardosl1
 
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul
 
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In FranceManifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
chb3
 
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdftecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
fjgm517
 
How analogue intelligence complements AI
How analogue intelligence complements AIHow analogue intelligence complements AI
How analogue intelligence complements AI
Paul Rowe
 
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdfSAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
Precisely
 
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptxIncreasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Anoop Ashok
 
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc
 
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global TrendsAI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
InData Labs
 
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
Samuele Fogagnolo
 
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdfThe Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
Abi john
 
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered ManufacturingRole of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Andrew Leo
 
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven InsightsAndrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell
 
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptxSpecial Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
shyamraj55
 
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploitElectronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
niftliyevhuseyn
 
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser EnvironmentsHCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
panagenda
 
Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Massive Power Outage Hits Spain, Portugal, and France: Causes, Impact, and On...
Aqusag Technologies
 
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptxProcurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Procurement Insights Cost To Value Guide.pptx
Jon Hansen
 
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
Transcript: #StandardsGoals for 2025: Standards & certification roundup - Tec...
BookNet Canada
 
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager APIUiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPath Community Berlin: Orchestrator API, Swagger, and Test Manager API
UiPathCommunity
 
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of securityCyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
Cyber Awareness overview for 2025 month of security
riccardosl1
 
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul Shares 5 Steps to Implement AI Agents for Maximum Business Efficien...
Noah Loul
 
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In FranceManifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
Manifest Pre-Seed Update | A Humanoid OEM Deeptech In France
chb3
 
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdftecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
tecnologias de las primeras civilizaciones.pdf
fjgm517
 
How analogue intelligence complements AI
How analogue intelligence complements AIHow analogue intelligence complements AI
How analogue intelligence complements AI
Paul Rowe
 
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdfSAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
SAP Modernization: Maximizing the Value of Your SAP S/4HANA Migration.pdf
Precisely
 
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptxIncreasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Increasing Retail Store Efficiency How can Planograms Save Time and Money.pptx
Anoop Ashok
 
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc Webinar: Consumer Expectations vs Corporate Realities on Data Broker...
TrustArc
 
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global TrendsAI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
AI and Data Privacy in 2025: Global Trends
InData Labs
 
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
2025-05-Q4-2024-Investor-Presentation.pptx
Samuele Fogagnolo
 
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdfThe Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
The Evolution of Meme Coins A New Era for Digital Currency ppt.pdf
Abi john
 
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered ManufacturingRole of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Role of Data Annotation Services in AI-Powered Manufacturing
Andrew Leo
 
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven InsightsAndrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell: Transforming Business Strategy Through Data-Driven Insights
Andrew Marnell
 
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptxSpecial Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
Special Meetup Edition - TDX Bengaluru Meetup #52.pptx
shyamraj55
 
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploitElectronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
Electronic_Mail_Attacks-1-35.pdf by xploit
niftliyevhuseyn
 
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser EnvironmentsHCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
HCL Nomad Web – Best Practices and Managing Multiuser Environments
panagenda
 

Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg247753

  • 1. Front cover Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Detailed architecture and components discussion Installation and configuration processing Event collection and automation Budi Darmawan Thomas Boiocchi Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti De Araujo Mario Schuerewegen Phillip Stanton ibm.com/redbooks
  • 3. International Technical Support Organization Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation September 2009 SG24-7753-00
  • 4. Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page xv. First Edition (September 2009) This edition applies to Version 7, Release 2, Modification 0 of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus (product number 5724-S44). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2009. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii The team who wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx Chapter 1. Certification overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.1 Benefits of certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.1.3 Growth through skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2.1 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.2.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.2.3 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1.2.4 Performance tuning and problem determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 1.2.5 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.2.6 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.3 Certification achieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1.3.2 Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 1.3.3 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 1.3.4 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 1.3.5 Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . 32 1.3.6 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 . . 33 1.3.7 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 1.4 Recommended study resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 1.4.1 Classroom courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 1.4.2 Online course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6. Chapter 2. Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 2.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.1.1 Architectural components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.1.2 Desktop and administrative components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 2.1.3 Groups, roles, and users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.1.4 Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 2.2.1 Without failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 2.2.2 With failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 2.2.3 Desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 2.2.4 Tiered implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 2.2.5 Probe features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 2.3 Configuration planning issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 2.3.1 Naming convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 2.3.2 SSL usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 2.3.3 Port and firewall considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 2.4 ObjectServer tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Chapter 3. Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3.1 Installation process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 3.2 Simnet probe installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 3.3 Installing a FixPack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 3.4 Configuration export and import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 3.5 Post-implementation customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 3.5.1 Environmental variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 3.5.2 Directory ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 3.5.3 ObjectServer creation and verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 3.5.4 Communication configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 3.5.5 ObjectServer properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Chapter 4. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 4.1 Components configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4.1.1 Remote desktop installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4.1.2 Gateway configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 4.1.3 Process agent configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 4.1.4 Startup script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 4.2 Security configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 4.2.1 Role creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 4.2.2 Group creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 4.2.3 User creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 4.3 ObjectServer customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 4.3.1 View creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 4.3.2 Filters definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 iv Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 7. 4.3.3 Menu creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 4.3.4 Database field definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 4.3.5 Tool definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 4.3.6 Trigger creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 4.3.7 Class creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 4.4 Probe configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 4.4.1 Probe configuration sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 4.4.2 Probe property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 4.4.3 Probe rule file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 4.5 ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 4.5.1 Bi-directional gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 4.5.2 Uni-directional gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 4.6 Accelerated Event Notification client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 4.7 IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer V7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Chapter 5. Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 5.1 Device definition in simnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 5.2 Failover operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 5.3 Problem determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 5.3.1 Startup problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 5.3.2 Probe connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 5.3.3 Desktop startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 5.3.4 Slow response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 5.4 Performance tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Appendix A. Sample test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Sample questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Answer key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Contents v
  • 8. vi Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 9. Figures 2-1 Overall components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2-2 No failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 2-3 Failover architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 2-4 Desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 2-5 Tiered ObjectServer implementation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 2-6 SSL communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 2-7 Desktop communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list login window on UNIX . . . . . . . . . 71 3-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list window on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 3-3 The nco_xigen window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 3-4 Interface definitions tool for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus on Windows . . 75 3-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . 87 4-3 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation home location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 4-4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus features selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 4-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 4-6 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 4-7 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Server Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 4-8 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Event List login window . . . . . . . . 90 4-9 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Even list default window . . . . . . . 91 4-10 AEL on both servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 4-11 AEL on NCOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 4-12 AEL on NCOMS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 4-13 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Roles tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 4-14 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator New Role tab . . . . . . . . . . 108 4-15 Permission tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 4-16 Permission Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 4-17 Permissions tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Groups tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator adding groups . . . . . . . . . . 113 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Restriction Filter tab . . . . . 114 4-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator windows Users tab . . . . . . 115 4-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Add User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 4-23 Event List window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 4-24 View Builder view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 4-25 New view created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 4-26 Filter builder button window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10. 4-27 Filter Builder window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 4-28 Restriction filter definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 4-29 Restriction Filter creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 4-30 Administrator console Menus tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 4-31 Menu definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 4-32 Administrator console Menus tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 4-33 Event list tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 4-34 Administrator console system console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 4-35 New column window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 4-36 Administrator console column added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 4-37 Event list column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 4-38 Administrator console Menu tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 4-39 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4-40 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 4-41 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 4-42 Tool creation window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 4-43 Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 4-44 Prompt definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 4-45 Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 4-46 Database trigger creation settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 4-47 Administrator console Visual window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 4-48 Add Class window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, Event List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 4-50 Backup trigger enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 4-51 Primary trigger group disabled on backup server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 4-52 AEN icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 4-53 AEN client property: Application tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 4-54 Messages tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 4-55 AEN Channels tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 4-56 AEN login window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 4-57 Create trigger action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 4-58 Administration console Channels tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 4-59 Channel Details tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 4-60 Channel column details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 4-61 Recipient created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 4-62 Channel recipient window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 4-63 Test channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 4-64 Test message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 4-65 Health Monitoring agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 5-1 Simnet events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 5-2 NCOMS_P events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 5-3 Disconnect from ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 5-4 Failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 viii Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 11. 5-5 Backup ObjectServer event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 5-6 Reconnect or failback message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 5-7 Desktop connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Figures ix
  • 12. x Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 13. Tables 2-1 Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2-2 Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 2-3 Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2-4 Table name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 2-5 The alerts.status table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3-1 ObjectServer properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4-1 Common gateway properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 4-2 Bi-directional gateway properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 4-3 Probe property parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. xi
  • 14. xii Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 15. Examples 3-1 Home directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 3-2 License agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 3-3 Installation feature selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 3-4 Installation completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 3-5 Probe installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 3-6 FixPack installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 3-7 nco_confpack -list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 3-8 nco_confpack -export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 3-9 nco_confpack -import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 3-10 Environmental variables for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus . . . . . . . . . . . 68 3-11 Group creation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 3-12 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 3-13 Interface definitions file for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 3-14 Interface definition file for virtual ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4-1 UNI_GATE.props . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 4-2 Additions to the interface definitions file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 4-3 Sample mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 4-4 nco_pa.conf, nco_process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 4-5 nco_pa.conf, nco_routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 4-6 Sample nco_service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 4-7 omni.dat gateway configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 4-8 nco_pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 4-9 nco_pa_status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 4-10 Startup script installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 4-11 The nco startup script variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 4-12 Startup symbolic links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 4-13 nco start and nco_pa_status command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 4-14 SQL statement to define a trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 4-15 simnet.prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 4-16 simnet.rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 4-17 Verifying the probe is running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 4-18 Switch example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 4-19 Include sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 4-20 Discard and regmatch example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 4-21 Lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 4-22 rules file table definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 4-23 Refreshing the probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 4-24 Installing Probe Rules Syntax Checker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. xiii
  • 16. 4-25 Syntax check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 4-26 The omni.dat file for two ObjectServers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 4-27 omni.dat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 4-28 Starting the desktop ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 4-29 Probe rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 4-30 importing schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 5-1 simnet.def . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 5-2 simnet.props . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 5-3 Checking $NCHOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 5-4 Checking ObjectServer database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 5-5 Checking the interface file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 5-6 Checking port usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 5-7 Some probes error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 5-8 Connection refused . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 5-9 Connection working. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 5-10 Setting DISPLAY variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 5-11 Checking number of events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 5-12 Profile log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 5-13 Finding the event rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 5-14 Checking desktop connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 xiv Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 17. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. xv
  • 18. Trademarks IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™), indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: AIX® Netcool® Tivoli Enterprise Console® DB2® PartnerWorld® Tivoli® Foundations™ Rational® ValueNet® IBM® Redbooks® WebSphere® Lotus® Redbooks (logo) ® The following terms are trademarks of other companies: ValueNet, and the FileNet logo are registered trademarks of FileNet Corporation in the United States, other countries or both. ITIL is a registered trademark, and a registered community trademark of the Office of Government Commerce, and is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. IT Infrastructure Library, IT Infrastructure Library is a registered trademark of the Central Computer and Telecommunications Agency which is now part of the Office of Government Commerce. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, Siebel, and TopLink are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Java, JavaScript, JVM, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. xvi Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 19. Preface This IBM® Redbooks® publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for this product. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 certification test is offered through the IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills required of technical professionals who work in the implementation and deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject matter. It includes sample questions, which will help you evaluate your progress. It familiarizes the readers with the types of questions that may be encountered in the exam. This guide does not replace practical experience, and it is not designed to be a stand-alone guide on this subject. Instead, this guide should be combined with educational activities and experiences and used as a useful preparation guide for the exam. For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. Those requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration, administration, and problem determination. Studying these chapters helps you prepare for the objectives of the exam. The team who wrote this book This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. xvii
  • 20. Figure 1 Mario, Thomas, Andre, and Phillip Budi Darmawan is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of Tivoli® and systems management. Before joining the ITSO 10 years ago, Budi worked in Integrated Solution Services, IBM Indonesia as lead implementer and solution architect. Thomas Boiocchi an IT Specialist based in Italy, working for Tivoli Services since 2007. He joined IBM after working for several years as a Netcool® Specialist for Eirteic Consulting travelling around the world. He has 10 years of IT experience and previously worked as a system and network administrator in Telkom and banks in Italy. His area of expertise include Omnibus, IBM Tivoli Business Services Manager, Network Manager, and Impact. Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo is a System Management Information Technology Specialist working with Tivoli Management Product in Brazil. He has 12 years of experience in servers and systems support. He hold a degree in Telecommunication Engineering and has MBA in Network Computer Management. His areas of expertise include UNIX/Linux® support, Cisco networking, networking security, and infrastructure and networking management. xviii Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 21. Mario Schuerewegen is a Technical Presales specialist based in Belgium that specializes in Netcool products. He has 10 years of experience in the network and event management field. His areas of expertise include Cisco networking, SNMP, and network management. Phillip Stanton is an L2 software support specialist based in the United States. He has 12 years of Information Technology experience and holds a Bachelors of Science degree in Business Administration with an emphasis on Information Systems. Most of his experience is in supporting and administrating mixed UNIX® and Microsoft® Windows® platforms for various Business to Business services and e-commerce Web sites. He joined IBM 2 years ago in L2 support for the Omnibus, Webtop, System Service monitors, and Internet Service Monitors software solutions. He currently holds the following certifications: Netcool Core V2, Netcool Core V3, Tivoli Level 2 Support Tools and Processes, and MCSE NT4/2000. Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project: Tamikia Barrow and Margaret Ticknor International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center Wade Wallace International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center Jill Kanatzar IBM Software Group, Worldwide Sales Channel Growth Executive Become a published author Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You will have the opportunity to team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Preface xix
  • 22. Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this book or other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an e-mail to: [email protected] Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400 xx Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 23. 1 Chapter 1. Certification overview This chapter provides an overview of the skills requirements needed to obtain an IBM Certified Deployment Specialist - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 certification. This chapter provides a comprehensive review of topics that are essential for obtaining the certification: 1.1, “IBM Professional Certification Program” on page 2 1.3, “Certification achieved” on page 26 1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives” on page 8 1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 35 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 1
  • 24. 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program Having the right skills for the job is critical in the growing global marketplace. IBM Professional Certification is designed to validate skill and proficiency in the latest IBM solution and product technology. It can help provide that competitive edge. The Professional Certification Program from IBM offers a business solution for skilled technical professionals seeking to demonstrate their expertise to the world. The program is designed to validate your skills and demonstrate your proficiency in the latest IBM technology and solutions. In addition, professional certification may help you excel at your job by giving you and your employer the confidence that your skills have been tested. You may be able to deliver higher levels of service and technical expertise than non-certified employees and move on a faster career track. The certification requirements are difficult, but are not overwhelming. Certification is a rigorous process that differentiates you from everyone else. The mission of IBM Professional Certification is to: Provide a reliable, valid, and fair method of assessing skills and knowledge Provide IBM with a method of building and validating the skills of individuals and organizations Develop a loyal community of highly skilled certified professionals who recommend, sell, service, support, and use IBM products and solutions The Professional Certification Program from IBM has developed certification role names to guide you in your professional development. The certification role names include IBM Certified Specialist, IBM Certified Solutions/Systems Expert, and IBM Certified Advanced Technical Expert. These role names are for technical professionals who sell, service, and support IBM solutions. For technical professionals in application development, the certification roles include IBM Certified Developer Associate and IBM Certified Developer. An IBM Certified Instructor certifies the professional instructor. The Professional Certification Program from IBM provides you with a structured program leading to an internationally recognized qualification. The program is designed for flexibility by allowing you to select your role, prepare for and take tests at your own pace, and, in some cases, select from a choice of elective tests best suited to your abilities and needs. Some roles also offer a shortcut by giving credit for a certification obtained in other industry certification programs. 2 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 25. You can be a network administrator, systems integrator, network integrator, solution architect, solution developer, value-added reseller, technical coordinator, sales representative, or educational trainer. Regardless of your role, you can start charting your course through the Professional Certification Program from IBM today. You can learn more about the IBM Professional Certification Program by going to the following address: http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml 1.1.1 Benefits of certification Certification is a tool to help objectively measure the performance of a professional on a given job at a defined skill level. Therefore, it is beneficial for individuals who want to validate their own skills and performance levels, their employees, or both. For optimum benefit, the certification tests must reflect the critical tasks required for a job, the skill levels of each task, and the frequency by which a task needs to be performed. IBM prides itself in designing comprehensive, documented processes that ensure that IBM certification tests remain relevant to the work environment of potential certification candidates. In addition to assessing job skills and performance levels, professional certification can also provide such benefits as: For employees: – Promotes recognition as an IBM certified professional – Helps create advantages in interviews – Assists in salary increases, corporate advancement, or both – Increases self-esteem – Provides continuing professional benefits For employers: – Measures the effectiveness of training – Reduces course redundancy and unnecessary expenses – Provides objective benchmarks for validating skills – Makes long-range planning easier – Helps manage professional development – Aids as a hiring tool – Contributes to competitive advantage – Increases productivity – Increases morale and loyalty Chapter 1. Certification overview 3
  • 26. Specific benefits can vary by country (region) and role. In general, after you become certified, you should receive the following benefits: Industry recognition Certification may accelerate your career potential by validating your professional competency and increasing your ability to provide solid, capable technical support. Program credentials As a certified professional, you receive, by way of e-mail, your certificate of completion and the certification mark associated with your role for use in advertisements and business literature. You can also request a hardcopy certificate, which includes a wallet-size certificate. The Professional Certification Program from IBM acknowledges the individual as a technical professional. The certification mark is for the exclusive use of the certified individual. Ongoing technical vitality IBM Certified professionals are included in mailings from the Professional Certification Program from IBM. 1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification The IBM Tivoli Professional Certification program offers certification testing that sets the standard for qualified product consultants, administrators, architects, and Business Partners. The program also offers an internationally recognized qualification for technical professionals seeking to apply their expertise in today's complex business environment. The program is designed for those who implement, buy, sell, service, and support IBM Tivoli solutions and want to deliver higher levels of service and technical expertise. Benefits of being Tivoli certified Tivoli certification provides the following benefits: For the individual: – IBM Certified certificate and use of logos on business cards – Recognition of your technical skills by your peers and management – Enhanced career opportunities – Focus for your professional development 4 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 27. For the IBM Business Partner: – Confidence in the skills of your employees – Enhanced partnership benefits from the IBM Business Partner program – Billing your employees out at higher rates – Strengthens your proposals to customers – Demonstrates the depth of technical skills available to prospective customers For the customer: – Confidence in the services professionals handling your implementation – Ease of hiring competent employees to manage your Tivoli environment – Enhanced return on investment (ROI) through more thorough integration with Tivoli and third-party products – Ease of selecting a Tivoli Business Partner that meets your specific needs Certification checklist The certification process is as follows: 1. Select the certification that you want to pursue. 2. Determine which test or tests are required by reading the certification role description. 3. Prepare for the test, using the following provided resources: – Test objectives (1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives” on page 8) – Recommended educational resources (1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 35) – Sample/assessment test (Appendix A, “Sample test” on page 187) – Other reference materials – Opportunities for experience 4. Register to take a test by contacting one of our worldwide testing vendors: – Thomson Prometric – Pearson Virtual University Enterprises (VUE) 5. Take the test. Be sure to keep the Examination Score Report provided upon test completion as your record of taking the test. Chapter 1. Certification overview 5
  • 28. 6. Repeat steps three through five until all required tests are successfully completed for the desired certification role. If additional requirements are needed (such as another vendor certification or exam), follow the instructions on the certification description page to submit these requirements to IBM. 7. After you complete your certification requirements, you will be sent an e-mail asking you to accept the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement before receiving the certificate. 8. Upon acceptance of the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement, an e-mail will be sent containing the following electronic deliverables: – A Certification Certificate in PDF format, which can be printed in either color or black and white – A set of graphic files of the IBM Professional Certification mark associated with the certification achieved – Guidelines for the use of the IBM Professional Certification mark 9. To avoid unnecessary delay in receiving your certificate, ensure that we have your current e-mail on file by keeping your profile up to date. If you do not have an e-mail address on file, your certificate will be sent through postal mail. After you receive a certificate by e-mail, you can also contact IBM at mailto:[email protected] to request that a hardcopy certificate be sent by postal mail. 1.1.3 Growth through skills Customers want to work with experts who understand their business and can help them achieve their objectives. IBM Business Partners who have expertise across the IBM software portfolio are well positioned to deliver high client value. IBM Software will be announcing the next step in our Business Partner channel strategy focused on Growth Through Skills. In October 2009, IBM will roll out a new controlled distribution model to maximize value to our Business Partners and customers. A subset of the IBM software portfolio will continue to be offered by way of the open distribution model or Software ValueNet®. The benefits of the growth through skills program are: Protects and maximizes your ROI in the technical, sales, and marketing skills you have developed. Places a premium on your skills and solutions that differentiate your ability to offer your customers guidance in a tough economy. 6 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 29. Rewards the value you bring throughout the sales cycle by way of the lucrative IBM Software Value Incentive (SVI). Provides financial rewards for integrating IBM software with your business solutions by way of the Value Advantage Plus (VAP) incentive. Accelerates your growth with experienced software Value Added Distributors (VADs). Improves access to IBM resources, including industry-leading sales, technical, and marketing. Authorization to resell IBM software products within controlled distribution is achieved at the product group level. There are 14 products groups across the five brands: WebSphere® – SOA Foundation – Connectivity – Business Process Management – Commerce – SOA Appliances – Enterprise Solutions (z) Tivoli – Storage Management – Security and Compliance Management – Automation – Enterprise Asset Management Information Management – Heritage CM – Data Management Lotus® Portal Rational® Chapter 1. Certification overview 7
  • 30. The criteria for authorization to resell IBM Software products within controlled distribution include: Membership in the IBM PartnerWorld® program Approved participation in Software Value Incentive (SVI) or Value Advantage Plus (VAP) – For SVI, technical and sales skills in the product group(s) you want to sell – For VAP, an approved solution containing the product group(s) you want to sell An approved PartnerPlan Minimum revenue participation levels within SVI and VAP after the first year IBM provides comprehensive enablement options to support the education, training, and certifications necessary to qualify for authorization to resell: Leverage the readiness assessment tools and work with your Distributor or IBM Business Partner Sales Representative to explore enablement opportunities and support. Visit the Subject Matter Expert (SME) Zone on the Virtual Innovation Center as a single point of entry to review software education and customized roadmaps. Learn about the You Pass, We Pay education reimbursement. Participate in readiness events throughout the year and revisit the Web for updates and the latest support materials. 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 test objectives The test has the following objectives: 1.2.1, “Planning” on page 9 1.2.2, “Installation” on page 9 1.2.3, “Configuration” on page 11 1.2.4, “Performance tuning and problem determination” on page 23 1.2.5, “Administration” on page 25 1.2.6, “Training” on page 25 For the most updated objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation test (test #933), refer to the following address: http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj933.shtml 8 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 31. 1.2.1 Planning Given the customer requirements in the Statement of Work, review the solution details in order to confirm the architecture, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Review the proposed architecture. 2. Determine the high level architecture. 3. Determine the unique requirements 4. Determine the hardware and OS. 5. Evaluate port availability (firewall and Access Control Lists) 6. Determine the contacts at the customer. 7. Gather users, roles, and physical location. 8. Evaluate the security requirements. 9. Determine the integrations to existing customer applications. Given the design details, develop an architecture document, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Verify all the software needed. 2. Determine the product integration probes and gateways. 3. Define the components, locations, and network connectivity. 4. Determine the naming conventions. 5. Determine the directory for the installation. 6. Review the customer compliance requirements (acceptance testing). 7. Determine the configuration of messages on the end nodes. Given a design document, obtain the required components so that you are ready to install IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Determine the appropriate installer (console versus GUI). 2. Obtain network availability. 3. Obtain access to systems and servers. 4. Obtain the authorization for network. 5. Obtain the installation media. 1.2.2 Installation Given that environment variables have been set and sourced on a supported UNIX/Linux server, install IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 using the console so that the selected IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 components are installed, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Download the required IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries from the IBM support site. Chapter 1. Certification overview 9
  • 32. 2. Place the binaries on the UNIX/Linux server in an appropriate temporary location. 3. Un-tar the package and run the installation script ./INSTALL -console. 4. Accept the license agreement. 5. Select the required features: – Desktop – Gateways – Process Control – Servers – ConfPack – Administrator – AEN Client – Local Help System – Install selected features Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus is installed, download the probes patch from the IBM support site and install the patches using $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch so that the probe is installed, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Download the probe patch from the IBM support site. 2. Untar the patch to a tmp directory. 3. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch install <path_to_patch_folder>. 4. Type “yes” and press Enter to install the probe. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a UNIX host and a FixPack is downloaded from the IBM support site, install the FixPack, with emphasis on performing the following step: Run the FixPack installation command $NCHOME/install/ncisetup install <path_to_FixPack>. You should receive a notice that the patch has been installed successfully. 10 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 33. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured on UNIX/Linux, export the configuration of the ObjectServer and import it into another ObjectServer using nco_confpack, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Create a list of exportable configuration items by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server NCOMSI -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list. 2. Edit the package list /tmp/NCOMSI_list so that it contains only the items to export. 3. Export the NCOMSI configuration by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list - package /tmp/NCOMSI_package. 4. Import the NCOMSI configuration into NCOMS2 by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import package /tmp/NCOMSI_package -server NCOMS2. 1.2.3 Configuration Given a supported UNIX/Linux operating system and IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and a user with proper permissions, configure and verify the environmental variables, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Start the UNIX text editor. 2. Edit the system home profile /etc/profile. 3. Define Netcool Environment Variables by running $NCHOME; $LD_LIBRARY_PATH (opt); $PATH (opt.); $LANG (if required). 4. Netcool users must source this file when they log in. Given a UNIX/Linux OS, and ObjectServer was installed by the root user, the root user owns the $NCHOME directory. Configure the system so that a non-root user (netcool) is a member of the netcool group, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Find an unused group number, for example, 550, by opening /etc/group. 2. Add a new group netcool by running groupadd -g 550 netcool. 3. Add the root user to the netcool group within /etc/group. Chapter 1. Certification overview 11
  • 34. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a IPv4 or IPv6 UNIX/Linux server, configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus communications, with emphasis on performing the following steps (The host name may or may not be resolvable to the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6)): 1. If the host name is resolvable to an IP address, edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and replace “omnihost” with the local server’s host name. If the host name is not resolvable to an IP address, replace “omnihost” with the appropriate IPv4 or IPv6 address. 2. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and environmental variables have been set on a supported Windows server, verify that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus communication is available, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Run the Netcool Server Editor by selecting Run → All Programs → Netcool OMNIBUS → System Utilities → Server Editor. 2. Highlight the appropriate ObjectServer and select Test in the Servers Available window. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, create a working object server instance using the available Netcool commands and files, so that an ObjectServer has been created and an instance configured, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open a command line and run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -server <name>. 2. Edit the $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat file and set the ObjectServer name and port. 3. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, start the ObjectServer and run nco_ping to verify that the ObjectServer is running, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_objserv -name <ObjectServer name>. 2. Verify the ObjectServer is running by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_ping <ObjectServer name>. Given an ObjectServer is installed and running on a supported UNIX/Linux OS, start and verify a local event list so that local event lists can connect to the local ObjectServer, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Launch the event list by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event. 2. Enter the user name and password. 3. Verify that the event list connects to the ObjectServer. 12 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 35. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and environmental variables have been set, install the remote desktop so that the remote desktop is on a supported Windows desktop and can connect to the ObjectServer, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Locate and unzip the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries on the remote desktop machine. 2. Run the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus install package (setup.exe). 3. Accept the license agreement. 4. Choose the installation directory. 5. Deselect every program feature except the desktop component. 6. Click the Installation button. 7. Reboot the desktop when the installation completes. 8. Create an entry for the ObjectServer in the Servers Editor on the remote desktop. 9. Launch the event list by selecting Start → All Programs → Netcool Suite → Event List and log into the ObjectServer. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, edit the probe properties file, set the SERVER property to the name of the ObjectServer, and configure a probe to connect to an ObjectServer, so that the Probe is configured, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open the probe properties file. 2. Set the server property to the name of the ObjectServer. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, the environmental variables have been set and sourced on a supported UNIX/Linux server, and the simnet probe package is installed, start and verify the probes so that the probes are running and tested, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Modify the simnet.props file and verify the ObjectServer target in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/<arch>. 2. Modify the rules file (simnet.rules) to include the host system name in the manager field. 3. Start the probe by running nco_p_simnet. 4. Check the process list to verify that the probe is running. 5. Launch the event list and verify the probe events in the ObjectServer and verify that the events parsed correctly. 6. Check for errors in the log file. Chapter 1. Certification overview 13
  • 36. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, configure an uni-directional gateway, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Create a directory for gateway files by running $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE. 2. Copy all the files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_uni to $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE: – objserv_uni.props – objserv_uni.map – objserv_uni.reader.tblrep.def – objserv_uni.startup.cmd 3. Rename all the copied files to match the unique name of the uni-directional gateway, that is, UNI_GATE.*. 4. Edit the UNI_GATE.props file and modify the following properties: – Name – PropsFile – Gate.MapFile – Gate.StartupCmdFile – Gate.Reader.Server – Gate.Reader.TblReplicateDefFile – Gate.Writer.Server 5. Edit the UNI_GATE.map file and UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def file, and modify the entries to define which objectserver tables and fields are accessed by the gateway. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, configure an Oracle® Remedy Gateway or ODBC gateway so that the uni-directional gateway has been configured. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, both ObjectServers (that will be connected by way of the gateway) are running, start an ObjectServer gateway. Update an event in an ObjectServer (the source ObjectServer if a uni-directional gateway is used), confirm that the same event in the other ObjectServer has similarly changed, so that the gateway has been configured correctly and initialized, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Start a ObjectServer gateway by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_g_objserv_uni- name uni or $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_g_objserv_bi - name BIGATE. 14 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 37. 2. Verify that the gateway is working by deleting and or modifying an event on one ObjectServer and checking to see that the modification is made on the other ObjectServer. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed, add a server entry for nco_pa in omni.dat, run nco_igen, edit nco_pa.conf, set the host name and name of ObjectServer in nco_pa.conf, and configure process control, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open the $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf file. 2. Change the name of the ObjectServer from NCOMS (if different). 3. Set the omnihost value to the host name of the local machine under the nco_routing entry. 4. Set the user and password values under nco_routing if using secure mode; otherwise, delete the user and password values. 5. Add an entry to $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for nco_pa and run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on a UNIX/Linux system and process control is configured, run nco_pad, verify the PA status by running nco_pa_status to start process control, and verify that process control is available and running, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pad. 2. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA. 3. Manually kill one of the running processes by running kill pid, where pid is the process ID of the process that was killed. 4. Run $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA to verify that the killed process is running with a different process ID. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux and root level access has been granted, configure, run, and verify the startup scripts, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Execute the start-up script $NCHOME/omnibus/install/startup/<arch>install. 2. Verify the creation of symbolic links. 3. Input/verify the process control name. 4. Select secure mode or not. 5. Enter a value for the netcool_license_file variable. Save the file. 6. Start the nco script by running nco start. 7. Verify that the process control has started. 8. Run nco stop. Verify that nco_pad has stopped. Chapter 1. Certification overview 15
  • 38. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed on UNIX/Linux, copy all the gateway files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_bi to a new directory, configure the gateway properties file, configure a server entry for the bi-directional gateway, and create a bi-directional gateway between two ObjectServers, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Create a directory for gateway files, for example, $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE. 2. Copy all files from $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/objserv_bi to $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE. 3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE/objserv_bi.props and set the following properties: – Gate.MapFile – Gate.StartupCmdFile – Gate.ObjectServerA.Server – Gate.ObjectServerA.TblReplicateDefFile – Gate.ObjectServerB.Server – Gate.ObjectServerB.TblReplicateDefFile 4. Copy $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/BI_GATE/objserv_bi.props to $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/BI_GATE.props. 5. Edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and add an entry for BI_GATE. 6. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, add a user so that users are created in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the User tab and then select User. 2. Click the Add User icon in the toolbar. 3. Enter a Name and select an unused User ID. 4. Enter a Full Name. 5. Check the Create Conversion check box. 6. From the Groups tab, double-click Administrator to assign the administrator role. Click OK. 16 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 39. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and the environmental variables have been set, create a view based on the statement of work, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Launch View Builder from the Event List. 2. Select Filet → New. 3. Enter the View Name. 4. From Available Field pane, select Node, Severity, and Summary. 5. From the Available Sort Fields pane, select Severity. 6. In the Sorted by pane, double-click the Severity icon to set the sort order to descending order. 7. Click Apply. 8. Click Close. 9. Select File → Save from Main Event List window. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, use the Event List GUI (nco_event) to create a filter using the Desktop client, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Click the Filter Builder button in Sub-Event List. 2. Click File → New. 3. Provide a Filter Name. 4. Select Severity from the Column drop-down menu. 5. Select Greater than or Equal to from the Operator drop-down menu. 6. Select Minor (#) from the Value drop-down menu. 7. Click Apply. 8. Click File → Save from the Main Event List window. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to add a restriction filter, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the Users tab and then select Restriction Filters. 2. Select Add Restriction Filter from the toolbar. 3. Assign a Name to the filter. 4. Enter the filter criteria. 5. Click OK. Chapter 1. Certification overview 17
  • 40. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, create a new menu, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the Menu tab, select Add New Item within the Configuration Manager GUI. 2. Select Menu Item Type, Tool, and Title, and then click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to create a new database field, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Select the System tab from the Administrator GUI. 2. Select Databases. 3. Select Databases Alerts and Table Status. 4. Select the Add Column icon from the menu. 5. Enter Column Name and Data Type. 6. Click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to add a tool, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. In the Tools menu, click Add Tool. 2. Enter a Name. 3. Select Enter Relevant Tool Instructions. 4. Click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, use the Administrator GUI (nco_config) to create a trigger, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Select DB Trigger. 2. Select Trigger Group. 3. Enter Trigger Name. 4. Set Trigger Priority. 5. Set Action on Delete. 6. Set the Apply To pane to Statement. 7. Enter the SQL code for the action: Begin Write into dellogs1 values ('The following row was deleted at; getdate (), old.Node, old.Summary); End 8. Enable Trigger. 9. Click OK. 18 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 41. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and the ObjectServer is running, customize the Rules file so that a customized probe rules file is available, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open the probe rules file with text editor. 2. Create a temporary element to hold a value extracted from the @Summary field. 3. Assign a probe property to the @Summary field. 4. Add a “switch” statement to execute a rule based on node name. 5. Use an “include” statement to include a new rule file segment. 6. Make a change so that @AlertGroup is updated on deduplication. 7. Discard events with the word “test” in the @Summary field. 8. Create a lookup table to look up department name based on node name. Turn on probe details if @Summary=unknown. 9. Test the syntax of the new rules file and debug. 10.Update the probe rules file without stopping the probe. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and running on UNIX/Linux, configure the primary ObjectServer (NCOMS_P), create a backup ObjectServer (NCOMS_B), set the BackupObjectServer property to TRUE, configure the bi-directional gateway, configure triggers and procedures, and create a high availability architecture, so that automated failover and failback architecture is configured, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. On the primary ObjectServer host, create the primary ObjectServer. 2. On the backup ObjectServer host, create the backup ObjectServer. 3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/NCOMS_B.props and set the Backup ObjectServer property to “True”. 4. Configure a bi-directional gateway between the primary and backup ObjectServers. 5. On the primary ObjectServer host, configure $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for the primary and backup ObjectServer entries. 6. On primary ObjectServer host, run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen. Copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file to the backup ObjectServer host. 7. On the backup ObjectServer, enable “backup_startup, backup_counterpart_down, backup_counterpart_up” triggers for automation failover and failback. 8. On the backup ObjectServer, disable the “primary_only” trigger group for automation failover and failback. Chapter 1. Certification overview 19
  • 42. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, add entries to omni.dat for the primary and desktop ObjectServers, run the command $NCHOME/bin/nco-igen, copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file from the primary ObjectServer host to the desktop ObjectServer host, configure the desktop ObjectServer, and configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary and desktop ObjectServers to set up the desktop architecture so that the desktop architecture is configured, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. On the primary ObjectServer host, edit $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and add entries for the primary and desktop ObjectServers. 2. Run $NCHOME/bin/nco_igen and copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file from the primary ObjectServer host to the desktop ObjectServer host. 3. Create and configure the primary ObjectServer. 4. Create the desktop ObjectServer by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -desktopserver -server DESKOS. 5. Start the desktop ObjectServer. 6. Run $OMNIHOME/bin/nco_sql to insert the following row in to the master national table or the DESKOS: (O, MASTEROS, 1) 7. Configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary ObjectServer and the desktop ObjectServer. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured on UNIX/Linux, export the configuration of the ObjectServer and import it into another ObjectServer by running nco_confpack, so that the ObjectServer configuration can be exported and imported, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Create a list of exportable configuration items by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server NCOMSI -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list. 2. Edit the package list /tmp/NCOMSI_list so that it contains only the items that will be exported. 3. Export the NCOMSI configuration by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file /tmp/NCOMSI_list - package /tmp/NCOMSI_package. 4. Import the NCOMSI configuration in to NCOMS2 by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import package /tmp/NCOMSI_package -server NCOMS2. 20 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 43. Given IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured and the environmental variables have been set, add a group, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select the Users tab and then select Groups. 2. Click the Add Group icon. 3. Assign a name to the group. 4. Assign an unused Group ID. 5. Assign a Role. 6. Assign a Restriction Filter. 7. Click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, create a class, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Using the Configuration Manager, select Add Class from the Visual menu. 2. Assign an identifier. 3. Name the class. 4. Click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, create a role, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Within the Configuration Manager, select the Users tab. 2. Select Roles and the Add New Role menu item. 3. Add a Role name. 4. Assign Role Permissions. 5. Click Save. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and running, configure the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus probes rules to flag some events for accelerated event notification, create channels, and configure triggers to send event details using these channels so that accelerated event notification is configured for some events, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Modify the probe rules file using the text editor and flag the events that have a summary, such as “Port failure”. 2. Configure channels to broadcast event data for the flagged events. 3. Using IDUC EVTFT and IDUC SNDMSG, create and configure post-insert or post-update or post-reinsert triggers to send event notifications to the Accelerated Event Notification (AEN) client. Chapter 1. Certification overview 21
  • 44. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured on a UNIX/Linux system, configure the Accelerated Event Notification (AEN) client, with emphasis on the following steps: 1. Start the AEN client by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_aen. 2. If you are starting the AEN for the first time, right-click the AEN icon and select Properties. 3. On the Application tab, make the following selections: a. Notification settings: b. Server (from drop-down list). If it is unpopulated, or the required server is not available, add details to the interfaces file. c. View in either Netcool Event List or Netcool Webtop. d. Launch in Control Settings. e. For either Netcool Event List or Netcool Webtop, specify the required Server and View Browser Settings. 4. Specify the browser to use. 5. Configure the Message and Channels tabs, as required. 6. Select OK. 7. Given that the AEN client has previously been configured, log on to AEN client by right-clicking the AEN icon and select Sign In. 8. Input a valid ObjectServer user’s details and select Log In. 9. Notice that the icon changes from x to y. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed on a UNIX/Linux system, configure the ObjectServer system so that Accelerated Event Notification messages can be sent, with emphasis on the following steps: 1. Determine whether AEN events are to be generated by a probe or by a trigger. 2. If AEN events are to be generated by a probe: a. Create a dedicated ObjectServer Flag field. b. Modify the probe rules file to set the Flag field for AEN events. c. Create a database trigger to respond to either the Flag field or the appropriate database action/database condition using the SQL commands IDUC EVTFT or IDUC SNDMSG to generate the AEN. 22 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 45. 3. Configure a Channel to broadcast AEN event data by performing the following steps: a. From with IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator, select Channels from the System menu. b. Right-click in the GUI and select Add a new Channel. c. Within the Channel Details pane, add a name for the Channel. d. On the Channels tab, select the Channel Columns Detail button in order to define the ObjectServer Table and Fields to use for notification, and then select OK. e. On the Recipients tab, select the Add new Channel Recipient button to be able to define recipients for the notification, and then select OK. f. When complete, click the OK button on the Channel Details pane. g. Test the Channel notification by right-clicking the Channel and selecting Send Message. Given that ObjectServer V7.2 is running on a UNIX/Linux platform and the Tivoli Health Monitoring Agent for ObjectServer V7.2 is installed, configure the agent so that the agent will monitor the ObjectServer, with emphasis on the following steps: 1. Run cd <tivoli installdir>/<arch>/no/bin. 2. Import the schema and automations to the ObjectServer by running $NCHOME/bin/nco_sql -user root -S<server_name> < itm_os.sql. 1.2.4 Performance tuning and problem determination Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 has been installed and configured, add devices to the simnet.def file and run the simnet probe to generate test events using the simnet probe, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Edit the $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def file and add the line device1 0 50 & device2 3 100. 2. Set the probe definition property in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def. 3. Set the server property in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to the name of the ObjectServer. 4. Start the simnet probe by running $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/nco_p_simnet. Chapter 1. Certification overview 23
  • 46. Given a failover architecture, verify that the failover architecture is working, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Shut down the Master ObjectServer. 2. Connect the desktop client to the backup ObjectServer by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event and check that the events are coming into the backup ObjectServer. 3. Restart the Master ObjectServer. 4. Connect the desktop client to the Master ObjectServer by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_event and check that the client indicates that it is connected to the Master ObjectServer. Given that ObjectServer V7.2 is installed on a UNIX/Linux OS but is unable to start, determine why the ObjectServer does not start, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Check the environment variable $NCHOME. 2. Check to make sure that the ObjectServer has been created by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit. 3. Check to make sure that the entry for the ObjectServer exists in $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and in the interfaces file. 4. Ensure that the port for the ObjectServer is not already in use. 5. Ensure that the proper user is starting the object server process. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and the license server configured, determine why probes do not connect, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Check the probes log file. 2. Verify that the probe's designated ObjectServer is running. 3. Check whether the interfaces file on the probe server is correctly defined. 4. Verify that the probe server has network connectivity to the ObjectServer host. 5. Check whether any firewall settings are affecting communications. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and the license server is configured, determine why the desktop does not start, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Ensure that the server settings are set correctly. 2. Ensure that the ObjectServer to which the desktop is connected is running. 24 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 47. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and configured, users are complaining of slow response time. Determine the reason for slow event list response, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Check the number of events. 2. Check the OS profiles. 3. Check the event rates. 4. Check the number of desktops. 5. Check the processes on the OS server. 6. Check the resource usage of the OS server, memory, CPU, and disk. 7. Check the network response times. 8. Check the log files. 9. Check the automations. 10.Check the number of journals and details. 11.Determine what other components are connected. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 is installed and configured, optimize system performance so that the ObjectServer performance is optimized, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Check the frequency of triggers. 2. Check the execution scope of triggers (once only for each row). 3. Check the number of details by running details($*). 4. Check the SQL used in the trigger for performance. 5. Check whether “update via” is being used. 6. Check the desktop filters. 1.2.5 Administration Given a running and verified system, complete the post implementation process, including system backup, documentation, acceptance testing, so that customer acceptance can be obtained, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Back up the installed system. 2. Create the system environment documentation. 3. Verify compliance with customer requirements. 4. Transfer knowledge to the staff. 5. Demonstrate the system to the client. 6. Complete acceptance testing. 7. Get customer sign-off. 1.2.6 Training Given new users, provide training, so that users are educated on the new system, with emphasis on training users and administrators. Chapter 1. Certification overview 25
  • 48. 1.3 Certification achieved The test IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation (#933) is a prerequisite for achieving the following certifications: 1.3.1, “Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0” on page 26 1.3.2, “Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0” on page 29 1.3.3, “Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008” on page 31 1.3.4, “Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008” on page 32 1.3.5, “Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008” on page 32 1.3.6, “IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009” on page 33 1.3.7, “IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009” on page 34 1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is a technical professional responsible for the planning, installing, configuring performance tuning, problem determination, and documenting of solutions for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. This individual will be expected to perform these tasks with limited assistance from peers, product documentation, and support resources. Recommended prerequisite skills The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 key areas of competency are: Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 architecture and components. Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution based on the customer’s requirements/environment. Install and configure the prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure components (probes, gateways, desktops, process control, accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and automated failover and failback). Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 environment. 26 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 49. Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 required prerequisite(s) are: Strong working knowledge of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure components (ObjectServer, probes, gateways, desktop and process control, accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and dual server desktop) Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 administration (triggers, procedures, tools, menus, automated failover and failback, AEN channels, and so on) Strong working knowledge of network management principles Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking, and firewall concepts Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool licensing Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts) Working knowledge of SQL (including procedures) Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, and regular expressions) Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP and SNMP Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text editor) The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 recommended prerequisites are: Basic knowledge of help desk and database systems Knowledge of network management systems The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 key areas of competency are: Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture and components. Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 solution based on the customer’s requirements/environment. Install and configure the prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. Install and configure the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure components (server, Webtop Administration API, event lists, maplets, and charts). Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 environment. Chapter 1. Certification overview 27
  • 50. Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 required prerequisites are: Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure components Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 administration (tools, menus, maplets, entities, resources, users, filters, views, SMARTPage commands, and so on) Strong working knowledge of HTML, CGI, XML, and SQL Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Security Manager V1.3, IBM Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundations™ V1.x, and associated architectures Working knowledge of IBM Tivoli/Netcool licensing Working knowledge of operating systems (UNIX and Windows), networking, and firewall concepts Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts) Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting and regular expressions) Working knowledge of Web browsers and Java™ applications The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 recommended prerequisites are: Basic knowledge of network management systems Knowledge of Web application development techniques (JavaScript™ and HTML style sheets). Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP. Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, text editor, and so on) Requirements This certification requires two tests: Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 28 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 51. 1.3.2 Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 is an individual who has demonstrated the ability to implement and support an IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact solution. It is expected that this person is able to perform the following tasks independently a majority of the time, and in some situations, take leadership and provide mentoring to peers. It is expected that this person will be able to perform these tasks with limited assistance from peers, product documentation, and vendor support services. Recommended prerequisite skills The key areas of competency are: Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 architecture and components. Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 solution based on the customer’s requirements/environment. Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0. Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 infrastructure components. Use available interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 environment. Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0. Develop and deploy IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact policies and services. The required prerequisites are: Experience administering IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 at skill level 4 Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 at skill level 4 Knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, regular expressions, Perl) at skill level 3 Knowledge of operating systems (UNIX and Windows) at skill level 3 Knowledge of networks and network management at skill level 3 Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus at skill level 3 Knowledge of database structures at skill level 3 Chapter 1. Certification overview 29
  • 52. Knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text editors) at skill level 2 Knowledge of SQL, POST-GRES, and other ANSI compliant sources at skill level 2 Knowledge of HTML at skill level 2 Knowledge of WebSphere Application Server Community Edition at skill level 1 Knowledge of Web services (XML, SOAP, and WSDL), if applicable, at skill level 1 Knowledge of Netcool Security Manager at skill level 1 Knowledge of CVS at skill level 1 The skill descriptions are: 1 Basic Skill/Knowledge: Familiarity with basic functionality and concepts. May need to rely on assistance from documentation or other resources. 2 Working Skill/Knowledge: Working knowledge of functionality and concepts. Can use products or explain concepts with little or no assistance. 3 Advanced Skill/Knowledge: Substantial experience with functionality or concepts. Can teach others how to use functionality or explain concepts. 4 Expert Skill/Knowledge: Extensive and comprehensive experience with functionality or concepts. Can create or customize code, architecture, or processes. This certification requires the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x Implementation or Tivoli Enterprise Console® 3.9 Implementation certification as well as passing the IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation exam. Requirements This certification requires two tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 594 - IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 Implementation – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation 30 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 53. 1.3.3 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Fault Management solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Any two of the following tests: – Test 890 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.1 Implementation – Test 897 - IBM Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition V3.7 Implementation – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1 – Test 920 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time V6.2 Implementation – Test ITIL® - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations – Test 436 - IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation – Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation Chapter 1. Certification overview 31
  • 54. 1.3.4 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Performance Management solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Any two of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations – Test 430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2 Implementation – Test 931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation 1.3.5 Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Business Application Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Business Application Management solutions area. 32 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 55. Requirements This certification requires three tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 594 - IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console V3.9 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation Any one of the following tests: – Test 253 - IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V6.1, Core Administration – Test 731 - DB2® 9 DBA for Linux UNIX and Windows – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1 – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations 1.3.6 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Network and Service Assurance solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Test 000-922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Test 000-933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 000-938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation Any one of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations – Test 000-430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 000-434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2 Implementation – Test 000-931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation Chapter 1. Certification overview 33
  • 56. 1.3.7 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Data Center Management and Transformation solutions area. Requirements This certification requires three or four tests: Test 000-011 IBM Tivoli Application Dependency and Discovery Manager V7.1 Implementation Test 000-908 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation Any one (or two) of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations – Test 000-012 IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager V7.1 Implementation – Test 000-253 IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V6.1 Core Administration – Test 000-435 IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.4 Implementation – Test 000-436 IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 000-731 DB2 9 DBA for Linux UNIX and Windows – Test 000-905 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1 – Test 000-920 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time V6.2 Implementation – Test 000-922 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and Test 000-933 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation 34 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 57. 1.4 Recommended study resources Courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the certification tests. The courses are recommended, but not required, before taking a certification test. If you wish to purchase Web-based training courses or are unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom course at the time and location you desire, please feel free to contact one of our delivery management teams at: Americas: [email protected] EMEA: [email protected] AP: [email protected] Note that course offerings are continuously being added and updated. If you do not see a course listed in your geography, please contact the delivery management team. 1.4.1 Classroom courses Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Course duration: 1 day Abstract: The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User course is designed to provide a basic understanding of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Version 7.1 product and provide practical experience in how it may be used to manage events in a network computing environment. This User course is a prerequisite for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration and Configuration course. The User course focuses on the everyday use of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus product from the user perspective. Each major feature will be highlighted and students will have their own system available to practice the tasks described and outlined in the course. Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus 7.2 Administration and Configuration Course duration: 5 days Abstract: A five day comprehensive training for operators and administrators starting with a basic understanding of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Version 7.2 product, how it may be used to manage events in a network computing environment, followed by installation, administration, and configuration of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution. Subjects explored include operator usage training, including basic fault management techniques using native V7.2 operator interface(s), installation and licensing procedures, configuring security and component communications, as well as Chapter 1. Certification overview 35
  • 58. architecture and implementation. Examples of ObjectServer SQL syntax and automations are examined. The main focus is on the deployment, configuration, and everyday maintenance of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 from the perspective of the administrator. At the outset of the training, students will learn basic operational characteristics and engage in an installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 on a classroom server, followed by covering the standard configuration objects through classroom exercises. 1.4.2 Online course Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus 7.2 User Course duration: 4 hours Abstract: The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User course provides a basic understanding of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Version 7.2 product and practical experience in using it to manage events in a network computing environment. This course focuses on the everyday use of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus product from the user's perspective. Each major feature will be highlighted. 36 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 59. 2 Chapter 2. Planning This chapter discusses some planning issues with IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics discussed are: 2.1, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components” on page 38 2.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration” on page 45 2.3, “Configuration planning issues” on page 49 2.4, “ObjectServer tables” on page 52 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 37
  • 60. 2.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components This section discusses the following topics: 2.1.1, “Architectural components” on page 38 2.1.2, “Desktop and administrative components” on page 40 2.1.3, “Groups, roles, and users” on page 41 2.1.4, “Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components” on page 44 2.1.1 Architectural components The components of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus are shown in Figure 2-1. Monitors and probes send alerts to the local ObjectServer. Netcool/OMNIbus Event List Administrator Helpdesk/ Monitor Gateway CRM ObjectServer NCOMS Gateway Probe RDBMS Gateways forward alerts to other applications, such as Gateway a helpdesk system Probe and an RDBMS. Alerts are replicated in an additional ObjectServer in a ObjectServer failover configuration. Probe DENCO Figure 2-1 Overall components 38 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 61. Where: ObjectServer The ObjectServer is the database server at the core of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. Event information is forwarded to the ObjectServer from external programs, such as probes, monitors, and gateways. The ObjectServer stores and manages this information in database tables, and displays the information in the event list. Probes Probes connect to an event source, detect and acquire event data, and forward the data to the ObjectServer as alerts. Probes use the logic specified in a rules file to manipulate the event elements before converting them into the fields of an alert in the ObjectServer alerts.status table. Each probe is uniquely designed to acquire event data from a specific source. Probes can acquire data from any stable data source, including devices, databases, and log files. Monitors Monitors are programs that acquire a resource’s status and forwards the status to ObjectServer as alerts. Gateway IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus gateways enable you to exchange alerts between ObjectServers and other applications, such as databases or help desk or Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems. You can use gateways to replicate alerts or to maintain a backup ObjectServer. Application gateways enable you to integrate different business functions. For example, you can configure a gateway to send alert information to a help desk system. You can also use a gateway to archive alerts to a database. A gateway that allows forwarding of alerts to external network management systems is the SNMP gateway. By default, IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus ObjectServer uses port 4100 to communicate with other components. Gateway and process controls need a port to be configured to work correctly. This can be done by adding information inside the interface file, which contains a list of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components and the ports they are using. Chapter 2. Planning 39
  • 62. 2.1.2 Desktop and administrative components Apart from the components discussed in 2.1.1, “Architectural components” on page 38, there are some components that allow administrative and control functions to be performed. These components are also shown in Figure 2-1 on page 38. These components are: Administration console IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator is a graphical tool that you can use to configure and manage ObjectServers. – Menu and tools An administrator can modify a specific menu layout and tools set to any specific users or group in order to provide a customized working environment to event list operators. Tools add the capability to control alert management functions within the event list. New tools can be created and belong to two categories: • SQL tools: Tool where update, insert, and delete are executed on the select events in the database. • Executable tools: External executables that provide additional functions to the event list (such as an open browser tool). Tools can also be associated with a class of alert. – Database tables and fields All database tables can be modified by an administrator apart from system tables. Custom table and fields can be added using the administrative console or nco_sql interface. – Database triggers Automation is used to detect changes in the ObjectServer and execute automated responses to these changes. This enables the ObjectServer to process alerts without requiring an operator to take action. There is a set of default automations, but more can be added by an administrator to provide more advanced functionality and events management. – Classes Alerts in the ObjectServer have a class assigned by the probe. Each class can be associated with an event list tool menu that contains useful tools for alerts of that specific class. 40 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 63. Desktop tools (event list) The desktop is an integrated suite of graphical tools used to view and manage alerts and to configure how alert information is presented. Desktop tools are available on both UNIX and Windows platforms. Alert information is delivered in a format that allows users to quickly determine the availability of services on a network. When an alert cause has been identified, desktop tools enable users to resolve problems quickly. The event list enables you to view and manage alerts. An alert is created when the ObjectServer receives an event, alarm, message, or data item. Each alert comprises fields of information held in a row of the ObjectServer alerts.status table. Information about alerts is displayed in the event list according to filters and views: – Filters enable you to display a subset of alerts based on specific criteria. – Views enable you to choose which alert fields to display. Command-line SQL interface The ObjectServer provides a Structured Query Language (SQL) interface for defining and manipulating relational database objects, such as tables and views. You can use the SQL interactive interface (called nco_sql on UNIX and isql on Windows) to connect to an ObjectServer and use SQL commands to interact with and control the ObjectServer. The SQL interactive interface enables you to perform tasks, such as creating a new database table or stopping the ObjectServer. 2.1.3 Groups, roles, and users IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus security models use roles and allows an administrator an advanced level of control over user access and privileges: Roles: Roles are sets of permission assigned to a group and are used to determine the types of action users of that specific group can perform. Table 2-1 lists the default roles. A normal user would usually has the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and DesktopAdmin roles. Table 2-1 Roles Role Description CatalogUser This role includes permissions to view information about system, tools, security, and desktop database tables. This role provides a basis for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus permissions. This role does not provide sufficient permissions to use any IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus applications. All groups should be assigned this role. Chapter 2. Planning 41
  • 64. Role Description AlertsUser This role includes permissions to view, update, and delete entries in the alerts.status table, view, insert, and delete entries in the alerts.journal table, and view and delete entries in the alerts.details table. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, enables you to display and manipulate alerts, create filters and views, and run standard tools in the event list. AlertsProbe This role includes permissions to insert and update entries in the alerts.status table and insert entries in the alerts.details table. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides the permissions that a probe needs to generate alerts in the ObjectServer. These permissions should be granted to any user that runs a probe application. AlertsGateway This role includes permissions to insert, update, and delete entries in the alerts.status, alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables, and the tables in the transfer database. The transfer database is used internally by the bi-directional ObjectServer Gateway to synchronize security information between ObjectServers. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides the permissions that a gateway needs to generate alerts in the ObjectServer. These permissions should be granted to any user that runs a gateway application. DatabaseAdmin This role includes permissions to create databases and files, and to create tables in the alerts, tools, and service databases. This role also includes permissions to modify or drop the alerts.status, alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to create relational data structures in the ObjectServer. AutoAdmin This role includes permissions to create trigger groups, files, SQL and external procedures, and user signals. This role also includes permissions to create, modify, and drop triggers in the default trigger groups and modify or drop default trigger groups. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to create automations in the ObjectServer. ToolsAdmin This role includes permissions to delete, insert, and update all tools tables. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to create and modify tools that can be run from the desktop and IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator. DesktopAdmin This role includes permissions to update all desktop catalogs to insert, update, and delete colors, visuals, menus, classes, resolutions, and conversions. This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, provides permissions to customize the desktop. SecurityAdmin This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permissions to manipulate users, groups, and roles using IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator or the SQL interactive interface. This role also includes permissions to set properties and drop user connections. ISQL This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permission to view ObjectServer data using the SQL interactive interface. 42 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 65. Role Description ISQLWrite This role, in combination with the CatalogUser role, includes permission to view and modify ObjectServer data using the SQL interactive interface. SuperUser This role has all available permissions. You cannot modify the SuperUser role. Public All users are assigned this role. By default, the Public role is not assigned any permissions. You can modify, but not drop, the Public role. Groups: Groups are created in order to easily manage users belonging to the same group. A group is typically assigned one or more role as necessary. Table 2-2 lists the default groups. Table 2-2 Groups Group Description Probe This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and AlertsProbe roles. Gateway This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, and AlertsGateway roles. ISQL This group is assigned the ISQL role. ISQLWrite This group is assigned the ISQLWrite role. Public This group is assigned the Public role. All users are members of this group. Normal This group is assigned the CatalogUser and AlertsUser roles. This group cannot be deleted or renamed. Administrator This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, ToolsAdmin, and DesktopAdmin roles. DesktopAdmin This group cannot be deleted or renamed. System This group is assigned the CatalogUser, AlertsUser, ToolsAdmin, DesktopAdmin, AlertsProbe, AlertsGateway, DatabaseAdmin, AutoAdmin, SecurityAdmin, ISQL, ISQLWrite, and SuperUser roles. This group cannot be deleted or renamed. Chapter 2. Planning 43
  • 66. Users: A user represents an individual identity that can access IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. Each user is connected as a member of a group to get access to the roles. There are some default users defined, as listed in Table 2-3. Table 2-3 Users User name Description root This user is created with an empty string as a password by default. You can reset the password by using IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator, or use the ALTER USER ObjectServer SQL command. nobody This user is disabled and cannot be used to access the ObjectServer. Ownership of each alert in the alerts.status table is assigned to a user when the row is inserted. By default, probes assign rows to the nobody user. Restriction filter: A restriction filter is used to restrict the rows displayed on a user event list. Restriction filters need to be created and assigned to a user or group to control the data that can be displayed and modified from client and SQL commands. 2.1.4 Insert Delete Update Cycle (IDUC) components IDUC is used to perform activity on the ObjectServer database. A large amount of data is passed through IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components, such as: Between an ObjectServer and its client Between an ObjectServer and the gateways To avoid the object server being overloaded with requests for event list (or gateway) updates, the ObjectServer sends a prompt to the desktop client and gateway every time an update is needed and then the desktop requests the update from the ObjectServer. This information is sent by way of a specific link named IDUC. By default, a random port is chosen for the IDUC communications link. This port must be specified manually when connecting through a firewall in addition to the port on which the ObjectServer is running. By default, the update interval is set to 60 seconds using the ObjectServer property named Granularity. This can be changed, and is usually reduced to improve the clients’ response time, but keep in mind that it can greatly increase the network traffic and ObjectServer processing load. 44 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 67. 2.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration There are several configurations that can be used for installing and configuring IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. This section discusses the following configurations: 2.2.1, “Without failover” on page 45 2.2.2, “With failover” on page 46 2.2.3, “Desktop ObjectServer” on page 47 2.2.4, “Tiered implementation” on page 48 2.2.5, “Probe features” on page 49 2.2.1 Without failover With this simple architecture, probes, desktops, and gateways connect to a single ObjectServer (no backup server and no failover mode). If the ObjectServer fails, the desktop component will not work, while probes and gateways will use the store and forward mode. Figure 2-2 shows this configuration. Event List ncdesktop Primary ObjectServer NETCOOLPRI L nchost01 Syslog Probe targethost Figure 2-2 No failover Chapter 2. Planning 45
  • 68. 2.2.2 With failover In a failover architecture, ObjectServers are configured as a virtual ObjectServer. In this case, desktops, gateways, and probes are connected to the failover pair and if the primary object server fails, they will switch to the backup object server automatically. This configuration also supports fallback. When the primary object server is available again, the probe and desktop will reconnect automatically to it. Figure 2-3 shows this configuration. Event List ncdesktop Primary Bidirectional Backup ObjectServer ObjectServer ObjectServer NETCOOLPRI Gateway NETCOOLBAK L L nchost01 nchost02 Legends: Syslog Probe Primary Connections Backup Connections L L License Server targethost Figure 2-3 Failover architecture The virtual ObjectServer is configured as a Primary and Backup pair to a single ObjectServer definition. 46 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 69. 2.2.3 Desktop ObjectServer In order to improve overall performance of the system, you can use another advanced architecture called Desktop ObjectServer. For example, if you have many distributed ObjectServers sending events to a central ObjectServer using a uni-directional gateway, and many desktop clients connecting to the central object server, you can experience frequent high loads on the server based on the number of clients connected and events inserted from the gateway. Using the Desktop ObjectServer architecture, you can: Minimize the load on the central Object Server Increase desktop clients’ performance Improve latency Maintain high data integrity and consistency by simultaneously updating the central ObjectServer This architecture is composed of one Master ObjectServer and one or more Desktop ObjectServers. Dual Server Desktops (DSDs) connect to a Master ObjectServer when performing writes, but connect to a Desktop ObjectServer when displaying data, as shown in Figure 2-4. Dual Server Desktop A Master ObjectServer SQL Connection Event List Desktop ObjectServer IDUC SQL Connection Connection Desktop Unidirectional Master ObjectServerA Gateway ObjectServer Figure 2-4 Desktop ObjectServer This architecture is designed to help you avoid performance issues. It is easily scalable by adding more ObjectServers to accommodate new desktops and is easier to maintain by having different ObjectServers for different roles (a Collection ObjectServer collecting events and sending them to Master ObjectServer, and a Desktop ObjectServer for displaying data to users). It also reduces network utilization across WAN links. Chapter 2. Planning 47
  • 70. 2.2.4 Tiered implementation A complex and large network and enterprise environment requires a more specialized implementation configuration. This kind of configuration is often referred as tiered implementation. In a tiered implementation, multiple ObjectServers are deployed in the environment, as shown in Figure 2-5. Event List Desktop ObjectServer Primary Bi-directional Backup ObjectServer Gateway ObjectServer Event Collector Figure 2-5 Tiered ObjectServer implementation The tiers are: Collector ObjectServers: These ObjectServers are located on various regional locations of the enterprise and typically connected to the probes and monitors. Their primary function is to collect events. They perform basic deduplication and automation to ensure that events that are sent to the central ObjectServers are unique and relevant. Central ObjectServers: These ObjectServers collects events from various collectors through uni-directional gateway. These ObjectServers typically act as a redundant (failover) virtual ObjectServer and provide the main automation and event processing. Desktop ObjectServers: These ObjectServer retrieve events from the central ObjectServers for display on the individual cluster of users that monitor events. 48 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 71. 2.2.5 Probe features A probe has the following features: Store and Forward Mode: Probes can continue to run if the target ObjectServer is down. When the probe detects that the ObjectServer is not present (usually because it is unable to forward an alert to the ObjectServer), it switches to store mode. In this mode, the probe writes all of the messages it would normally send to the ObjectServer to a file named $OMNIHOME/var/probename.servername.store. Automatic Store and Forward: By default, store and forward mode is active only after a connection to the ObjectServer has been established, used, and then lost. If the ObjectServer is not running when the probe starts, store and forward mode is not triggered and the probe terminates unless you set the probe to run in automatic store and forward mode, it will go straight into store mode if the ObjectServer is not running, as long as the probe has been connected to the ObjectServer at least once before. Raw Capture Mode: Raw capture mode enables you to save the complete stream of event data acquired by a probe into a file without any processing by the rules file. This can be useful for auditing, recording, or debugging the operation of a probe. Secure Mode: You can run the ObjectServer in secure mode. This makes ObjectServer authenticate probe, gateway, and proxy server connections by requiring a user name and encrypted password. Peer-to-Peer Failover: Two instances of a probe can run simultaneously in a peer-to-peer failover relationship. One instance is designated as the master; the other acts as a subordinate and is on hot standby. If the master instance fails, the subordinate instance is activated. 2.3 Configuration planning issues There are several configuration planning issues that must be resolved before the implementation to ensure a workable solution and that implementation is a success. The issues are: 2.3.1, “Naming convention” on page 50 2.3.2, “SSL usage” on page 50 2.3.3, “Port and firewall considerations” on page 52 Chapter 2. Planning 49
  • 72. 2.3.1 Naming convention While the default names of objects are supplied with the installation, such as NCOMS for ObjectServer, NCO_PA for process agent, and so on, these names are not adequate or descriptive enough for a large environment. A naming convention is necessary to quickly identify a component for quick problem determination and recovery. There are several attributes that can be used for naming conventions, such as: Function: ObjectServer, Gateway, Probes, Process agent, and so on Position: Desktop, Collector, and Central Location: Region, country, state, and city Failover status: Primary or backup 2.3.2 SSL usage SSL communications can be implemented between IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components, such as probes and monitors to ObjectServers, and gateways to ObjectServers. However, configuring SSL communication between probes and monitors to the subsystem it monitors depend a lot on the subsystem. Some communication methods to the subsystems do not supporting SSL. 50 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 73. Local monitoring from probes and monitors do not typically use network communication, so it would not generate an unencrypted network packet. A typical implementation configuration with SSL is shown in Figure 2-6. SSL Event List ncdesktop Primary SSL Bidirectional Backup ObjectServer ObjectServer ObjectServer NETCOOLPRI Gateway NETCOOLBAK L L nchost01 nchost02 SSL Legends: Syslog Probe Primary Connections Backup Connections L L License Server targethost Figure 2-6 SSL communication Chapter 2. Planning 51
  • 74. 2.3.3 Port and firewall considerations Typically, firewall concerns arise for communications between a gateway and ObjectServer and an event list client to an ObjectServer. The communication for a desktop event list is shown in Figure 2-7. Dual Server Desktop A Master ObjectServer SQL Connection Event List Desktop ObjectServer IDUC SQL Connection Connection Desktop Unidirectional Master ObjectServerA Gateway ObjectServer Figure 2-7 Desktop communication In Figure 2-7, the desktop must open the IDUC port and the ObjectServer port on the desktop ObjectServer. It also opens a connection to the Master ObjectServer port. Gateways communicate with the ObjectServers using the standard ObjectServer ports defined in the interface files. 2.4 ObjectServer tables The ObjectServer is based on a relational database structure. Some of the important tables for the ObjectServer are listed in Table 2-4 on page 53. Understanding the tables and their usage are important in defining the procedures, triggers and SQL commands for processing events in ObjectServer. 52 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 75. Table 2-4 Table name Table name Usage Master tables master.stats The master.stats table stores timing information about the alerts.status, alerts.details, and alerts.journal tables. This timing information is gathered if the stats_triggers trigger group is enabled. The stats_triggers trigger group is disabled by default in the automation.sql file. master.national The master.national table identifies the master ObjectServer and the dual-write mode in a desktop ObjectServer architecture. master.servergroups The master.servergroups table is used to load-balance desktop connections. Catalog tables catalog.memstores The catalog.memstores table stores information about memstores, including the hard and soft limits of the memstore size, and how many bytes are currently being used. catalog.databases The catalog.databases table stores information about each database, including the number of objects in the database and the type of database (system or user). catalog.tables The catalog.tables table stores information about all types of tables, including system and user tables, views, and transition tables. catalog.base_tables The catalog.base_tables table stores information about user and system tables. catalog.views The catalog.views table stores information about views. The CreationText column contains the SQL used to create the view. catalog.files The catalog.files table stores information about ObjectServer files, including the path to the operating system file associated with each ObjectServer file. catalog.restrictions The catalog.restrictions table stores information about restriction filters. The ConditionText column contains the SQL condition. catalog.columns The catalog.columns table stores information about table columns, including their data types. catalog.primitive_signals The catalog.primitive_signals table stores information about user and system signals. catalog.primitive_signal_parame The catalog.primitive_signal_parameters table stores information ters about the parameters to system and user defined signals. Chapter 2. Planning 53
  • 76. Table name Usage catalog.trigger_groups The catalog.trigger_groups table stores information about trigger groups, including whether or not the trigger group is enabled. catalog.triggers The catalog.triggers table stores information about triggers, including the type of trigger, the trigger priority, and what trigger group it is in. catalog.database_triggers These tables store information about triggers, including the type of operation that causes the trigger to fire. catalog.signal_triggers catalog.temporal_triggers catalog.procedures The catalog.procedures table stores information about procedures, including whether the procedure is an SQL procedure or an external procedure. catalog.sql_procedures The catalog.sql_procedures table stores information about SQL procedures, including the code for the procedure. catalog.external_procedures The catalog.external_procedures table stores information about external procedures, including the name of the procedure executable and the host on which it runs. catalog.procedure_parameters The catalog.procedure_parameters table stores information about procedure parameters, including parameter types. catalog.connections The catalog.connections table contains information about connections to the ObjectServer. catalog.properties The catalog.properties table contains information about ObjectServer properties. catalog.security_permissions The catalog.security_permissions table contains permission information for ObjectServer objects. This table is used only by the Netcool/OMNIbus administrator. catalog.profiles The catalog.profiles table contains timing information for the execution of SQL commands from client connections. catalog.trigger_stats The catalog.trigger_stats table stores timing information about triggers, including the number of times the trigger has been raised and the number of times the trigger has fired. These statistics are gathered unless the automation system is disabled by setting the -autoenabled command-line option to FALSE. Trigger statistics are also logged to the file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/servername_trigger_stats.logn. 54 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 77. Table name Usage Alert related tables alerts.status The alerts.status table contains status information about problems that have been detected by probes. Resolved entries are automatically removed by an automation program. alerts.details The alerts.details table contains the detail attributes of the alerts in the system. This is sent from the probes with a detail($*) statement. alerts.journal The alerts.journal table provides a history of work performed on alerts. alerts.iduc_messages The alerts.iduc_messages table is required to support internationalization (i18n) and is used to send i18n-safe Insert, Delete, Update, or Control (IDUC) client messages. This table ensures that characters transferred across varying encodings are converted into recognizable formats. alerts.objclass The alerts.objclass table is used to determine which menu and icons to use for a particular class of object. alerts.objmenus The alerts.objmenus table is used to provide the list of menus. alerts.objmenuitems The alerts.objmenuitems table is used to provide the content of menus. alerts.resolutions The alerts.resolutions table is used to maintain the Resolutions option in the event list. alerts.conversions The alerts.conversions table is used to provide easy conversion from a numeric value to a string for any column. alerts.col_visuals The alerts.col_visuals table is used to provide the default visuals for columns when displayed in the desktop tools. alerts.colors The alerts.colors table is used to create the colors required by the Windows desktop. Tools related tables tools.actions The tools.actions table is used to control desktop tools. tools.action_access The tools.action_access table is used to control access to desktop tools. tools.menus The tools.menus table is used to control desktop tool menus. tools.menu_items The tools.menu_items table is used to control desktop tool menu items. tools.prompt_defs The tools.prompt_defs table is used to store all prompt definitions. Chapter 2. Planning 55
  • 78. Table name Usage tools.menu_defs The tools.menu_defs table is used to control desktop tool menu items. Service table service.status The service.status table is used to control the additional features required to support Netcool Internet Service Monitoring. The tables can be queried using the nco_sql or isql commands. Some useful SQL queries are: Finding the number of occurrences: SELECT COUNT(*) FROM <tables> Finding the latest occurrences: SELECT MAX(<col-name>) FROM <tables> The WHERE selection clauses can also be critical for the performance of the SQL query. The WHERE clauses are used to filter returned rows, evaluate the conditions, and filter them sequentially. The order of most efficient queries are: Integer field matching Exact character matching Wild card character matching Regular expression character matching One of the most important tables is the alerts.status table. This table stores all open alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The alerts.status table structure is listed in Table 2-5. Table 2-5 The alerts.status table Column name Data type Description Identifier varchar(255) Controls ObjectServer deduplication. Serial incr The Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus serial number for the row. Node varchar(64) Identifies the managed entity from which the alarm originated. This could be a host or device name, service name, or other entity. NodeAlias varchar(64) The alias for the node. For network devices or hosts, this should be the logical (layer-3) address of the entity. For IP devices or hosts, this should be the IP address. Manager varchar(64) The descriptive name of the probe that collected and forwarded the alarm to the ObjectServer. This can also be used to indicate the host on which the probe is running. 56 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 79. Column name Data type Description Agent varchar(64) The descriptive name of the sub-manager that generated the alert. AlertGroup varchar(255) The descriptive name of the type of failure indicated by the alert (for example, Interface Status or CPU Utilization). AlertKey varchar(255) The descriptive key that indicates the managed object instance referenced by the alert (for example, the disk partition indicated by a file system full alert or the switch port indicated by a utilization alert). Severity integer Indicates the alert severity level, which provides an indication of how the perceived capability of the managed object has been affected. The color of the alert in the event list is controlled by the severity value. Summary varchar(255) The text summary of the cause of the alert. StateChange time An automatically maintained ObjectServer time stamp of the last insertions or update of the alert from any source. FirstOccurrence time The time in seconds (from midnight 1 Jan, 1970) when this alert was created or when polling started at the probe. LastOccurrence time The time when this alert was last updated at the probe. InternalLast time The time when this alert was last updated at the ObjectServer. Poll integer The frequency of polling for this alert in seconds. Type integer The type of alert, that is, 0: not set, 1: problem, 2:resolution, and so on. Tally integer Automatically maintained count of the number of insertions and updates of the alert from any source. This count is affected by deduplication. Class integer The alert class used to identify the probe or vendor from which the alert was generated. Controls the applicability of context-sensitive event list tools. Grade integer Indicates the state of escalation for the alert, that is, 0: not escalated and 1: escalated. Location varchar(64) Indicates the physical location of the device, host, or service for which the alert was generated. OwnerUID integer The user identifier of the user who is assigned to handle this alert. The default is 65534, which is the identifier for the nobody user. Chapter 2. Planning 57
  • 80. Column name Data type Description OwnerGID integer The group identifier of the group that is assigned to handle this alert. Acknowledged integer Indicates whether the alert has been acknowledged (0/1) Flash integer Enables the option to make the event list flash. EventId varchar(255) The event ID (for example, SNMPTRAP-link down). Multiple events can have the same event ID. This is populated by the probe rules file and used by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition. ExpireTime integer The number of seconds until the alert is cleared automatically. Used by the Expire automation. ProcessReq integer Indicates whether the alert should be processed by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition. This is populated by the probe rules file and used by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition. SuppressEscl integer Used to suppress or escalate the alert. Customer varchar(64) The name of the customer affected by this alert. Service varchar(64) The name of the service affected by this alert. PhysicalSlot integer The slot number indicated by the alert. PhysicalPort integer The port number indicated by the alert. PhysicalCard varchar(64) The card name or description indicated by the alert. TaskList integer Indicates whether a user has added the alert to the Task List. Operators can add alerts to the Task List from the event list. NmosSerial varchar(64) The serial number of a suppressed alert. Populated by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition. NmosObjInst integer Populated by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition during alert processing. NmosCauseType integer The alert state, populated by Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition as an integer value, that is, 0: unknown, 1: root cause, or 2: symptom. NmosDomainName varchar(64) The name of the Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition domain that is managing the event. NmosEntityId integer A unique numerical ID that identifies the Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition topology entity with which the event is associated. 58 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 81. Column name Data type Description NmosManagedStatus integer The managed status of the network entity for which the event was raised. Can apply to events from Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition and from any probe. You can use this column to filter out events from interfaces that are not considered relevant. LocalNodeAlias varchar(64) The alias of the network entity indicated by the alert. For network devices or hosts, this is the logical (layer-3) address of the entity, or another logical address that enables direct communication with the device. For use in managed object instance identification. LocalPriObj varchar(255) The primary object referenced by the alert. For use in managed object instance identification. LocalSecObj varchar(255) The secondary object referenced by the alert. For use in managed object instance identification. LocalRootObj varchar(255) An object that is equivalent to the primary object referenced in the alarm. For use in managed object instance identification. RemoteNodeAlias varchar(64) The network address of the remote network entity. For use in managed object instance identification. RemotePriObj varchar(255) The primary object of a remote network entity referenced by an alarm. For use in managed object instance identification. RemoteSecObj varchar(255) The secondary object of a remote network entity referenced by an alarm. For use in managed object instance identification. RemoteRootObj varchar(255) An object that is equivalent to the remote entity's primary object referenced in the alarm. For use in managed object instance identification. X733EventType integer Indicates the alert type 0-10. X733ProbableCause integer Indicates the probable cause of the alert. X733SpecificProb varchar(64) Identifies additional information for the probable cause of the alert. Used by probe rules files to specify a set of identifiers for use in managed object instance identification. X733CorrNotif varchar(255) A listing of all notifications with which this notification is correlated. ServerName varchar(64) The name of the originating ObjectServer. Used by gateways to control propagation of alerts between ObjectServers. Chapter 2. Planning 59
  • 82. Column name Data type Description ServerSerial integer The serial number of the alert on the originating ObjectServer (if it did not originate on this ObjectServer). Used by gateways to control the propagation of alerts between ObjectServers. URL varchar(1024) Optional URL that provides a link to additional information in the vendor's device or Enterprise Network Management System (ENMS). MasterSerial integer Identifies the master ObjectServer if this alert is being processed in a desktop ObjectServer environment. This column is added when you run the database initialization utility nco_dbinit with the -desktopserver option. MasterSerial must be the last column in the alerts.status table if you are using a desktop ObjectServer environment. ExtendedAttr varchar(4096) Holds name-value pairs (of Tivoli Enterprise Console extended attributes) or any other additional information for which no dedicated column exists in the alerts.status table. Use this column only through the nvp_get, nvp_set, and nvp_exists SQL functions. 60 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 83. 3 Chapter 3. Installation This chapter discusses the installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics discussed are: 3.1, “Installation process” on page 62 3.2, “Simnet probe installation” on page 65 3.3, “Installing a FixPack” on page 66 3.4, “Configuration export and import” on page 66 3.5, “Post-implementation customization” on page 68 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 61
  • 84. 3.1 Installation process This section discusses the installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 on a UNIX or Linux server. For a sample of the wizard in Windows, see 4.1.1, “Remote desktop installation” on page 86. The installation path defaults are: UNIX: /opt/netcool Windows: C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcool Perform the following steps: 1. Download the required IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus binaries package C876RML from the IBM Passport advantage site, found at the following address: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom ers.htm Additional support and fixes can be downloaded from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus support site, found at the following address: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D9821 9V85-download.html 2. Put the binaries in an appropriate temporary location and extract the installation package. 3. Run the installation program; in UNIX, it is called INSTALL, and in Windows, it is called setup. There are some options for invoking the installation, such as: -console Forcing the installation to use the console mode. -errorlevel The logging level: debug, info, or warning. -silent Runs the installation in silent mode. Requires the -params option, which defines the XML file that is used as input. -nchome The Netcool home directory for UNIX installation. -help Shows the options for the installation command. 4. The following steps describe the console based installation steps in a UNIX platform. First, invoke the script ./INSTALL -console. If this is the first time you have done this installation for this platform, supply the Netcool home directory, as shown in Example 3-1 on page 63. 62 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 85. Example 3-1 Home directory Please enter installation directory [/opt/netcool]: 1548 blocks . . . Product: Netcool/OMNIbus Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/OMNIbus To continue press [Enter]: 5. Accept the license agreement, as shown in Example 3-2. Example 3-2 License agreement International Program License Agreement Part 1 - General Terms BY DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, COPYING, ACCESSING, OR USING THE PROGRAM YOU AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU ARE ACCEPTING THESE TERMS ON BEHALF OF ANOTHER PERSON OR A COMPANY OR OTHER LEGAL ENTITY, YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE FULL AUTHORITY TO BIND THAT PERSON, COMPANY, OR LEGAL ENTITY TO THESE TERMS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS, - DO NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL, COPY, ACCESS, OR USE THE PROGRAM; AND - PROMPTLY RETURN THE PROGRAM AND PROOF OF ENTITLEMENT TO THE PARTY FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT TO OBTAIN A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT YOU PAID. IF YOU DOWNLOADED THE PROGRAM, CONTACT THE PARTY FROM WHOM YOU ACQUIRED IT. "IBM" is International Business Machines Corporation or one of its subsidiaries. "License Information" ("LI") is a document that provides information Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes Chapter 3. Installation 63
  • 86. 6. Select the required features. Example 3-3 shows that we selected all the features. Example 3-3 Installation feature selection Product: Netcool/OMNIbus SelectFeature ------------- [I] 1) Desktop - Desktop GUI Applications [I] 2) Gateways - ObjectServer Gateways [I] 3) Process Control - Process control and remote execution support. [I] 4) Servers - ObjectServer and Proxy Server [I] 5) Confpack - Confpack configuration backup and transfer tool [I] 6) Administrator - Administrator configuration GUI [I] 7) AEN Client - Accelerated Event Notification Client [I] 8) Local Help System - Local On-line Help System. To use Standalone mode on-line help or start an Infocentre server, this feature must be installed. Select: 1-8) Toggle feature s) Select all features u) Unselect all features i) Install selected features n) Next page (properties configuration) q) Quit Option [i]: i 7. When the installation process completes correctly, you receive the message shown in Example 3-4. Example 3-4 Installation completed Installing product: Netcool/OMNIbus. Product Netcool/OMNIbus installed OK. If there is a problem with the installation, refer to the $NCHOME/log/install/ncisetup.log file for more information. 64 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 87. 3.2 Simnet probe installation IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus is now installed, so now you can install probes. The probes are installed as patches. These probe patches are installed using the $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch command. You can download the Simnet probe from the PassPort Advantage Web site (http://www.ibm.com/software/passportadvantage) using the part number C1BY0EN. Perform the following tasks: 1. Unzip the installation image to a temporary directory. The installation of the probe is performed as a patch. The patch is packaged as a tar.Z file. Do not extract the tar.Z file. 2. Run the nco_patch command to install the simnet probe from the compressed patch tar-ball in temporary directory. 3. Enter yes to install the probe. 4. Wait until the installation is completed Example 3-5 shows the installation process. Example 3-5 Probe installation [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ unzip C1BY0EN.zip Archive: C1BY0EN.zip inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.tar.Z inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.README [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/install/nco_patch omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-simnet-4_0.tar.Z -------------------------- End of README --------------------------- Are you sure you want to install this patch? (y/n)? [default: y] Patch "probe-nco-p-simnet-4" is successfully installed. The nco_patch command has some other options, such as: -remove Removes a patch installation (including a probe). -print Lists the installed patch IDs. Chapter 3. Installation 65
  • 88. 3.3 Installing a FixPack A FixPack for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 can be downloaded from the IBM support site at the following address: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D98219V8 5-download.html The FixPack is installed by running the ncisetup command under the $NCHOME/install directory. The FixPack is installed using the -install option, which points to the FixPack distribution file. A sample installation of FixPack 7.2.0.3 is shown in Example 3-6. Example 3-6 FixPack installation [netcool@omnibus]$ /opt/netcool/install/ncisetup -install 7.2.0.3-TIV-NCOMNIBUS-linux2x86-FP0003.jar-silent Installing product: Netcool/OMNIbus. Product Netcool/OMNIbus installed OK. 3.4 Configuration export and import The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus configuration of an ObjectServer can be exported and then imported to another ObjectServer. This process is very efficient for quickly cloning ObjectServer settings. This process is performed by running the nco_confpack command under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/. The nco_confpack command can be run in the following modes: Create a list of exportable configuration items using the -list option, as shown in Example 3-7 on page 67. You can choose the appropriate configuration that you want to export from the output file. 66 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 89. Example 3-7 nco_confpack -list [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -list -server NCOMS -file /tmp/NCOMS_list -user root [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ cat /tmp/NCOMS_list ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_create_tool ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_class ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_col_visual ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_conv ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_menu ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_object ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_prompt ObjectServer NCOMS Auto audit_config_drop_tool Export the configuration using the -export option, as shown in Example 3-8. The configuration items in the list files are the only configuration items that will be exported. Example 3-8 nco_confpack -export [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -export -file /tmp/NCOMS_list -package /tmp/NCOMS_package -user root Import a configuration into another ObjectServer using the -import option, as shown in Example 3-9. Example 3-9 nco_confpack -import [netcool@omnibus ~]$ $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_confpack -import -package /tmp/NCOMS_package -server NCOMS2 -user root ********************************************************************* * W A R N I N G * * * * This action may overwrite configuration currently in your system. * * * * It is recommended that a backup is made of the current data * * before importing new data. * * * ********************************************************************* Do you want to continue (y/n) [N]? y A related concept to this topic is the backup of an ObjectServer configuration. To back up an ObjectServer database, you can run the following SQL command from a nco_sql or isql interface: alter system backup ‘<backup_path>’; Chapter 3. Installation 67
  • 90. 3.5 Post-implementation customization There are several post-implementation customizations that must be performed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. They are: 3.5.1, “Environmental variables” on page 68 3.5.2, “Directory ownership” on page 69 3.5.4, “Communication configuration” on page 72 3.5.5, “ObjectServer properties” on page 76 3.5.1 Environmental variables The user of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus must have several predefined environment variables set. These variables are typically set on the user’s profile. The easiest method is to modify the /etc/profile file so that all users on the system will have those variables set. A sample modification of /etc/profile is shown in Example 3-10. Example 3-10 Environmental variables for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus NCHOME=/opt/netcool/ OMNIHOME=/opt/netcool/omnibus/ LANG=C PATH=$PATH:/opt/netcool/omnibus/bin:/opt/netcool/netcool/install:/opt/n etcool/bin/ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/netcool/platform/linux2x86/lib/ export NCHOME OMNIHOME LANG PATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH The variables to be set are: NCHOME Home directory of the Netcool installation OMNIHOME Home directory of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus LANG Language convention PATH Executable search path LD_LIBRARY_PATH Dynamic link library loading path in Linux (LIBPATH is used in AIX®) 68 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 91. 3.5.2 Directory ownership On a UNIX/Linux operating system with an ObjectServer installed by the root user, the root user owns the $NCHOME directory. A non-root user is typically used to own and run IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. A typical setup is assigning the Netcool user as a member of the ncoadmin group, acting as the primary administrator with full access to the product functionality. The group can be defined with a specific group ID. Group IDs are defined in /etc/group and user IDs are defined in /etc/passwd. If the group and user can be created, then you should add the root user to the group so it has access to it. Then you should change the file ownership of the $NCHOME path. The commands to perform this task are shown in Example 3-11. Example 3-11 Group creation on UNIX [root@localhost /]# groupadd -g 500 ncoadmin [root@localhost /]# useradd -g ncoadmin netcool [root@localhost /]# usermod -g ncoadmin root 3.5.3 ObjectServer creation and verification Instances of ObjectServer can be created after the installation. To create the ObjectServer tables and information, use the nco_dbinit command, which resides in the $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/ directory. To create an ObjectServer called NCOMS, issue this command: $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit -server NCOMS The options for the ObjectServer can be specified as command-line options or in the property file $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_dbinit.props. The command executes the following SQL files: application.sql This file creates the default tables for the alerts and tools databases. automation.sql This file creates the default trigger groups and triggers. desktop.sql This file specifies default values for the desktop tables, including default colors, conversions, tools, and menus. system.sql This file specifies the security database and tables, and system users, groups, roles, and permissions. You must not edit this file. security.sql This file specifies additional operator and administrator roles. Chapter 3. Installation 69
  • 92. For a Windows system, you can set up the ObjectServer to start as a Windows service using the nco_objserv command from the path %NCHOME%omnibusbin. To install the service, it uses the following options: /install Install a service. /remove Remove a service. /instance Define an optional instance name. The default service name is NCOObjectServer. The instance name is appended after a $ sign after NCOObjectServer /cmdline Define the command line for the service that includes the name of the ObjectServer. /noauto When this option is set, the service will not autostart. To create a service named NCOObjectServer$ABC for an ObjectServer named MyABC, run this command: nco_objserv /install /instance ABC /cmdline "-name MyABC" Starting the ObjectServer manually can be done by running the nco_objserv -name command: $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_objserv -name <ObjectServer name> You can then verify that the ObjectServer is running by using the nco_ping command, as shown in Example 3-12. Example 3-12 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on UNIX [netcool@omnibus ~]$ nco_ping NCOMS NCO_PING: Server available. You can then use the event list application locally using the nco_event command under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin. The initial prompt is for the user name and password. The default user name is root with a blank password. The login window is shown in Figure 3-1 on page 71. 70 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 93. Note: As this is an X Window System application, the DISPLAY environment variable has to be set properly and access is granted from root using the xhost command. Figure 3-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list login window on UNIX Chapter 3. Installation 71
  • 94. Once the user name and password is verified, you are connected to the ObjectServer. There is a limit on the number of event lists that can connect to an ObjectServer. Figure 3-2 shows the event groups. Figure 3-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list window on UNIX Each of the boxes in Figure 3-2 represents different filters of the event list that are available in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The drop-down menus represent the view selection for the events that are retrieved from the particular filter. 3.5.4 Communication configuration Communication between components are set in the interface file. The setting is different for UNIX or Linux and for Windows systems. 72 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 95. On UNIX or Linux The communication configuration for a UNIX or Linux server includes changing the interface file. If the host name is resolvable to an IP address, edit the interface definition file $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat and replace omnihost with local servers host name. If the host name is not resolvable to an IP address, replace omnihost with the appropriate IPv4 or IPv6 address and port. Ensure that the port you define is not used from the output of the netstat -an command. Our definition file is shown in Example 3-13. Once you update the file, you can run the nco_igen command under $NCHOME/bin to redefine the interface file. The definition is for two separate ObjectServers. Example 3-13 Interface definitions file for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus [NCOMS] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100 } [NCOMS2] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4200 } To define the above ObjectServers as a failover pair (virtual ObjectServer), define it as shown in Example 3-14. Example 3-14 Interface definition file for virtual ObjectServer [NCOMS] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100 Backup: 9.42.170.132 4200 } Chapter 3. Installation 73
  • 96. Alternatively you can use the graphical interface (run nco_xigen to open it) to perform this update, as shown in Figure 3-3. Figure 3-3 The nco_xigen window 74 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 97. On Windows On a Windows platform, you set the communication configuration in the Netcool Server Editor. Select All Programs → Netcool OMNIBUS → System Utilities → Server Editor. The window shown in Figure 3-4 opens. Figure 3-4 Interface definitions tool for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus on Windows Chapter 3. Installation 75
  • 98. You can define and test the ObjectServer. If you do, you should get the message “Server available”, as shown in Figure 3-5. Figure 3-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus availability test on Windows 3.5.5 ObjectServer properties ObjectServer properties are stored in the file $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/<servername>.props. You can change the settings for the ObjectServer properties in the SQL interactive interface by running the ALTER SYSTEM SET SQL command, or by editing the properties file and restarting ObjectServer. 76 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 99. You can query the catalog.properties table to view information about the ObjectServer properties. The available properties are listed in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 ObjectServer properties Property Description AlertSecurityModel integer This property determines whether group row level security is enforced in the event list. By default, group row level security is disabled (0). In this case: A member of the Normal group can modify a row that is assigned to themselves or the nobody user. A member of the Administrator group can modify a row that is assigned to themselves, the nobody user, or a member of the Normal group. If the AlertSecurityModel property is enabled (1), only users in the group that owns the row can modify the row. In this case, a member of the Normal or Administrator group can modify a row that is assigned to a group of which they are a member. A member of the System group can always modify any row. AllowConnections TRUE | FALSE Specifies whether non-root users can connect to the ObjectServer. If FALSE, no new connections to the ObjectServer are allowed. The default is TRUE. AllowISQL TRUE | FALSE Specifies whether connections to the ObjectServer are allowed using the SQL interactive interface. If FALSE, no user can connect using nco_sql. The default is TRUE. If TRUE, this can be enabled for each user using the Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator. AllowISQLWrite TRUE | FALSE Specifies whether modifications to the ObjectServer are allowed using the SQL interactive interface. If FALSE, no user can modify the ObjectServer using nco_sql. The default is TRUE. If TRUE, this can be enabled for each user using the Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator. AllowTimedRefresh TRUE | FALSE This property determines whether the user can enable a timed refresh in the Refresh tab of the Event List Preferences window. If TRUE, the event list preferences can be set to allow alert information to be updated at a specified interval rather than waiting for notification of updates from the ObjectServer. The default is FALSE. If FALSE, the timed refresh check box is grayed out in the Refresh tab of the Event List Preferences window and timed refresh is disabled. Auto.Debug TRUE | FALSE If TRUE, automation debugging is enabled. The default is FALSE. Chapter 3. Installation 77
  • 100. Property Description Auto.Enabled TRUE | FALSE If TRUE, automations are enabled. The default is TRUE. Auto.StatsInterval integer Specifies the interval in seconds at which the automation system collects statistics. The default is 60. Statistics are gathered unless the -autoenabled command-line option is set to FALSE, which disables all automations. Auto.StatsLogfile string Specifies the log file to which the automation system writes statistics. By default, the trigger statistics are logged to the file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/ servername_trigger_stats.logn. BackupObjectServer TRUE | FALSE Provides failback capability with desktop clients, probes, the proxy server, and the ObjectServer Gateway. The default is FALSE; the desktop clients, probes, the proxy server, and gateways are assumed to be connected to a primary ObjectServer. When TRUE, the desktop clients, probes, the proxy server, and gateways are made aware that they are connected to the backup ObjectServer in a failover pair. If this is the case, the desktop clients, probes, the proxy server, and gateways will automatically check for the recovery of the primary ObjectServer in the failover pair and switch back (fail back) when it has restarted. ClientHeartbeatDisable TRUE | FALSE Disables the client heartbeating system if set to TRUE. This causes a connected client to time out if the ObjectServer is busy, for example, during a gateway resynchronization or an automation. The default FALSE setting enables heartbeating, and prevents invalid and unnecessary client timeouts. If the ObjectServer is active but busy, this setting causes the ObjectServer to send a message to a connected client, with details of the type of processing in progress. ClientHeartbeatRate integer Sets the rate in seconds of a client heartbeat. This rate defines how long a client should wait for a response from the ObjectServer before timing out. The default value is 10. Connections integer Sets the maximum number of available connections for desktop clients, probes, and gateways. The default value is 30. Up to two connections may be used by the system. DeleteLogFile string The path and name of the delete log file, where all delete commands are recorded if delete logging is enabled. By default, deletes are logged to the file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/ servername_deletes_file.logn. DeleteLogging TRUE | FALSE When TRUE, delete logging is enabled. The default is FALSE. 78 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 101. Property Description DeleteLogLevel integer The log level determines how much information is sent to the delete log file. Possible settings are: <0: No logging. 0: Client type (application ID; for example, ctisql for nco_sql) and SQL executed. This is the default log level. 1: Time, user ID, client type, and SQL executed. DeleteLogSize integer The maximum size of the delete log file. When the log file servername_deletes_file.log1 reaches the specified size, it is renamed servername_deletes_file.log2 and a new log file, servername_deletes_file.log1, is created. When the new file reaches its maximum size, the older file is deleted and the process repeats. The output from a single delete command is never split between log files. Therefore, log files may be larger than the specified size. The default log file size is 1024 KB. DTMaxTopRows integer The maximum number of rows that an administrator can specify when using the View Builder to restrict the number of rows an event list user can view. The default is 100. GWDeduplication integer This property controls the behavior when there is an attempt to reinsert an existing event in the ObjectServer. Possible values are: 0: When set to this value (the default): – If the client is not a gateway, the Tally field is incremented. – The LastOccurrence, Summary, and AlertKey fields are updated with the new values and the StateChange and InternalLast fields are updated with the current time. – If the new Severity is greater than 0 (clear) and the old Severity was 0, the alert is also updated with the new Severity value. 1: If the client is a gateway, the new event replaces the old event. 2: If the client is a gateway, the new event is ignored. 3: When set to this value: – For all clients, the Tally field is incremented. – The LastOccurrence, Summary, and AlertKey fields are updated with the new values and the StateChange and InternalLast fields are updated with the current time. – If the new Severity is greater than 0 (clear) and the old Severity was 0, the alert is also updated with the new Severity value. Chapter 3. Installation 79
  • 102. Property Description Granularity integer Controls the update interval, in seconds, of IDUC broadcasts to desktops and gateways. Reducing this value increases the update rate to the clients. The default interval is 60 seconds. Iduc.ListeningHostname string Sets a host name for clients to use to locate the ObjectServer. On systems where DNS is used, the name returned by a host machine internally may not be the name by which it is referred to in the network. For example, a machine named “sfo” may actually be identified in the network as sfo.bigcorp.org. To allow clients to connect to the ObjectServer on sfo, set this property to sfo.bigcorp.org. The default is the name of the local machine, as reported by the hostname command. Iduc.ListeningPort integer Sets the port for the IDUC communication connection. This is the port on which the ObjectServer sends updates to each event list and gateway. If not specified, the IDUC port is selected by the ObjectServer at random from the unused port numbers available. The default is 0, that is, take the next available port. You can also specify the port in the /etc/services file on the host machine. Ipc.SSLCertificate string Specifies the path to the SSL certificate. The default is $NCHOME/etc/servername.crt. For more information about setting up a Netcool system using SSL communications, refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370. Ipc.SSLEnable TRUE | FALSE Enables SSL communications. For more information about setting up a Netcool system using SSL communications, refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370. Ipc.SSLPrivateKeyPassword string Specifies the SSL private key password. The default is ''. For more information about setting up a Netcool system using SSL communications, refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370. MaxLogFileSize integer Specifies the maximum size the log file can grow to, in kilobytes. The default is 1024 KB. Once it reaches the size specified, the servername.log file is renamed servername.log_OLD and a new log file is started. When the new file reaches the maximum size, it is renamed and the process starts again. 80 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 103. Property Description MessageLevel string Specifies the message logging level. Possible values are debug, info, warn, error, and fatal. The default level is warn. MessageLog string Specifies the path to which messages are logged. The default is $NCHOME/omnibus/log/NCOMS.log. On Windows, if the system cannot write to the specified log file (for example, as the result of a fatal error), it writes the error to a file named %NCHOME%omnibuslogerr. The ObjectServer must be running as a service; otherwise, it cannot write errors to a file. PA.Name string Sets the process control agent name. This name must consist of 11 or fewer uppercase letters. When an external procedure is run from an automation, the ObjectServer can start an external process. To start the process, the ObjectServer contacts a process control agent. The default name for the process control agent is NCO_PA. This option is supported on both UNIX and Windows platforms. PA.Password string Specifies the password for the user connecting to a process control agent to run external procedures in automations. The default is ''. If running external procedures in Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, the process control daemon must be able to authenticate the user. Therefore, a valid combination, which can be authenticated by the daemon, must be specified in the string values for PA.Username and PA.Password. Otherwise, the connection to the process control agent, as well as the execution of the external procedure, will fail. This option is only supported on UNIX platforms. PA.Username string Specifies the user name for connecting to a process control agent to run external procedures in automations. A value must be specified when the process control agent is running in secure mode. The default is root. Any user who requires access to the process control system must be a member of a UNIX user group (the default is ncoadmin) that you identify as an administrative group for this purpose. This option is only supported on UNIX platforms. ProfileStatsInterval integer Specifies the interval in seconds at which the profiler writes information to the profile log file. The default is 60 seconds. Chapter 3. Installation 81
  • 104. Property Description Profile TRUE | FALSE Controls ObjectServer profiling. If TRUE, the amount of time it takes for clients to execute SQL is logged to the catalog.profiles table. The default is FALSE. The profile statistics are also logged to the file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/ servername_profiler_report.logn file every profile statistics interval. Props.CheckNames TRUE | FALSE When TRUE, the ObjectServer does not run if any specified property is invalid. The default is TRUE. RegexpLibrary string Defines which regular expression library to use for the ObjectServer. Possible values are NETCOOL and TRE. The default value of NETCOOL is useful for single-byte character processing and is recommended for optimal system performance. To enable the use of the extended regular expression syntax on single-byte and multi-byte character languages, set the value to TRE. Note that this setting results in decreased system performance. RestrictionUpdateCheck TRUE | FALSE When FALSE, users with restriction filters applied can update alerts that will not appear in their view after the update. The default is TRUE. RestrictPasswords TRUE | FALSE When TRUE, passwords must conform to the following restrictions: The password must consist of at least eight characters. The password must contain at least one numeric character. The password must contain at least one alphabetic character. The default is FALSE. RestrictProxySQL TRUE | FALSE When TRUE, connections from a proxy server are restricted by the ObjectServer SQL commands that can be executed. The only modifications to ObjectServer data that can be made are inserts into the alerts.status and alerts.details tables. The default is FALSE. If FALSE, connections from a proxy server can execute any ObjectServer SQL commands. Sec.AuditLevel string Specifies the level of security auditing performed. Possible values are debug, info, warn, and error. The default is warn. The debug and info levels generate messages for authentication successes and failures, while warn and error levels generate messages for authentication failures only. Sec.AuditLog string Specifies the file to which audit information is written. The default is $NCHOME/omnibus/log/servername/ audit.log. 82 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 105. Property Description Sec.UsePam TRUE | FALSE If TRUE and enabled for the user, external authorization can be used. The default is TRUE. For more information about PAM, refer to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370. SecureMode TRUE | FALSE Sets the security mode of the ObjectServer. If TRUE, the ObjectServer authenticates probe, gateway, and proxy server connection requests with a user name and encrypted password. Other client connection requests are always authenticated with a user name and password. Store.LocalizedSort TRUE | FALSE Defines whether localized sorting is enabled or disabled. The default is FALSE, which disables localized sorting in favor of standard C library (libc) string comparisons. For example, Å will be treated as a variant of A and the two characters will sort near each other. Use this default setting for optimal system performance. Set the value to TRUE to enable localized sorting. For example, in a Danish locale, Å will be treated as a separate letter that sorts just after Z. Note that specifying this setting results in decreased system performance. UniqueLog TRUE | FALSE If TRUE, the log file is uniquely named by appending the process ID of the ObjectServer to the default log file name. For example, if the NCOMS ObjectServer is running as process 1234, the log file is named $NCHOME/omnibus/log/ NCOMS.1234.log. If the MessageLog property is set to sttderr or stdout, the UniqueLog property is ignored. Chapter 3. Installation 83
  • 106. 84 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 107. 4 Chapter 4. Configuration This chapter discuss the configuration of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics discussed are: 4.1, “Components configuration” on page 86 4.2, “Security configuration” on page 106 4.3, “ObjectServer customization” on page 117 4.4, “Probe configuration” on page 144 4.5, “ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication” on page 154 4.6, “Accelerated Event Notification client” on page 159 4.7, “IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer V7.2” on page 171 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 85
  • 108. 4.1 Components configuration This section discusses the configuration of the following components: 4.1.1, “Remote desktop installation” on page 86 4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on page 91 4.1.3, “Process agent configuration” on page 100 4.1.4, “Startup script” on page 104 4.1.1 Remote desktop installation When the operators want to have access to an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list from their workstation, you need to install a remote desktop application to meet their wishes. This procedure is performed by using the standard IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation image, but you only need to install the desktop component. The following steps shows the Windows installation wizard for this installation: 1. Unzip and run the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus install package named setup.exe. The window shown in Figure 4-1 opens. Click Next. Figure 4-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation 2. Accept the license agreement shown in Figure 4-2 on page 87. Click Next. 86 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 109. Figure 4-2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation License Agreement 3. Choose the installation directory, as shown in Figure 4-3. Click Next. Figure 4-3 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation home location Chapter 4. Configuration 87
  • 110. 4. Select the necessary components. For a remote desktop, you only select the Desktop component, as shown in Figure 4-4. Click Next. Figure 4-4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus features selection 5. In the installation summary window shown in Figure 4-5 on page 89, click the Install button. 88 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 111. Figure 4-5 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation 6. Reboot the machine at the end of the installation after clicking Finish, as shown in Figure 4-6. Figure 4-6 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus installation complete Chapter 4. Configuration 89
  • 112. 7. After the reboot, start the Server Editor by selecting All Programs → Netcool Suite → Server Editor. Create an entry for the ObjectServer in the Server Editor window on the remote desktop, as shown in Figure 4-7. If failover is enabled, then you must also specify the backup ObjectServer. Figure 4-7 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Server Editor 8. Launch the event list by selecting Start → All Programs → Netcool Suite → Event List and log into the ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 4-8. Figure 4-8 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Event List login window 9. The desktop is shown in Figure 4-9 on page 91. 90 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 113. Figure 4-9 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Windows Even list default window 4.1.2 Gateway configuration Gateways allows communication between IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus and external components, such as other ObjectServer or third-party applications. The gateway can operate in one of two modes: audit mode and reporter mode. You only need to run the gateway in reporter mode if you want the gateway to run with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Reporter. The mode in which the gateway runs is determined by the ODBC.ODBCGWType property in the properties file. Gateways also allow the copying of information besides alerts, such as user and group lists. This section discusses the configuration of an uni-directional gateway. Perform the following steps: 1. Create a directory for the gateway files that indicates the gateway name. This example assumes that the gateway name would be UNI_GATE, so the directory is $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE. Chapter 4. Configuration 91
  • 114. 2. Copy all files from the original gateway directory under $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/. In our scenario, this would be objserv_uni or objserv_bi to $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE. The files for an uni-directional gateway are: – objserv_uni.props – objserv_uni.map – objserv_uni.reader.tblrep.def – objserv_uni.startup.cmd 3. Rename all the copied files so that they match the unique name of the gateway UNI_GATE.*. The file list then becomes: – UNI_GATE.props – UNI_GATE.map – UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def – UNI_GATE.startup.cmd 4. Edit the UNI_GATE.props file and modify the properties to what is shown in Example 4-1. Example 4-1 UNI_GATE.props Name : 'UNI_GATE' PropsFile : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.props' Gate.MapFile : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.map' Gate.StartupCmdFile : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.startup.cmd' Gate.Reader.Server : 'NCOMS' Gate.Reader.TblReplicateDefFile : '$OMNIHOME/gates/UNI_GATE/UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def' Gate.Writer.Server : 'NCOMS2' Some common properties are listed in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 Common gateway properties Property name Description Gate.Java.Arguments string Use this property to specify the Java arguments. Gate.Java.ClassPath string Use this property to specify the path to the third-party and user-defined Java classes that create the required JVM™ environment. Gate.Java.Debug string Use this property to specify whether the debugging option is enabled for the JVM environment. Gate.Java.LibraryPath string Use this property to specify the path to the library files for the required JVM environment. 92 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 115. Property name Description Gate.Mapper.Debug string Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes mapper debug messages in the debug log. Gate.Mapper.Forward HistoricDetails string Use this property to specify whether the gateway forwards all historic details after a converted update. Gate.Mapper.Forward HistoricJournals Use this property to specify whether the gateway forwards string all historic journals after a converted update. Gate.Reader.Debug string Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes gateway reader debug messages in the debug log. Gate.Reader. Description string Use this property to specify the application description for the reader connection. This description is used in triggers and allows you to determine which component of the gateway attempted to perform an action. Gate.Reader.Details TableName string Use this property to specify the name of the details table that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.details. Gate.Reader.Failback Enabled string Use this property to specify whether failback is enabled for the ObjectServer. Gate.Reader.Failback Timeout integer Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the gateway reader waits before entering failback mode. Gate.Reader.Iduc FlushRate integer Use this property to specify the rate (in seconds) of the granularity of the reader. If you set this property to 0, the reader gets its updates at the same granular rate as that of the ObjectServer to which it is connected. Gate.Reader.Journal TableName string Use this property to specify the name of the journal table that the gateway reads. Gate.Reader.LogOSSql string Use this property to specify whether the gateway logs all SQL commands sent to the ObjectServer in debug mode. Gate.Reader.Password string Use this property to specify the password associated with the user specified by the Gate.Reader.Username property. Gate.Reader. ReconnectTimeout string Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between each reconnection poll attempt that the gateway makes if the connection to the ObjectServer is lost. Gate.Reader.Server string Use this property to specify the name of the ObjectServer from which the gateway reads alerts. Gate.Reader. StatusTableName string Use this property to specify the name of the status table that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.status. Chapter 4. Configuration 93
  • 116. Property name Description Gate.Reader. TblReplicateDefFile string Use this property to specify the path to the table replication definition file. Gate.Reader.Username string Use this property to specify the user name that is used to authenticate the ObjectServer connection. Gate.XMLGateway. Debug string Use this property to specify whether the debug log includes the debug messages of the Message Bus Gateway. Gate.XMLGateway. FailbackEnabled string Use this property to specify whether failback is enabled for the Message Bus Gateway. Gate.XMLGateway. FailbackTimeout string Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the Message Bus Gateway awaits before entering failback mode. Gate.XML Gateway.MessageID string Use this property to specify the message ID for the Message Bus Gateway. The message ID determines which transformation is required; the message ID will either be a hardcoded value or @col_name, which then uses the value of the column specified as the ID to decide which transformation is required. Gate.XMLGateway. ReconnectTimeout Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between string each reconnection poll attempt if the XML gateway loses the connection to the ObjectServer. Gate.XMLGateway. TransformerFile string Use this property to specify the path to the transformer file. Gate.XMLGateway. TransportFile string Use this property to specify the path to the transport file. Gate.XMLGateway. TransportType Use this property either to specify the transport method to be used (JMS or file) or to define the name of the transport module class to use. Additional bi-directional gateway properties are listed in Table 4-2. These properties are prefixed by Gate.ObjectServerA or Gate.ObjectServerB. Each represents the source or target ObjectServer. Table 4-2 Bi-directional gateway properties Property name Description Buffersize integer Use this property to specify the number of entries that the gateway stores in the buffer for this ObjectServer before flushing, if buffering is enabled. This property can be used to fine-tune the efficiency of the gateway. The default is 25. 94 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 117. Property name Description Debug Boolean Use this property to specify whether the gateway includes debug messages for this ObjectServer in the gateway debug log. The default is TRUE. DeleteIfNoDedup Boolean Use this property to specify whether a deletion is applied if the gateway forwards deletes. The default is FALSE. Description string Use this property to specify an application description for the connection to ObjectServer A. This description is used in triggers and allows you to determine which component of the gateway attempted to perform an action. The default is " ". FailbackEnabled Boolean Use this property to enable failback for this ObjectServer. The default is FALSE. FailbackTimeout integer Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) that the gateway allows before checking for the return of the master ObjectServer and failing back. The default is 30. LogOSSql Boolean Use this property to specify whether the gateway logs all SQL commands sent to this ObjectServer in debug mode. The default is FALSE. Password string Use this property to specify the password associated with the user specified by the Username property. The default is " ". ReconnectTimeout integer Use this property to specify the time (in seconds) between each reconnection poll attempt if the connection to this ObjectServer is lost. The default is 30. RefreshCacheOnUpdate Use this property to specify how the hash table cache is refreshed for this Boolean ObjectServer. The default is FALSE. SAF Boolean Use this property to specify whether the gateway stores all table entries if the destination ObjectServer is unavailable and to forward them when the ObjectServer becomes available again. The default is FALSE. SAFFile string Use this property to specify the name of the file that the gateway uses to store table entries while the destination ObjectServer is unavailable. The default is $OMNIHOME/var/objserv_bi/ NCO_GATE_ObjectServerA.store. Serverstring Use this property to specify the name of this ObjectServer. The default is NCOMS. Username string Use this property to specify the user name that is used to authenticate connection to this ObjectServer. This user name is used to establish both the writer’s IDUC connection and the subsidiary SQL command connection. The default is root. TblReplicateDefFile string Use this property to specify the path to the table replication definition file. The default is $OMNIHOME/gates/objserv_bi/ objserv_bi.objectservera.tblrep.def. Chapter 4. Configuration 95
  • 118. Property name Description StatusTableName string Use this property to specify the name of the status table that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.status. JournalTableName string Use this property to specify the name of the journal table that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.journal. DetailsTableName string Use this property to specify the name of the details table that the gateway reads. The default is alerts.details. IDUCFlushRate integer Use this property to specify the rate (in seconds) of the granularity of the reader. If you set this property to 0, the reader gets its updates at the same granular rate as that of the ObjectServer to which it is connected. The default is 0. 5. Define the actions that are used to specify a command that is run after an event has been processed by the gateway. This is specified using the statement AFTER IDUC DO. 6. Edit the interface definition file omni.dat and add the entry for the gateway, as shown in Example 4-2. Example 4-2 Additions to the interface definitions file [UNIGATE] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4300 } 7. Regenerate the interface file by running nco_igen. 8. Edit the UNI_GATE.map file and the UNI_GATE.reader.tblrep.def file, and modify the entries to define which ObjectServer tables and fields are accessed by the gateway. Consider the sequence and modification of the alerts.status tables, as they must match exactly. A special field is defined for a desktop ObjectServer mapping, which is called MasterSerial, which refers to the master ObjectServer to which the desktop ObjectServer is pointing. A sample mapping of the alerts.status table is shown in Example 4-3 on page 97. 96 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 119. Example 4-3 Sample mapping CREATE MAPPING StatusMap ( 'Identifier' = '@Identifier' ON INSERT ONLY, 'Node' = '@Node' ON INSERT ONLY, 'NodeAlias' = '@NodeAlias' ON INSERT ONLY, ... 'ServerName' = '@ServerName' ON INSERT ONLY, 'ServerSerial' = '@ServerSerial' ON INSERT ONLY, 'MasterSerial' = '@Serial' ON INSERT ONLY ); 9. Start a ObjectServer gateway. The executable for the uni-directional gateway is nco_g_objserv_uni, while the executable for the bi-directional gateway is nco_g_objserv_bi. The gateway executable accept these parameters: -name For the gateway name (UNI_GATE in our example) -propsfile The property file UNI_GATE.props in $NCHOME/omnibus/gates/UNI_GATE/. 10.All gateway and client connections can be queried from the ObjectServer database. Using nco_sql, all connections are can be queried from the catalog.connections table. Chapter 4. Configuration 97
  • 120. 11.Verify that the gateway is working by deleting and or modifying an event on the one ObjectServer and checking to see that the modification is made on the other ObjectServer: a. Open two separate event lists on both servers, as shown in Figure 4-10. Figure 4-10 AEL on both servers 98 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 121. b. Delete an event on the first server, as shown in Figure 4-11. Figure 4-11 AEL on NCOMS Chapter 4. Configuration 99
  • 122. c. Check that the modification is passed to the other ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 4-12 Figure 4-12 AEL on NCOMS2 4.1.3 Process agent configuration If you use the process agent (sometimes called process control), operating IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus components becomes easier, as the startup and shutdown of the component is controlled by the process agent. This section discusses the configuration of the process agent: 1. Open the $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf file under the nco_process stanza, and verify and match the name of the ObjectServer definition, as shown in Example 4-4 on page 101. 100 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 123. Example 4-4 nco_pa.conf, nco_process nco_process 'MasterObjectServer' { Command '$OMNIHOME/bin/nco_objserv -name NCOMS -pa NCO_PA' run as 0 Host = 'omnibus' Managed = True RestartMsg = '${NAME} running as ${EUID} has been restored on ${HOST}.' AlertMsg = '${NAME} running as ${EUID} has died on ${HOST}.' RetryCount = 0 ProcessType = PaPA_AWARE } 2. Under the nco_routing stanza that defines the communication and authentication to a process agent (remote and local) (shown in Example 4-5): – Set the Host value to the host name of the local machine. – Set the user and password values under nco_routing if using secure mode; the user must belong to the ncoadmin group. Note: The password should then be encrypted using the nco_pa_crypt command. Example 4-5 nco_pa.conf, nco_routing nco_routing { host 'omnibus' 'NCO_PA' 'user' 'password' } Chapter 4. Configuration 101
  • 124. 3. The nco_service definition specifies the services that the process agent must manage. A sample nco_service definition is shown in Example 4-6. Example 4-6 Sample nco_service nco_service 'Omnibus' { ServiceType = Master ServiceStart = Non-Auto process 'ObjectServer' NONE process 'Proxy' 'ObjectServer' process 'Probe' 'Proxy' process 'Probe-1' 'ObjectServer' process 'Sleep' 5 } Where: nco_service Defines the name of the service. Each service name must be unique within the process control network. ServiceType Defines whether this service should be started before all other services and handled as the master service upon which other services depend. This can be set as either Master or Non-Master. ServiceStart This can be set to Auto to start the service as soon as nco_pad has started, and Non-Auto if the service must be started manually with the nco_pa_start command. process Each process entry defines a process that must be run as part of the service. The second and subsequent entries represents the process dependencies, so a process cannot start unless another is already running. You would typically start the ObjectServers, then gateways and then the probes. 4. Add an entry to the interface file $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for nco_pa and run nco_igen. The entry is shown in Example 4-7. Example 4-7 omni.dat gateway configuration [NCO_PA] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4400 } 5. Start the process agent by running nco_pad under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/. The resulting messages are shown in Example 4-8 on page 103. 102 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 125. Example 4-8 nco_pad Netcool/OMNIbus Process Agent Daemon - Version 7.2 Netcool/OMNIbus PA API Library Version 7.2 Sybase Server-Library Release: 15.0 Server Settings : Name of server : NCO_PA Path of used log file : /opt/netcool//omnibus/log/NCO_PA.log Configuration File : /opt/netcool//omnibus/etc/nco_pa.conf Child Output File : /dev/null Maximum logfile size : 1024 Thread stack size : 69632 Message Pool size : 45568 PID Message Pool size : 50 Rogue Process Timeout : 30 Truncate Log : False Instantiate server to daemon : True Internal API Checking : False No Configuration File : False Start Auto-start services : True Authentication System : UNIX Trace Net library : False Trace message queues : False Trace event queues : False Trace TDS packets : False Trace mutex locks : False Host DNS name : omnibus PID file (from $OMNIHOME) : ./var/nco_pa.pid Kill Process group : False Secure Mode : False Administration Group Name. : ncoadmin Forking to a Daemon Process............. 6. Verify the status of the process agent. Run nco_pa_status under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/; you can qualify the status by selecting the ObjectServer name by using the -server parameter. You should also identify yourself with the authority to access the server by using the -user parameter. The user specified must be a member of ncoadmin and can be authenticated on the operating system level by process agent (which is usually run by root). Chapter 4. Configuration 103
  • 126. 7. Manually kill one of the running ObjectServer processes using the kill command. 8. Run nco_pa_status again to verify that the killed process is running with a different process ID, as shown in Example 4-9. This verifies that the process agent restarts the killed process. Example 4-9 nco_pa_status [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_pa_status -user netcool Login Password: ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Service Name Process Name Hostname User Status PID ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Core MasterObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 29487 SecondaryObjectServeromnibus netcool RUNNING 29488 BackupObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 29491 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- [netcool@omnibus etc]$ kill -TERM 29487 [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_pa_status -user netcool Login Password: ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Service Name Process Name Hostname User Status PID ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Core MasterObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 29690 SecondaryObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 29488 BackupObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 29491 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Errors in the process agent can be found in the log file in $NCHOME/omnibus/log/<pa_name>.log. 4.1.4 Startup script Once the customization of the components are done, we can define the startup script that allows the processes to be started automatically when the server starts. Perform the following steps: 1. Execute the start-up script $NCHOME/omnibus/install/startup/<arch>install, which allows the definition for the process agent to start automatically when the system starts. This is described in Example 4-10 on page 105. Be sure to: – Input/verify the process agent name. – Select secure mode or not. – Enter a value for the netcool_license_file variable. 104 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 127. Example 4-10 Startup script installation [root@omnibus startup]# cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/install/startup [root@omnibus startup]# ./linux2x86install This script copies a startup script into the /etc/init.d directory to enable you to automatically start and stop Netcool/OMNIbus processes. It does this by: Copying linux2x86/etc/rc.d/init.d/nco to /etc/init.d/nco Running "/sbin/chkconfig --add nco" Do you wish to continue (y/n)? [y] y Name of the Process Agent Daemon [NCO_PA]: Should NCO_PA run in secure mode (y/n)? [y] n Enter value for environment variable NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE if required [27000@localhost]: Scripts installed. 2. Modify some of the environment variables for the startup script nco, as shown in Example 4-11. Example 4-11 The nco startup script variables # Variables that can be changed START_NCO=Y # Start nco_pad NCHOME=/opt/netcool/ # Set directory for $NCHOME OMNIHOME=/opt/netcool/omnibus # Set directory for $OMNIHOME NCO_PA="NCO_PA" # Set Process Agent's name SECURE=n # Y/N run Process Agent in secure mode NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE=27000@localhost # Points to flex license server export NCHOME OMNIHOME NCO_PA NETCOOL_LICENSE_FILE 3. The startup script nco must be linked to the different run levels on the system, as shown in Example 4-12. Example 4-12 Startup symbolic links [root@omnibus etc]# cd /etc/ [root@omnibus etc]# ls -l rc?.d/*nco* lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc0.d/K65nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc1.d/K65nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc2.d/K65nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc3.d/S81nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc4.d/K65nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc5.d/S81nco -> ../init.d/nco lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 May 28 21:59 rc6.d/K65nco -> ../init.d/nco Chapter 4. Configuration 105
  • 128. 4. Verify the operation of the startup script by running the nco script, as shown in Example 4-13. Be sure to: – Run the command /etc/init.d/nco start and verify that the process agent has started. – Run /etc/init.d/nco stop and verify that process agent (nco_pad) has stopped. Example 4-13 nco start and nco_pa_status command [root@omnibus etc]# /etc/init.d/nco start Netcool/OMNIbus : Starting Process Control ... [ OK ] [root@omnibus etc]# /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA Login Password: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Service Name Process Name Hostname User Status PID ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Core MasterObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 30044 SecondaryObjectServeromnibus netcool RUNNING 30046 BackupObjectServer omnibus netcool RUNNING 30047 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [root@omnibus etc]# /etc/init.d/nco stop Netcool/OMNIbus : Stopping Process Control ... [ OK ] [root@omnibus etc]# /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_pa_status -server NCO_PA Login Password: May 28 22:02:17 2009: Error: Failed to make a connection to NCO_PA. When all IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus processes are run under the process agent, you must start and stop them using the nco_pa_start and nco_pa_stop commands; otherwise, the process agent would always attempt to maintain the state of execution of the process. Non-OMNIbus processes that are defined under process agent may fail, as they are not aware of the process agent control or some environment variables may be missing. 4.2 Security configuration Security configuration in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus concerns defining users, groups and roles. The discussion includes: 4.2.1, “Role creation” on page 107 4.2.2, “Group creation” on page 112 4.2.3, “User creation” on page 115 Note: User, group, and role names can be any text string up to 64 characters in length and can include spaces. 106 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 129. 4.2.1 Role creation Roles define the authority that a user or a group is allowed in order to access a facility in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. To create a role, perform the following steps: 1. Within the Configuration Manager, click the Users tab, as shown in Figure 4-13. Figure 4-13 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Roles tab Chapter 4. Configuration 107
  • 130. 2. To create a role, click the Add New Role icon ( ). The New Role tab is shown in Figure 4-14. Figure 4-14 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator New Role tab 108 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 131. 3. Assign role permissions, as shown in Figure 4-15. Figure 4-15 Permission tab Chapter 4. Configuration 109
  • 132. 4. Click the new authority icon ( ) and select an existing object, as shown in Figure 4-16. Figure 4-16 Permission Objects 5. The new permission object is shown in Figure 4-17 on page 111. You can then set the appropriate authorization. The authorization are similar to SQL authorization, such as SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, DROP, ALTER, and so on. 110 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 133. Figure 4-17 Permissions tab 6. Click OK and your new role is completed. Chapter 4. Configuration 111
  • 134. 4.2.2 Group creation Groups can also be created to provide role mapping for the individual user. In this case, users do not need to be assigned an individual role, because it would make administration difficult. To create a group in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, perform the following steps: 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, click the Users tab and then click Groups, as shown in Figure 4-18. Figure 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Groups tab 112 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 135. 2. Click the Add Group icon ( ). The Group Details window opens, as shown in Figure 4-19. Be sure to: – Assign a name to the group. – Assign an unused Group ID. – Assign a Role. Figure 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator adding groups Chapter 4. Configuration 113
  • 136. 3. You can assign a Restriction Filter, as shown in Figure 4-20. Figure 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Restriction Filter tab 4. Click OK. The group is now created. 114 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 137. 4.2.3 User creation User creation is defined within IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The procedure for creating a user is as follows: 1. In the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select User → Users, as shown in Figure 4-21. Figure 4-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator windows Users tab Chapter 4. Configuration 115
  • 138. 2. Click the Add User icon ( ) in the toolbar. The Add User window opens, as shown in Figure 4-22. Be sure to: – Enter a Username and select an unused User ID. – Enter a FullName. – Check the Create Conversion check box Figure 4-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator Add User 3. In the Groups tab, double-click Administrator to assign the administrator role. Click OK. 116 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 139. 4.3 ObjectServer customization Once the ObjectServer is created and running, there are several customizations that can be performed. They are: 4.3.1, “View creation” on page 117 4.3.2, “Filters definition” on page 120 4.3.3, “Menu creation” on page 124 4.3.4, “Database field definition” on page 128 4.3.5, “Tool definition” on page 133 4.3.6, “Trigger creation” on page 140 4.3.7, “Class creation” on page 143 4.3.1 View creation Depending on your requirements, an additional event view may be needed. This section describes view creation. Chapter 4. Configuration 117
  • 140. Perform the following steps: 1. From the Event list shown in Figure 4-23, launch View Builder by clicking the button. Figure 4-23 Event List window 2. In the View Builder window (Figure 4-24 on page 119), select File → New and: – Enter a view name. – In the Display Columns section, select the fields from Available Field. We choose Node, Severity, and Summary. – In the Sort Columns section, select the fields from Available Sort Fields pane and choose the order. We choose to sort by Severity in descending order. – The Restrict Row function limits the number of displayed rows. – The Set from Event List check box, when checked, would prevent the Restrict Row function from being overridden. 118 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 141. Figure 4-24 View Builder view Chapter 4. Configuration 119
  • 142. 3. Click Apply and click Close. You can now see the new view, as shown in Figure 4-25. Figure 4-25 New view created 4. Select File → Save from Main Event List window. Views are saved with the .elv extension. 4.3.2 Filters definition There are two types of filter that we can define in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus: the event filter and the restriction filter. An event filter allows you to select which events you wanted to see in a view, while a restriction filter determines which events you are allowed to see for your user or group assignment. 120 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 143. Event filter To define an event filter, perform these steps busing the desktop client: 1. Click the Filter Builder button on Sub-Event List, as shown in Figure 4-26. Figure 4-26 Filter builder button window Chapter 4. Configuration 121
  • 144. 2. In the Filter Builder window shown in Figure 4-27, select File → New and: – Provide the filter name. – Click the add button (+) – Select Severity from the Column drop-down menu. – Select Greater than or Equal to from the Operator drop-down menu. – Select Minor (#) from the Value drop-down menu. Figure 4-27 Filter Builder window 3. Click Apply and then Close. 4. Select File → Save from the Main Event List window. 122 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 145. Restriction filter To define a restriction filter, perform the following steps: 1. From the main IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select Users → Restriction Filters, as shown in Figure 4-28. Figure 4-28 Restriction filter definition Chapter 4. Configuration 123
  • 146. 2. Select Add Restriction Filter ( ) from the toolbar. The creation window is shown in Figure 4-29. Assign a name to the filter and enter the filter criteria. Figure 4-29 Restriction Filter creation 3. Click OK. 4.3.3 Menu creation You can also modify, add, and remove menu items from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus display. Menu items are defined under the following items: Event context menu Main event list menu bar Sub-event list menu bar Conductor menu bar 124 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 147. Perform the following steps: 1. From the Menu tab, select Add New Item ( ) within the Configuration Manager GUI, as shown in Figure 4-30. Figure 4-30 Administrator console Menus tab Chapter 4. Configuration 125
  • 148. 2. From Figure 4-31, complete the Menu Item Type, Tool, and Title fields, and then click OK. Figure 4-31 Menu definition 126 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 149. 3. Check that the new item has been created in the administrator console, as shown in Figure 4-32. Figure 4-32 Administrator console Menus tab Chapter 4. Configuration 127
  • 150. 4. Check that the new item has been created in the active event list (AEL), as shown in Figure 4-33. Figure 4-33 Event list tools 4.3.4 Database field definition From IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator GUI (nco_config), you can create a new database field. Perform the following steps: 1. Select the System tab from the Administrator GUI. 2. Select Databases. 3. Expand Databases → alerts → Status, as shown in Figure 4-34 on page 129 128 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 151. Figure 4-34 Administrator console system console Chapter 4. Configuration 129
  • 152. 4. Select the Add Column ( ) icon from the menu. The Add Column window is shown in Figure 4-35. Enter the Column Name and Data Type data and specify any additional attributes. Figure 4-35 New column window 130 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 153. 5. Click OK and check that the column has been created correctly in the administrator console, as shown in Figure 4-36 Figure 4-36 Administrator console column added Chapter 4. Configuration 131
  • 154. 6. Check that the column has been created on the event list with the default view, as shown in Figure 4-37. The field can then be used in View Builder, Filter Builder, and probe rules file. Figure 4-37 Event list column 132 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 155. 4.3.5 Tool definition Creating a new tool allows you to define an additional program that you can invoke from the Administration GUI. Perform the following steps: 1. Within the Tools menu in Figure 4-38, click the Add Tool ( ) icon. Figure 4-38 Administrator console Menu tab Chapter 4. Configuration 133
  • 156. 2. In the New Tool window, enter a Name. You can have a tool that executes SQL statements against the ObjectServer database command, as shown in Figure 4-39. Figure 4-39 Tool creation window 134 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 157. 3. If you want to run an executable, enter the executable name in the Executable tab, as shown in Figure 4-40. Figure 4-40 Tool creation window Chapter 4. Configuration 135
  • 158. When you use the executable, the executable has to be in the same path as all users and resides must be checked on the same platform. You must check the platform support on the Platform tab, as shown in Figure 4-41. Figure 4-41 Tool creation window 4. The tools’ access rights can be configured from the Access tab, as shown in Figure 4-42 on page 137. 136 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 159. Figure 4-42 Tool creation window 5. Click OK and check that the tool has been created correctly in the menu window. Chapter 4. Configuration 137
  • 160. 6. There is a way to collect operator input from the tools before running the executable. This is called a prompt. You define the prompt by selecting Menu → Prompt, as shown in Figure 4-43. Figure 4-43 Prompt 7. The prompt definition window is shown in Figure 4-44 on page 139. 138 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 161. Figure 4-44 Prompt definition There are several different prompt types: String Gets a string value. Integer Gets an integer value. Float Gets a floating point value. Time Gets a time stamp information. Fixed Choice Gets a choice of a predefined selection. Lookup Gets value from a file. Password Gets a password field. Dynamic Choice Gets the choices from a database table entries. 8. The prompt can be included in the tool definition as $prompt.<name> to get the value from the user input. Chapter 4. Configuration 139
  • 162. 4.3.6 Trigger creation Triggers are accessed by selecting Menu → Trigger, as shown in Figure 4-45. Figure 4-45 Triggers There are several different types of triggers: A database trigger ( ) allows you to run a program whenever there are changes on the database. A typical trigger would be run upon the insertion, update, or deletion of a database row. A trigger on the alerts table would allow you to monitor whether an event is received or updated. A temporal trigger ( ), which is executed on a predefined frequency. A signal trigger ( ) fires when a system or user-defined signal is raised. System signals are raised spontaneously by the ObjectServer when it detects changes to the system. Signals are identified as %signal.<signalname>. 140 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 163. To define a trigger (Figure 4-46), you need the following definitions: Setting tab: Defines what event that this trigger would be attached to, such as: – Database trigger: Defines the tables and whether it is a deletion, insertion, reinsertion, or update. – Signal trigger: Which signal is defined for this trigger. – Temporal trigger: Specifies the execution frequency. When tab: Defines the database condition that has to be fulfilled for the trigger to run. Action tab: Defines the SQL procedure to be executed. Figure 4-46 Database trigger creation settings tab Triggers are defined in trigger groups. The group allows triggers to be enabled or disabled together. To do this in a command line using nco_sql or isql, run: ALTER TRIGGER GROUP <group> SET ENABLED (TRUE | FALSE) Chapter 4. Configuration 141
  • 164. In addition to using the configuration GUI, the triggers can also be defined using an SQL command. The SQL command syntax is shown in Example 4-14. Example 4-14 SQL statement to define a trigger CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] TRIGGER triggername GROUP trgroup { BEFORE | AFTER } { INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | REINSERT } ON database_name.table_name FOR EACH { ROW | STATEMENT } BEGIN -- comments trigger_action END; Some important statements in a trigger are: A procedure can also be called by a trigger by using an EXECUTE SQL command. You can break the execution in a loop by using a BREAK command. 142 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 165. 4.3.7 Class creation Alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus are defined in different classes to ease processing for a certain class. New classes can be added with reference to an existing class. Perform the following steps: 1. In the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration window, select Visual → Classes, as shown in Figure 4-47. Click the Add Class ( ) icon. Figure 4-47 Administrator console Visual window Chapter 4. Configuration 143
  • 166. 2. In the new class window shown in Figure 4-48, perform the following steps: a. Assign an identifier. b. Name the class. c. Click OK. Figure 4-48 Add Class window 4.4 Probe configuration Probes connect to an event source, detect and acquire event data, and forward the data to the ObjectServer as alerts. Probes use the logic specified in a rules file to manipulate the event elements before converting them into fields of an alert in the ObjectServer alerts.status table. Probe configuration includes modifying the following items: 4.4.1, “Probe configuration sample” on page 144 4.4.2, “Probe property” on page 146 4.4.3, “Probe rule file” on page 150 4.4.1 Probe configuration sample You must configure each probe configuration to connect to the proper ObjectServer. The ObjectServer is pointed from the Server property of the probe property file. The example in this section configures the simnet probe. Perform the following steps: 1. Open the Probe properties file. For simnet, it is called simnet.props and is found under $OMNIHOME/probes/<arch>, where arch refers to the machine architecture, which is linux2x86 for our Linux system. 2. Set the server property to the name of the ObjectServer, as shown in Example 4-15 on page 145. Other probe properties are discussed in 4.4.2, “Probe property” on page 146. 144 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 167. Example 4-15 simnet.prop [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ cat simnet.props | grep Server Server : 'NCOMS' 3. Modify the rules file, simnet.rules, to include the host system name in the manager field, as shown in Example 4-16. Rules are discussed at greater length in 4.4.3, “Probe rule file” on page 150. Example 4-16 simnet.rules [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]# cat simnet.rules { @Manager = "Simnet Probe" + ":" + $Node @Class = 3300 @Node = $Node @Agent = $Agent @AlertGroup = $Group @Summary = $Summary @Severity = $Severity } 4. Start the probe by using the probe executable. The simnet probe is started by running the nco_p_simnet command under $OMNIHOME/probes/. Some of the arguments are: -server Overrides the props file. -errorlevel Defines the debugging message level. 5. Check the process list to verify that the probe is running and run ps -ef and grep with the option simnet, as shown in Example 4-17. Example 4-17 Verifying the probe is running [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ ps -ef | grep simnet root 11124 10751 0 19:15 pts/2 00:00:00 ./nco_p_simnet netcool 11188 10572 0 19:17 pts/1 00:00:00 grep simnet Chapter 4. Configuration 145
  • 168. 6. Launch the event list and verify the probe events in the ObjectServer and verify that the events parsed correctly, as shown in Figure 4-49. Figure 4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, Event List 7. Check for errors in the log file $NCHOME/omnibus/log/simnet.log. 4.4.2 Probe property The probe property file contains some common parameters and also probe specific parameters. The common parameters are discussed in Table 4-3 on page 147. 146 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 169. Table 4-3 Probe property parameters Property Description AuthPassword string User name and password to authenticate the probe to ObjectServer for running the probe in secure mode. AuthUserName string AutoSAF 0 | 1 Specifies whether automatic store-and-forward mode is enabled. It is not enabled by default. It must be enabled for failover to work. BeatInterval integer Specifies the heartbeat interval for peer-to-peer failover. The default is 2 seconds. Buffering 0 | 1 Specifies whether buffering is used when sending alerts to the ObjectServer. Alerts order is preserved for each table, but not across tables. BufferSize integer Specifies the number of alerts the probe buffers. The default is 10. LogFilePoolSize integer Specifies the number of log files to use. The pool size can range from 2 to 99. The default is 10. (Windows only) LogFileUsePool 0 | 1 Specifies whether to use a pool of log files for logging messages. If set to 1, the logging system opens the number of files specified for the pool at startup, and keeps them open for the duration of its run. When set to 0, the default probename.log file is renamed probename.log_OLD and a new log file is started when the maximum size is reached. The default is 0. (Windows only) LogFileUseStdErr 0 | 1 Specifies whether to use stderr as an output stream for logging messages. The default is 1, which causes messages to be logged to the console only if the probe was run from the command line. LookupTableMode integer Specifies how table lookups are performed. It can be set to 1, 2, or 3. The default is 3 (check the number of column first). Manager string Specifies the value of the Manager field for the alert. The default value is determined by the probe. MaxLogFileSize integer Specifies the maximum size that the log file can grow to, in bytes. The default is 1 MB. MaxRawFileSize integer Specifies the maximum size of the raw capture file, in KB. The default is unlimited (-1). MaxSAFFileSize integer Specifies the maximum size the store-and-forward file can grow to, in bytes. The default is 1 MB. MessageLevel string Specifies the message logging level. Possible values are debug, info, warn, error, and fatal. The default level is warn. Chapter 4. Configuration 147
  • 170. Property Description MessageLog string Specifies where messages are logged. MessageLog can also be set to stdout or stderr. The default is $OMNIHOME/log/probename.log. Mode string Specifies the role of the instance of the probe in a peer-to-peer failover relationship. The mode can be master/slave/standard. The default is standard. MsgDailyLog 0 | 1 Specifies whether daily logging is enabled. By default, the daily backup of log files is not enabled (0). Because the time is checked regularly, when MsgDailyLog is set, there is a slight reduction in performance. MsgTimeLog string Specifies the time after which the daily log is created. The default is 0000 (midnight). If MsgDailyLog set to 0, this value is ignored. Name string Specifies the name of the probe. This value determines the names of the properties file, rules file, message log file, and store-and-forward file. NetworkTimeout integer Specifies the length of time (in seconds) that the probe can wait without a response; after this time, the connection to the ObjectServer times out. The default is 0, meaning that no timeout occurs. If a timeout occurs, the probe attempts to connect to the backup ObjectServer, identified by the ServerBackup property. If a timeout occurs and no backup ObjectServer is specified, the probe enters store-and-forward mode. PeerHost string Specifies the host name of the network element acting as the counterpart to this probe instance in a peer-to-peer failover relationship. The default is localhost. PeerPort integer Specifies the port through which the master and subordinate communicate in a peer-to-peer failover relationship. The default port is 99. PidFile string Specifies the name of the file that stores the process ID for the device. The default is $OMNIHOME/var/name.pid, where name is the name of the probe and pid is the process ID. PollServer integer The frequency in seconds at which the probe polls for the return of the primary ObjectServer. If connected to a backup ObjectServer because failover occurred, a probe periodically attempts to reconnect to the primary ObjectServer. The default is 0, meaning that no polling occurs. Props.CheckNames TRUE | When TRUE, the probe does not run if any specified property is invalid. FALSE The default is TRUE. PropsFile string Specifies the name of the properties file. The default is $OMNIHOME/probes/arch/name.props, where name is the name of the probe and arch represents the operating system. 148 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 171. Property Description RawCapture 0 | 1 Controls the raw capture mode. Raw capture mode is usually used at the request of IBM Technical Support. By default, raw capture mode is disabled (0). RawCaptureFile string Specifies the name of the raw capture file. The default is $OMNIHOME/var/name.cap, where name is the name of the probe. RawCaptureFileAppend 0 | 1 Specifies whether new data is appended to the existing raw capture file, instead of overwriting it. By default, the file is overwritten (0). RetryConnectionCount integer Specifies the number of events the probe processes in store-and-forward mode before trying to reconnect to the ObjectServer. The default is 15. RetryConnectionTimeOut Specifies the number of seconds that the probe processes events in integer store-and-forward mode before trying to reconnect to the ObjectServer. The default is 30. RulesFile string Specifies the name of the rules file. This can be a file name or Web address that specifies a rules file located on a remote server that is accessible using HTTP. The default is $OMNIHOME/probes/arch/name.rules, where name is the name of the probe. SAFFileName string Specifies the name of the store-and-forward file. The default is $OMNIHOME/var/name.store.server, where name is the name of the probe and server is the name of the target ObjectServer. Server string Specifies the name of the primary ObjectServer or the proxy server to which alerts are sent. The default is NCOMS. ServerBackup string Specifies the name of a backup ObjectServer to which the probe should connect if the primary ObjectServer connection fails. If NetworkTimeout is set, use ServerBackup to identify a backup ObjectServer. StoreAndForward 0 | 1 Controls the store and forward operations. By default, store-and-forward mode is enabled (1). Chapter 4. Configuration 149
  • 172. 4.4.3 Probe rule file The probe rule file determines how a probe sends events to ObjectServer. A probe rules file resides in $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/<arch>/, and has the file type of rules. You can customize the rule with a text editor. This section discusses some sample constructs that can be used with a rule file: A simple assignment with the = sign can be used to transfer the result of an expression to another variable. A variable can be one of: – The column name is prefixed with an @ sign. – A temporary variable name is prefixed with a $ sign. – A probe property value is prefixed with a % sign. – Array and tables must be declared before any processing directives. In a probe rules file, an array is defined with the array directive. Arrays are one dimensional. An array assignment is written as: node_arr["myhost"] = "a" Array values are persistent until a probe is restarted; if you force the probe to re-read the rules file by issuing a kill -HUP command, the array values are maintained. The extract statement is used to apply a regular expression to a variable or field. An example is to extract a machine name from the Summary column that is prefixed with the word Machine:. Use the expression extract(@Summary,”^Machine:(.*)”) to parse the Summary column value and find the word Machine: and extract the remaining characters. That statement would map: – Machine:test1 → test1 – Machine:sample content → sample content Regular expression basic constructs: ^ Start of string. $ End of string. [] A value list, which can be a list or range of values [0-9], which is the same as [01-567-9]. . Any characters. * Zero or more characters of the previous item. + One or more characters of the previous item. ? Any single character. Escape character for the next character. () Section that would represent the returned value. 150 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 173. The switch construct is useful to branch a multiple decision for mapping a value from one variable to a different action. A sample switch statement is shown in Example 4-18. It changes the summary field for events coming from nodes London and Moscow. Example 4-18 Switch example switch(@Node) { case "London": @Summary = "Sample " + @Node + " bridge test" case "Moscow": @Summary = "Switch rule test for node: " +@Node default: @Summary = @Summary } You can use the include statement to include the content of another rule file in the current block. In Example 4-19, we process every event which has a Node value equal to Rome. The entire content of rome.rules would be substituted for the action block for the if statement. The included rules file cannot have table or array definitions, as they would make the table or array defined after a processing directive. Example 4-19 Include sample if(match($Node, "Rome")) { include "/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules" } For deduplication, so that a field gets updated upon deduplication, you can use the update function. The syntax of the update function is: update(field [, TRUE|FALSE]); TRUE represents that update is enabled, which is the default. The matching of a string is performed using the regmatch function. It has the format of regmatch(field, regex), which matches the field against the regular expression. Example 4-20 discards an event when the Summary field contains the word test. Example 4-20 Discard and regmatch example if (regmatch($Summary,".*test.*")) { discard } Chapter 4. Configuration 151
  • 174. A lookup table is used to look up a value from a lookup file. For example, the lookup file shown in Example 4-21 is based on a node name. Example 4-21 Lookup table London "Finance" Rome "Finance" Moscow "Technical" Berlin "Technical" You can reference the external lookup table file, which is similar to Example 4-22. It assigns the department code depending on the content of the Node field. The London and Rome nodes map to the Finance department while the Moscow and Berlin nodes map to the Technical department. Example 4-22 rules file table definition table dept="/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/cert" . . . @Department=lookup(@Node,dept) To turn on probe detail, use the details($*) statement. The registertarget function registers one or more ObjectServers, and the corresponding tables, to which you might want to send alerts. You can use the setdefaulttarget function to change the default ObjectServer to which alerts are sent when a target is not specified. The format for the registertarget function is: registertarget(server_name, backupserver_name, alerts_table [, details_table ] ) If you want to update the probe rules file without stopping the probe, you can do so by sending a SIGHUP to the probe process ID. This is demonstrated in Example 4-23. Example 4-23 Refreshing the probe [netcool@omnibus probes]$ ps -ef | grep simnet netcool 2177 29247 0 00:27 pts/2 00:00:02 ./nco_p_simnet netcool 3701 29247 0 00:53 pts/2 00:00:00 grep simnet [netcool@omnibus probes]$ kill -HUP 2177 To use the syntax of a custom rules file, install the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Probe Rules Syntax Checker (part number C1BX7EN). The installation of the Probe Rules Syntax Checker is shown in Example 4-24 on page 153. 152 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 175. Example 4-24 Installing Probe Rules Syntax Checker [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ unzip C1BX5EN.zip Archive: C1BX5EN.zip extracting: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.tar.Z inflating: omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.README [netcool@omnibus tmp]$ $OMNIHOME/install/nco_patch -install omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0.tar.Z Installing Patch "omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0" ... Short Description : Netcool Syntax probe Revision : 0 Requires : <None> Obsoletes : probe-nco-p-syntax probe-nco-p-syntax-2 Installation Date : Wed May 20 20:32:59 CEST 2009 Creation Info : Thu Feb 28 09:59:21 GMT 2008 ------------------------------ README ------------------------------ PATCH omnibus-3.x-linux2x86-probe-nco-p-syntax-3_0 - Netcool Syntax probe ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -------------------------- End of README --------------------------- Are you sure you want to install this patch? (y/n)? [default: y] Patch "probe-nco-p-syntax-3" is successfully installed After installation, you can use nco_p_syntax command to check the syntax of your custom rules file, as shown in Example 4-25. Example 4-25 Syntax check [netcool@omnibus probes]$ ./nco_p_syntax -rulesfile /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules -server NCOMS 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Connecting ... 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Checking rules file ... 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Reading /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Plain text rules file detected. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Lookup table from '/opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/cert' has 1 column 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Including /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Plain text rules file detected. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: End of /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/rome.rules 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: End of /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/simnet.rules Chapter 4. Configuration 153
  • 176. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Number of currently connected servers in list is 0 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Using targets specified by properties 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Creating target for server NCOMS. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Setting default target server to 'NCOMS'. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Default target backup server is ''. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Primary server is 'NCOMS' backup is ''. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Attempting a connection to server 'NCOMS'. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Checking for backup ObjectServer. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: 'NCOMS' is a primary server. Polling disabled. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server Verification Starting. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server Verification Complete. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Checking for svc update support. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Server SUPPORTS services. 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: svc update SUPPORTED 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Forwarding SAF file on Initial startup 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Deathtime = 0 : Expire time = 0 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: SAF: Forwarding events from SAF files 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Heartbeat mode is: standard 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Heartbeat mode is standard, probe will function as normal without heartbeating 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Final number of connected servers in list is 1 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Rules file syntax OK 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Information: Disconnecting ... 05/29/2009 12:50:46 AM: Debug: Flushing events to object server 4.5 ObjectServer to ObjectServer communication You can connect an ObjectServer to other ObjectServer using a gateway. You can use one of two types of gateways: A bi-directional gateway (4.5.1, “Bi-directional gateway” on page 155) allows resynchronization (if it is enabled by the Gate.Resync.Enable property), which repopulates the failover ObjectServer on old events that are not updated while they still exist in the primary ObjectServer. This is defined for a failover configuration. 154 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 177. A uni-directional gateway (4.5.2, “Uni-directional gateway” on page 157) is used to synchronize an ObjectServer with the desktop ObjectServer. 4.5.1 Bi-directional gateway The bi-directional gateway connects a primary ObjectServer (NCOMS_P) to a backup ObjectServer (NCOMS_B). This section discusses the necessary configuration to create a high availability architecture so that automated failover and a failback architecture is configured. The steps are: 1. On the primary ObjectServer host, create the primary ObjectServer using the following command: nco_dbinit -server NCOMS_P 2. On the backup ObjectServer host, create the backup ObjectServer using the following command: nco_dbinit -server NCOMS_B 3. Edit $NCHOME/omnibus/etc/NCOMS_B.props and set the Backup ObjectServer property to True. 4. Configure a bi-directional gateway between the primary and backup ObjectServer, as shown in 4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on page 91. 5. On the primary ObjectServer host, configure $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat for the primary and backup ObjectServer entries, as shown in Example 4-26. Example 4-26 The omni.dat file for two ObjectServers [NCOMS_P] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4501 } [NCOMS_B] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4502 } 6. On the primary ObjectServer host, regenerate the interface file by running nco_igen. Copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file to the backup ObjectServer host. Chapter 4. Configuration 155
  • 178. 7. On the backup ObjectServer, enable the backup_startup, backup_counterpart_down, and backup_counterpart_up triggers for automation failover and failback, as shown in Figure 4-50. Figure 4-50 Backup trigger enabled 8. On the backup ObjectServer, disable the primary_only trigger group for automation failover and failback, as shown in Figure 4-51 on page 157. 156 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 179. Figure 4-51 Primary trigger group disabled on backup server 4.5.2 Uni-directional gateway To configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary and desktop ObjectServers to set up a desktop architecture, perform the following steps: 1. Create and configure the primary ObjectServer using the following command: nco_dbinit -server NCOMS_P 2. Create the desktop ObjectServer using the following command: nco_dbinit -desktopserver -server DESKOS -dsdprimary NCOMS_P -dsddualwrite Chapter 4. Configuration 157
  • 180. When a desktop ObjectServer is created with the -desktopserver option, the initialization defines a new table called master.national and a column in the alerts.status called MasterSerial. The MasterSerial column must be the last column in the alerts.status table. The master.national contains the following columns: – KeyField – MasterServer – DualWrite The master.national MasterServer refers to the master ObjectServer and DualWrite indicates whether or not an action item is immediately written to both ObjectServers or not. 3. Create the interface file definition from the omni.dat source, as shown in Example 4-27. Example 4-27 omni.dat [NCOMS_P] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4501 } [DESKOS] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4503 } 4. Generate the interface file using the command nco_igen. Copy the $NCHOME/etc/interfaces.<arch> file from the primary ObjectServer host to the desktop ObjectServer host. 5. Start the desktop ObjectServer, as shown in Example 4-28. Example 4-28 Starting the desktop ObjectServer [netcool@omnibus etc]$ nco_objserv -name DESKOS Netcool/OMNIbus Object Server - Version 7.2 (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1994, 2007 Server 'DESKOS' initialised - entering RUN state. 6. Configure a uni-directional gateway between the primary ObjectServer and the desktop ObjectServer, as shown in 4.1.2, “Gateway configuration” on page 91. 158 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 181. 7. The event list desktop connects to the desktop ObjectServer and, upon finding the master.national table, it enters Dual Desktop Mode. Dual Desktop Mode allows the event list to connect to the desktop ObjectServer and the primary ObjectServer simultaneously. 4.6 Accelerated Event Notification client The Accelerated Event Notification (AEN) client provides a means of accelerating high-priority events to help ensure that systems can continue to run without interruption. To configure the Accelerated Event Notification client, system administrators define conditions that identify key events for acceleration, and use channels to propagate these events to specific recipients for action. A channel defines which types or columns of event data to broadcast for accelerated events, and the recipients of this data. Recipients of the accelerated event data manage the events from the Accelerated Event Notification client. All events that are identified for acceleration are directly sent to the client as notifications. These notifications contain event data that maps to the columns defined for the channel that is currently in use. Recipients can additionally configure settings for the notifications, and can access the Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus event list or the Netcool/Webtop Active event list to obtain full details for the event and manage the event. This section discusses AEN Client configuration. Perform the following steps: 1. The AEN Client is started by using the command nco_aen under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin or by selecting Programs → Netcool Suite → Notifier in a GUI. In UNIX, this provides a floating icon, while in Windows it creates an icon in the System Tray. The UNIX floating icon is shown in Figure 4-52. Figure 4-52 AEN icon Chapter 4. Configuration 159
  • 182. 2. Before starting the AEN client for the first time, right-click the AEN notifier icon and select Properties. The Application tab of the properties page is shown in Figure 4-53. Figure 4-53 AEN client property: Application tab 3. On the Application tab, make the following selections: – The server from the Server drop-down list. The accessible servers are defined in the interfaces file. You can to view the settings in either Netcool Event List or Netcool Webtop – In the Browser Settings, select the view to open for the ObjectServer and provide the Web browser executable. 160 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 183. 4. On the Messages tab, define the History Settings, as shown in Figure 4-54. The AEN Client is not configured to maintain the details of expired messages. Figure 4-54 Messages tab Chapter 4. Configuration 161
  • 184. 5. On the Channels tabs, modify the settings as shown in Figure 4-55. Figure 4-55 AEN Channels tab 6. Select OK. 7. After the setting has been saved, you can start the client by right-clicking the icon and selecting Sign In. Provide the appropriate credential for the sign in window shown in Figure 4-56 on page 163 and click Log In. 162 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 185. Figure 4-56 AEN login window 8. Note that the AEN icon changes from a yellow triangle to a green box. 9. AEN events are defined from the probe rules that insert a flag for notification. This flag is then used by a database trigger to be sent to a channel. – First, modify the probe rule to add a flag field. We use a Channel field that varies depending on the content of the Summary field. The probe rules are shown in Example 4-29. Example 4-29 Probe rule if (regmatch($Summary, "^Port Failure.*")) { @Channel = 1 } if (regmatch($Summary, "^Disk.*")) { @Channel = 2 } Chapter 4. Configuration 163
  • 186. – Define a database trigger to respond to either the Flag field or the appropriate database action or condition, using the SQL commands IDUC EVTFT or IDUC SNDMSG to generate AEN, as shown in Figure 4-57. Figure 4-57 Create trigger action 10.Configure a Channel to broadcast AEN event data by performing the following steps: a. From the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administrator window, select System → Channels, as shown in Figure 4-58 on page 165. 164 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 187. Figure 4-58 Administration console Channels tab b. Right-click within the GUI to select Add a new Channel. Chapter 4. Configuration 165
  • 188. c. Within the Channel Details window, add a name for the channel, as shown in Figure 4-59. Figure 4-59 Channel Details tab 166 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 189. d. On the Columns tab, select the button to be able to define the ObjectServer Table and Fields to use for the notification, as shown in Figure 4-60. Click OK. Figure 4-60 Channel column details Chapter 4. Configuration 167
  • 190. e. On the Recipients tab, select the button to add new recipient, as shown in Figure 4-61. Figure 4-61 Recipient created f. The New Channel Recipients window opens, as shown in Figure 4-62 on page 169. Define the recipients for the notification in this window and click OK. 168 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 191. Figure 4-62 Channel recipient window g. When complete, click the OK button on the Channel Details window shown in Figure 4-59 on page 166. Chapter 4. Configuration 169
  • 192. 11.Test the Channel notification by right-clicking the channel and selecting Send Message, as shown in Figure 4-63. Figure 4-63 Test channel 12.Insert a test message and click OK to send it. You should get a notification event, as shown in Figure 4-64 on page 171. 170 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 193. Figure 4-64 Test message 4.7 IBM Tivoli Health Monitoring agent for ObjectServer V7.2 Tivoli Health Monitoring Agent for ObjectServer V7.2 can be used to monitor IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus ObjectServer. The agent is based on IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.1. The agent code is called NO. To enable this monitoring, you must import the schema and automation into the ObjectServer. Use the commands nco_sql in UNIX or isql in Windows. The source of the update is itm_os.sql, which resides in $ITMHOME/<arch>/no/bin/ or %ITMHOME%TMAITM6. Example 4-30 shows importing the schema for UNIX. Example 4-30 importing schema [netcool@omnibus db]$ /opt/netcool/omnibus/bin/nco_sql -user root -server NCOMS_P < /opt/IBM/ITM/li6263/no/bin/itm_os.sql Password: (0 rows affected) (0 rows affected) (0 rows affected) (0 rows affected) (0 rows affected) (0 rows affected) Chapter 4. Configuration 171
  • 194. Figure 4-65 shows the Health Monitoring agent on Tivoli Enterprise Portal. Figure 4-65 Health Monitoring agent 172 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 195. 5 Chapter 5. Operation This chapter discusses the operation, administration, and problem determination of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. The topics discussed are: 5.1, “Device definition in simnet” on page 174 5.2, “Failover operation” on page 176 5.3, “Problem determination” on page 178 5.4, “Performance tuning” on page 184 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 173
  • 196. 5.1 Device definition in simnet In order to generate a test event and send it to an ObjectServer, you need to configure the simnet probe and add devices to the simnet.def file. Perform the following steps: 1. Edit the $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.def file and define the devices. A sample simnet.def file for two devices (device1 and device2) is shown in Example 5-1. Example 5-1 simnet.def [netcool@omnibus db]$ cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/probes/linux2x86/ [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ cat simnet.def device1 0 50 device2 3 100 2. Modify $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/ARCH/simnet.props to set the LogFile and Server properties, as shown in Example 5-2. Example 5-2 simnet.props [netcool@omnibus linux2x86]$ vi simnet.props LogFile : '$OMNIHOME/probes/linux2x86/simnet.def' Server : 'NCOMS' 3. Start the simnet probe using the command nco_p_simnet under $NCHOME/omnibus/probes/. 4. Check that events are being sent correctly to the object server, as shown in Figure 5-1 on page 175. 174 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 197. Figure 5-1 Simnet events Chapter 5. Operation 175
  • 198. 5.2 Failover operation Given a failover architecture composed of an ObjectServer Failover Pair, a bi-directional gateway, and probes, verify that the failover architecture is working by performing these steps: 1. Connect to the primary server and check that events are coming in, as shown in Figure 5-2. Figure 5-2 NCOMS_P events 2. Shut down the Master ObjectServer. The message window shown in Figure 5-3 opens. Figure 5-3 Disconnect from ObjectServer 3. Wait until the desktop client connects automatically to the backup ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 5-4 on page 177. 176 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 199. Figure 5-4 Failover 4. Check that the events are coming into the backup ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 5-5. Figure 5-5 Backup ObjectServer event 5. Restart the Master ObjectServer. Chapter 5. Operation 177
  • 200. 6. Wait until the desktop client connects to the Master ObjectServer, as shown in Figure 5-6. Figure 5-6 Reconnect or failback message 7. Check that the client indicates that is connected to the Master ObjectServer. 5.3 Problem determination This section discusses some problem determination issues for the following issues: 5.3.1, “Startup problems” on page 178 5.3.2, “Probe connection” on page 180 5.3.3, “Desktop startup” on page 181 5.3.4, “Slow response time” on page 181 5.3.1 Startup problems On a UNIX/Linux system, the ObjectServer V7.2 is installed, but will not start. Determine why the ObjectServer does not start by performing the following steps: Check the environment variables $NCHOME, as shown in Example 5-3. Example 5-3 Checking $NCHOME [netcool@omnibus etc]$ set | grep NC NCHOME=/opt/netcool/ Check to make sure that the ObjectServer has been created by running $NCHOME/omnibus/bin/nco_dbinit, as shown in Example 5-4 on page 179. 178 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 201. Example 5-4 Checking ObjectServer database [netcool@omnibus etc]$ cd /opt/netcool/omnibus/db/ [netcool@omnibus db]$ ls -l NCOMS total 19072 -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2887680 May 30 18:05 master_store_0.chk -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 1332 May 30 18:01 master_store_0.log -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2887680 May 30 18:01 master_store_1.chk -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 1124 May 30 18:05 master_store_1.log -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 2822144 May 28 22:02 master_store.tab -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3674112 May 30 18:07 table_store_0.chk -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 428 May 30 18:08 table_store_0.log -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3674112 May 30 18:06 table_store_1.chk -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 740 May 30 18:07 table_store_1.log -rw-r----- 1 netcool root 3543040 May 28 22:02 table_store.tab Check to make sure that the entry for the ObjectServer exists in $NCHOME/etc/omni.dat, as shown in Example 5-5. Ensure that the interface file has been generated by running the nco_igen command. Example 5-5 Checking the interface file [netcool@omnibus db]$ cd /opt/netcool/etc/ [netcool@omnibus etc]$ more omni.dat [NCOMS] { Primary: 9.42.170.132 4100 } Ensure that the port for the ObjectServer is not already in use by running the netstat command, as shown in Example 5-6. Example 5-6 Checking port usage [netcool@omnibus etc]$ netstat -na | grep 4100 Ensure that the proper user is starting the object server process. You can check if this is the case by running the ps -ef command and checking for the presence of the nco_objserv process. Chapter 5. Operation 179
  • 202. 5.3.2 Probe connection If a specific probe does not start up correctly, it is usually due to some very specific issues that can be investigated by performing the following steps: Check the probes log file. It is usually found under /opt/netcool/omnibus/log. Look for any error messages in there. Example 5-7 shows some sample error messages. Example 5-7 Some probes error messages Error: Failed to read rules - aborting Error: Couldn't parse line Error: Connection to object server 'NCOMS_P' marked DEAD Verify that the probe's designated ObjectServer is running. Use the nco_ping command to verify that the object server is up and running and is reachable from the probe machine. Check whether the interfaces file on the probe server is correctly defined. Look for any errors inside /opt/netcool/etc/omni.dat. If any error is found, fix it and run nco_igen. Verify that the probe server has network connectivity to the ObjectServer host. Check the basic connectivity by running a standard command such as ping or traceroute. Check whether any firewall settings are affecting communications. Use telnet to verify that the ObjectServer port is open and reachable from the probe. Example 5-8 shows that the connection was refused and Example 5-9 shows that the connection is working. Example 5-8 Connection refused [netcool@omnibus log]$ telnet 9.42.170.132 4501 Trying 9.42.170.132... telnet: connect to address 9.42.170.132: Connection refused telnet: Unable to connect to remote host: Connection refused Example 5-9 Connection working [netcool@omnibus log]$ telnet 9.42.170.132 4501 Trying 9.42.170.132... Connected to omnibus (9.42.170.132). Escape character is '^]'. 180 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 203. 5.3.3 Desktop startup On a UNIX server, run the nco_event command to open the desktop client. If it does not start correctly, determine the cause of the issue by performing the following steps: Ensure that server’s settings are set correctly. Export the UNIX server’s DISPLAY variable, as shown in Example 5-10. Example 5-10 Setting DISPLAY variable [netcool@omnibus log]$ export DISPLAY=9.44.168.67:0.0 [netcool@omnibus log]$ set | grep DISPLAY DISPLAY=9.44.168.67:0.0 Ensure that the ObjectServer to which the desktop is connected is running. Run the nco_ping command to check the connection. 5.3.4 Slow response time If users are complaining of slow response times while using a specific ObjectServer, determine the reason for the slow event list response by performing the following steps: Check the number of events by running nco_sql, as shown in Example 5-11. Example 5-11 Checking number of events [netcool@omnibus log]$ nco_sql -server NCOMS_P -user root Password: 1> select count(*) from alerts.status; 2> go COUNT( * ) ----------- 30 (1 row affected) Chapter 5. Operation 181
  • 204. Check the ObjectServer profile. If profiling is turned on, you will have profile logs in your logs directory and you can find execution time information for the various ObjectServer processes, as shown in Example 5-12. The log shows the component that consumes the most processing power. By differentiating the user profiles running a group of processes, you can easily find which group uses the most resources. Example 5-12 Profile log Sat May 30 15:26:16 2009: Profiling enabled at Sat May 30 15:26:16 2009 Sat May 30 15:27:11 2009: Individual user profiles: Sat May 30 15:27:11 2009: 'isql' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.146961s Sat May 30 15:27:11 2009: Grouped user profiles: Sat May 30 15:27:11 2009: Execution time for all connections whose application name is 'isql': 0.146961s Sat May 30 15:27:11 2009: Total time in the report period (59.098127s): 0.146961s Sat May 30 15:28:11 2009: Total time in the report period (59.992863s): 0.000000s Sat May 30 15:29:11 2009: Total time in the report period (60.001173s): 0.000000s Sat May 30 15:30:11 2009: Total time in the report period (60.000666s): 0.000000s Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009: Individual user profiles: Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009: 'PROBE' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.002685s Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009: Grouped user profiles: Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009: Execution time for all connections whose application name is 'PROBE': 0.002685s Sat May 30 17:52:11 2009: Total time in the report period (60.000878s): 0.002685s Sat May 30 17:53:11 2009: Individual user profiles: Sat May 30 17:53:11 2009: 'PROBE' (uid = 0) time on omnibus: 0.001663s Check the gateway resynchronization. Synchronization can consume a great deal of processor and I/O capacity, especially in a busy ObjectServer environment. Check event rates. Profiling information about event rates can be found in the NCOMS_omniEvtRate.log under $NCHOME/omnibus/log directory. This log provides all the information needed to discover what the event rate is, as shown in Example 5-13 on page 183. 182 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 205. Example 5-13 Finding the event rate 1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0 1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAYGateway Reader/Writer:0:0:2:0:0 1090531172728000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:2:6:0:86:0 SAMPLE_DELIMITER 1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0 1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAYGateway Reader/Writer:0:0:2:0:0 1090531172828000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:2:7:0:86:0 SAMPLE_DELIMITER 1090531172928000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comPROBEtivoli_eif:0:4:0:0:0 SAMPLE_DELIMITER 1090531173028000:NCOMS:tbsm.itso.ral.ibm.comGATEWAY:0:0:4:0:0 Check the number of desktops. You can easily check the number of desktop connections by using the administrator console and going to the System → Connections tab, as shown in Figure 5-7. Figure 5-7 Desktop connections Chapter 5. Operation 183
  • 206. You can also run a simple nco_sql query on the catalog.connections table, as shown in Example 5-14. Example 5-14 Checking desktop connections 1> select count(*) from catalog.connections where AppName like 'Event List'; 2> go COUNT( * ) ----------- 2 (1 row affected) Check the process on the ObjectServer. You can run the top or ps commands on a UNIX server to discover process information related to the Object Server. Check the resource usage of the ObjectServer, that is, the memory, CPU, and disk access by running commands like vmstat, df, du, or sar. Check network response times by running the ping and traceroute commands. Check automations. Check the number of journals (alerts.journal) and details (alerts.detail). Determine what other components are connected. 5.4 Performance tuning In order to discover information about performance on IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus and optimize your system, perform the following steps: Check the frequency of triggers. Triggers should not be configured to execute too frequently. Tune and spread out temporal trigger execution times so that not too many triggers execute at the same time. This may impact performance considerably. Check the execution scope of triggers: once only, for each row. Check the number of details by viewing the details($*) entry in the rules files. Do not use details unless necessary and only for the necessary amount of time. 184 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 207. Check the SQL used in triggers, desktop filters, and procedures for performance. – The ordering of the SQL clause is very important: Integer fields should be matched first, then the Date field, and then exact string matching followed by expression string matching. – Avoid using too many where statements; instead, use the in list statement. – Try to build regular expressions to be as specific as possible. Check whether the UPDATE VIA statement is being used. Chapter 5. Operation 185
  • 208. 186 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 209. A Appendix A. Sample test This appendix is divided into the following sections: “Sample questions” on page 188 “Answer key” on page 191 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 187
  • 210. Sample questions Here are our sample questions: 1. A customer wants to minimize system administration, including ObjectServer maintenance. The customer is running a highly available pair of ObjectServers. The customer wants the system configured so that any new users that are added to the primary ObjectServer will also be added to the failover server with the least amount of manual intervention and in a timely manner. What is the best technique that can be used to satisfy the customer’s requirements? a. Add entries to the gateway tblrep.def file and map the file to enable replication of the user tables. b. Run nco_confpack to extract the user tables from the primary server and import them into the failover server. c. Create a script to use the nco_sql command to connect to the gateway and issue REPLICATE commands to copy the user tables d. Configure TRANSFER commands in the gateway startup.cmd file to copy the user tables from the primary server to the failover server. 2. What are the default authorization roles available to a normal user created in OMNIbus? a. AlertsUser, Normal, and Public. b. AlertsUser, CatalogUser, and ISQLWrite. c. AlertsUser, CatalogUser, and ChannelUser. d. AlertsUser, ChannelUser, and DesktopAdmin. e. Every user is assigned the Normal role by default. 3. To set up IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 authorization, security objects should be configured in a certain order. In which order should security objects be configured? a. Users, Groups, and Roles. b. Roles, Groups, and Users. c. Groups, Users, and Roles. d. Groups, Roles, and Users. 188 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 211. 4. IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 provides several default groups. Which default groups are required by the ObjectServer and cannot be deleted or renamed? a. Administrator, Public, and ISQL. b. ISQL, ISQLWrite, and Public. c. Normal, Administrator, and System. d. Public, AlertsUser, and System. 5. During an event storm, 50 events per second were logged in the system log file. The syslog probe sent 30 events per second to the ObjectServer. What should be changed to improve probe performance? a. The syslog probe property StoreAndForward should be set to 1. b. The syslog probe should be configured to read from a named pipe. c. The syslog probe property Buffering should be enabled and you should adjust the BufferSize property. d. The syslog probe property Mode should be set to Master, and a new syslog probe should be configured with Mode set to slave. 6. The monitor you are using has to connect to an Element Management System (EMS) to retrieve events. The host name of the EMS is “emsserver”. The device listens for connections on port 23. The monitor is not receiving any events, and the log file tells you that it cannot log into the EMS. How can you manually check this error? a. Run the ssh emsserver command. b. Run the telnet emsserver command. c. Run the nco_ping emsserver command. d. Run the nco_sql -u root -server emsserver command. 7. Users connected to native desktops on an ObjectServer running on a UNIX server are complaining about slow response times. You suspect that a misconfigured automation has generated too many Journal records. What is the best technique for quickly verifying the total number of Journal records in the ObjectServer? a. Enable ObjectServer profiling and check the ObjectServer log file for the total number of records. b. Start a desktop client, highlight an event record, right-click the record, and select the Journal. c. Start a desktop client, and modify the Metric setting on the All Events monitor box to show the total Journal records. Appendix A. Sample test 189
  • 212. d. Use the nco_sql utility to connect to the ObjectServer and issue the select count(*) from alerts.journal; go command. 8. Which configuration has the greatest effect on ObjectServer response time? a. Reaper frequency. b. Granularity frequency. c. Deduplication frequency. d. Temporal trigger frequency. 9. What are two properties that need to be set to ensure failover functionality is enabled for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Syslog probe? (Choose two.) a. PeerPort. b. PeerHost. c. SlavePort. d. SlaveHost. e. MasterHost. 10.Which rules file code segments shows the proper implementation of a multicolumn lookup table within a rules file? a. table upsWellKnownAlarms = { {"33.1.6.3.1","UPS Battery Status","4","100041"}, {"33.1.6.3.5","UPS Temperature Status","4","100059"}, {"33.1.6.3.6","UPS Input Status","4","4001"} } default = {"UPS Status","4","4001"} b. lookup upsWellKnownAlarms = { {"33.1.6.3.1","UPS Battery Status","4","100041"}, {"33.1.6.3.5","UPS Temperature Status","4","100059"}, {"33.1.6.3.6","UPS Input Status","4","4001"} } default = {"UPS Status","4","4001"} c. 33.1.6.3.1<tab>UPS Battery Status<tab>4<tab>100041 33.1.6.3.5<tab>UPS Temperature Status<tab>4<tab>100059 33.1.6.3.6<tab>UPS Input Status<tab>4<tab>4001 d. 33.1.6.3.1,UPS Battery Status,4,100041 33.1.6.3.5,UPS Temperature Status,4,100059 33.1.6.3.6,UPS Input Status,4,4001 190 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 213. Answer key Here are the answers: 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. A and B 10.A Appendix A. Sample test 191
  • 214. 192 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 215. Abbreviations and acronyms AEL Active Event List SME Subject Matter Expert AEN Accelerated Event Notification SNMP Simple Network Management AIX Advanced Interactive Protocol eXecutive SOA Service-Oriented Architecture API Application Programming SQL Structured Query Language Interface SSL Secured Socket Layer CGI Common Gateway Interface SVI Supervisory Instruction CPU Central Processing Unit TBSM Tivoli Business Service CRM Customer Relationship Manager Management TCP/IP Transaction Control DB2 Database 2 Protocol/Internet Protocol DBA Database Administrator UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply DNS Domain Name Service URL Universal Resource Locator EMS Element Management VAP Value Advantage Plus System VUE Virtual University Enterprises ENMS Enterprise Network WAN Wide Area Network Management System XML eXtensible Markup Language GMT Greenwich Meridian Time GUI Graphical User Interface HTML Hyper Text Markup Language HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol I/O Input/Output IBM International Business Machines Corporation IDUC Insert Delete Update Change ISQL Interactive SQL ITIL IT Infrastructure Library® ITSO International Technical Support Organization JMS Java Messaging System JVM Java Virtual Machine ODBC Open Database Connectivity ROI Return on Investment SAF Security © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 193
  • 216. 194 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 217. Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book. IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on page 196. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. Best Practices for IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console to Netcool/OMNIbus Upgrade, SG24-7557 Creating EIF Events with Tivoli Directory Integrator for Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus and Tivoli Enterprise Console, REDP-4352 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6375 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration Guide, SC23-6371 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Probe and Gateway Guide, SC23-6373 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Release Notes, GC23-6374 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6372 Online resources These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Certification page: http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 195
  • 218. IBM Test Objectives for Test 933: http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj933.shtml OMNIbus FixPack download: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/sysmgmt/products/support/F495033D9821 9V85-download.html Passport Advantage: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom ers.htm How to get Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks publications, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services 196 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 219. Index nco_igen 96, 102, 155, 158 A nco_objserv 70 Accelerated Event Notification, see AEN nco_p_simnet 145, 174 administration console 40 nco_p_syntax 153 Administrator 43 nco_pa_start 106 AEN 22 nco_pa_status 103–104 agent code 171 nco_pad 102 AlertsGateway 42 nco_patch 65 AlertsProbe 42 nco_ping 180 AlertsUser 42 nco_sql 40, 56, 67, 97, 141 ALTER command 76 nco_xigen 74 AutoAdmin 42 netstat 73, 179 ps 145, 179 B SNDMSG 164 bi-directional gateway 155 telnet 180 BREAK command 142 top 184 traceroute 180 vmstat 184 C components CatalogUser 41 administrative 40 certification architectural 38 achievements 26 desktop 40 benefits 3 IDUC 44 checklist 5 configuration objectives 8 export and import 66 overview 1 tiered 48 program 2 CRM 39 recommended study resources 35 Customer Relationship Management, see CRM class creation 143 commands ALTER 76 D BREAK 142 database field definition 128 EVTFT 164 database tables 40 EXECUTE 142 database triggers 40 IDUC 164 DatabaseAdmin 42 INSTALL 62 Desktop Object Server 47 isql 41, 171 DesktopAdmin 42–43 kill 150 directory ownership 69 nco 105 nco_aen 159 nco_confpack 66 E environment variables 68 nco_dbinit 69, 155, 157 event filter 121 nco_event 70, 181 EVTFT command 164 nco_g_objserv_uni 97 EXECUTE command 142 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 197
  • 220. F nco_objserv command 70 failover 45 nco_p_simnet command 145, 174 failover operation 176 nco_p_syntax command 153 filters definition 120 nco_pa_start command 106 firewall consideration 52 nco_pa_status command 103–104 nco_pad command 102 nco_patch command 65 G nco_ping command 180 gateway 39, 43 nco_sql command 40, 56, 67, 97, 141 Gateway configuration 91 nco_xigen command 74 group creation 112 netstat command 73, 179 groups 41 NO 171 growth through skills 6 Normal 43 H O health monitoring 171 objectives 8 Health Monitoring agent 171 ObjectServer 39 communication 72 I creation 69 IBM Professional Certification Program 2 properties 76 IBM Tivoli Monitoring 171 verification 69 IDUC 44 ObjectServer customization 117 IDUC command 164 ObjectServer tables 52 INSTALL command 62 OMNIbus installation problem determination 178 fixpack 66 tables 52 process 62 ISQL 42–43 isql command 41, 171 P performance tuning 184 ISQLWrite 43 planning issues 49 port considerations 52 K post implementation customization 68 kill command 150 probe 39, 43 probe configuration 144 probe features 49 M Probe property 146 menu creation 124 Probe rule file 150 monitors 39 problem determination 178 desktop startup 181 N probe connection 180 naming convention 50 slow response time 181 nco command 105 process agent configuration 100 nco_aen command 159 ps command 145, 179 nco_confpack command 66 Public 43 nco_dbinit command 69, 155, 157 nco_event command 70, 181 nco_g_objserv_uni command 97 R Redbooks Web site 196 nco_igen command 96, 102, 155, 158 198 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 221. Contact us xx view creation 117 remote desktop installation 86 Virtual University Enterprises, see VUE restriction filter 123 vmstat command 184 return on investment, see ROI VUE 5 ROI 5 role creation 107 roles 41 S security 41 security configuration 106 SecurityAdmin 42 simnet device definition 174 simnet probe 65 SME 8 SNDMSG command 164 Software Value Incentive, see SVI SQL 41 SSL usage 50 startup problems 178 startup script 104 Structured Query Language, see SQL study resources 35 Subject Matter Expert, see SME SuperUser 43 SVI 7–8 System 43 T telnet command 180 tiered implementation 48 Tivoli Software Professional Certification 4 tool definition 133 ToolsAdmin 42 top command 184 traceroute command 180 trigger creation 140 U uni-directional gateway 157 user creation 115 users 41 V Value Advantage Plus, see VAP VAP 7–8 Index 199
  • 222. 200 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
  • 223. Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 (0.2”spine) 0.17”<->0.473” 90<->249 pages
  • 226. Back cover ® Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation ® Detailed architecture This IBM Redbooks publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli and components Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT INTERNATIONAL discussion professional who wants to be an IBM® Certified Professional for this TECHNICAL product. SUPPORT Installation and ORGANIZATION The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 certification test is offered through the configuration IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills processing required of technical professionals who work in the implementation and deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. BUILDING TECHNICAL Event collection and This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject INFORMATION BASED ON automation PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE matter. It includes sample questions, which will help you evaluate your progress. It familiarizes the readers with the types of questions that may be encountered in the exam. IBM Redbooks are developed by the IBM International Technical This guide does not replace practical experience, and it is not designed to be Support Organization. Experts a stand-alone guide on this subject. Instead, this guide should be combined from IBM, Customers and with educational activities and experiences and used as a useful preparation Partners from around the world guide for the exam. create timely technical information based on realistic For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives scenarios. Specific recommendations are provided of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 implementation certification test. to help you implement IT Those requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration, solutions more effectively in administration, and problem determination. Studying these chapters helps your environment. you prepare for the objectives of the exam. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks SG24-7753-00 ISBN 0738433306